| Line | Source Code | Coverage |
|---|
| 1 | /**************************************************************************** | - |
| | ** | |
| | ** Copyright (C) 2012 Digia Plc and/or its subsidiary(-ies). | |
| | ** Contact: http://www.qt-project.org/legal | |
| | ** | |
| | ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. | |
| | ** | |
| | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ | |
| | ** Commercial License Usage | |
| | ** Licensees holding valid commercial Qt licenses may use this file in | |
| | ** accordance with the commercial license agreement provided with the | |
| | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in | |
| | ** a written agreement between you and Digia. For licensing terms and | |
| | ** conditions see http://qt.digia.com/licensing. For further information | |
| | ** use the contact form at http://qt.digia.com/contact-us. | |
| | ** | |
| | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage | |
| | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser | |
| | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software | |
| | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the | |
| | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to | |
| | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements | |
| | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. | |
| | ** | |
| | ** In addition, as a special exception, Digia gives you certain additional | |
| | ** rights. These rights are described in the Digia Qt LGPL Exception | |
| | ** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. | |
| | ** | |
| | ** GNU General Public License Usage | |
| | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU | |
| | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software | |
| | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the | |
| | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to | |
| | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be | |
| | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. | |
| | ** | |
| | ** | |
| | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$ | |
| | ** | |
| | ****************************************************************************/**************************************************************************** | |
| 2 | ** | - |
| 3 | ** Copyright (C) 2013 Digia Plc and/or its subsidiary(-ies). | - |
| 4 | ** Contact: http://www.qt-project.org/legal | - |
| 5 | ** | - |
| 6 | ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. | - |
| 7 | ** | - |
| 8 | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ | - |
| 9 | ** Commercial License Usage | - |
| 10 | ** Licensees holding valid commercial Qt licenses may use this file in | - |
| 11 | ** accordance with the commercial license agreement provided with the | - |
| 12 | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in | - |
| 13 | ** a written agreement between you and Digia. For licensing terms and | - |
| 14 | ** conditions see http://qt.digia.com/licensing. For further information | - |
| 15 | ** use the contact form at http://qt.digia.com/contact-us. | - |
| 16 | ** | - |
| 17 | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage | - |
| 18 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser | - |
| 19 | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software | - |
| 20 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the | - |
| 21 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to | - |
| 22 | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements | - |
| 23 | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. | - |
| 24 | ** | - |
| 25 | ** In addition, as a special exception, Digia gives you certain additional | - |
| 26 | ** rights. These rights are described in the Digia Qt LGPL Exception | - |
| 27 | ** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. | - |
| 28 | ** | - |
| 29 | ** GNU General Public License Usage | - |
| 30 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU | - |
| 31 | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software | - |
| 32 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the | - |
| 33 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to | - |
| 34 | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be | - |
| 35 | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. | - |
| 36 | ** | - |
| 37 | ** | - |
| 38 | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$ | - |
| 39 | ** | - |
| 40 | ****************************************************************************/ | - |
| 41 | | - |
| 42 | #include "qapplication.h" | - |
| 43 | #include "qapplication_p.h" | - |
| 44 | #include "qbrush.h" | - |
| 45 | #include "qcursor.h" | - |
| 46 | #include "qdesktopwidget.h" | - |
| 47 | #include "qevent.h" | - |
| 48 | #include "qhash.h" | - |
| 49 | #include "qlayout.h" | - |
| 50 | #include "qmenu.h" | - |
| 51 | #include "qmetaobject.h" | - |
| 52 | #include "qpixmap.h" | - |
| 53 | #include "qpointer.h" | - |
| 54 | #include "qstack.h" | - |
| 55 | #include "qstyle.h" | - |
| 56 | #include "qstylefactory.h" | - |
| 57 | #include "qvariant.h" | - |
| 58 | #include "qwidget.h" | - |
| 59 | #include "qstyleoption.h" | - |
| 60 | #include "qstylehints.h" | - |
| 61 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 62 | # include "qaccessible.h" | - |
| 63 | #endif | - |
| 64 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 65 | # include "qt_mac_p.h" | - |
| 66 | # include "qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h" | - |
| 67 | # include "qmainwindow.h" | - |
| 68 | # include "qtoolbar.h" | - |
| 69 | # include <private/qmainwindowlayout_p.h> | - |
| 70 | #endif | - |
| 71 | #include <qpa/qplatformwindow.h> | - |
| 72 | #include "private/qwidgetwindow_qpa_p.h" | - |
| 73 | #include "qpainter.h" | - |
| 74 | #include "qtooltip.h" | - |
| 75 | #include "qwhatsthis.h" | - |
| 76 | #include "qdebug.h" | - |
| 77 | #include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h" | - |
| 78 | #include "private/qstyle_p.h" | - |
| 79 | #include "qfileinfo.h" | - |
| 80 | #include <QtGui/qinputmethod.h> | - |
| 81 | | - |
| 82 | #include <private/qgraphicseffect_p.h> | - |
| 83 | #include <qbackingstore.h> | - |
| 84 | #include <private/qwidgetbackingstore_p.h> | - |
| 85 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 86 | # include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h> | - |
| 87 | #endif | - |
| 88 | #include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h> | - |
| 89 | | - |
| 90 | #include "qwidget_p.h" | - |
| 91 | #include <QtGui/private/qwindow_p.h> | - |
| 92 | #include "qaction_p.h" | - |
| 93 | #include "qlayout_p.h" | - |
| 94 | #include "QtWidgets/qgraphicsproxywidget.h" | - |
| 95 | #include "QtWidgets/qgraphicsscene.h" | - |
| 96 | #include "private/qgraphicsproxywidget_p.h" | - |
| 97 | #include "QtWidgets/qabstractscrollarea.h" | - |
| 98 | #include "private/qabstractscrollarea_p.h" | - |
| 99 | #include "private/qevent_p.h" | - |
| 100 | | - |
| 101 | #include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h" | - |
| 102 | | - |
| 103 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION | - |
| 104 | #include "qtabwidget.h" // Needed in inTabWidget() | - |
| 105 | #endif // QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION | - |
| 106 | | - |
| 107 | | - |
| 108 | // widget/widget data creation count | - |
| 109 | //#define QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG | - |
| 110 | //#define ALIEN_DEBUG | - |
| 111 | | - |
| 112 | QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE | - |
| 113 | | - |
| 114 | static bool qt_enable_backingstore = true; | - |
| 115 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 116 | // for compatibility with Qt 4.0 | - |
| 117 | Q_WIDGETS_EXPORT void qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(bool enable) | - |
| 118 | { | - |
| 119 | qt_enable_backingstore = enable; | - |
| 120 | } | - |
| 121 | #endif | - |
| 122 | | - |
| 123 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 124 | bool qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget = false; | - |
| 125 | #endif | - |
| 126 | | - |
| 127 | static inline bool qRectIntersects(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2) | - |
| 128 | { | - |
| 129 | return (qMax(r1.left(), r2.left()) <= qMin(r1.right(), r2.right()) && | - |
| 130 | qMax(r1.top(), r2.top()) <= qMin(r1.bottom(), r2.bottom())); | - |
| 131 | } | - |
| 132 | | - |
| 133 | static inline bool hasBackingStoreSupport() | - |
| 134 | { | - |
| 135 | return true; | - |
| 136 | } | - |
| 137 | | - |
| 138 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 139 | # define QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG | - |
| 140 | #endif | - |
| 141 | | - |
| 142 | extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*, QEvent*); // qapplication.cpp | - |
| 143 | extern QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget; // qapplication.cpp | - |
| 144 | | - |
| 145 | /*! | - |
| 146 | \internal | - |
| 147 | \class QWidgetBackingStoreTracker | - |
| 148 | \brief Class which allows tracking of which widgets are using a given backing store | - |
| 149 | | - |
| 150 | QWidgetBackingStoreTracker is a thin wrapper around a QWidgetBackingStore pointer, | - |
| 151 | which maintains a list of the QWidgets which are currently using the backing | - |
| 152 | store. This list is modified via the registerWidget and unregisterWidget functions. | - |
| 153 | */ | - |
| 154 | | - |
| 155 | QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::QWidgetBackingStoreTracker() | - |
| 156 | : m_ptr(0) | - |
| 157 | { | - |
| 158 | | - |
| 159 | } | - |
| 160 | | - |
| 161 | QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::~QWidgetBackingStoreTracker() | - |
| 162 | { | - |
| 163 | delete m_ptr; | - |
| 164 | } | - |
| 165 | | - |
| 166 | /*! | - |
| 167 | \internal | - |
| 168 | Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of | - |
| 169 | widgets using the backing store, then create a new QWidgetBackingStore, providing | - |
| 170 | the QWidget. | - |
| 171 | */ | - |
| 172 | void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::create(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 173 | { | - |
| 174 | destroy(); | - |
| 175 | m_ptr = new QWidgetBackingStore(widget); | - |
| 176 | } | - |
| 177 | | - |
| 178 | /*! | - |
| 179 | \internal | - |
| 180 | Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of | - |
| 181 | widgets using the backing store. | - |
| 182 | */ | - |
| 183 | void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::destroy() | - |
| 184 | { | - |
| 185 | delete m_ptr; | - |
| 186 | m_ptr = 0; | - |
| 187 | m_widgets.clear(); | - |
| 188 | } | - |
| 189 | | - |
| 190 | /*! | - |
| 191 | \internal | - |
| 192 | Add the widget to the list of widgets currently using the backing store. | - |
| 193 | If the widget was already in the list, this function is a no-op. | - |
| 194 | */ | - |
| 195 | void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::registerWidget(QWidget *w) | - |
| 196 | { | - |
| 197 | Q_ASSERT(m_ptr); | - |
| 198 | Q_ASSERT(w->internalWinId()); | - |
| 199 | Q_ASSERT(qt_widget_private(w)->maybeBackingStore() == m_ptr); | - |
| 200 | m_widgets.insert(w); | - |
| 201 | } | - |
| 202 | | - |
| 203 | /*! | - |
| 204 | \internal | - |
| 205 | Remove the widget from the list of widgets currently using the backing store. | - |
| 206 | If the widget was in the list, and removing it causes the list to be empty, | - |
| 207 | the backing store is deleted. | - |
| 208 | If the widget was not in the list, this function is a no-op. | - |
| 209 | */ | - |
| 210 | void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidget(QWidget *w) | - |
| 211 | { | - |
| 212 | if (m_widgets.remove(w) && m_widgets.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 213 | delete m_ptr; | - |
| 214 | m_ptr = 0; | - |
| 215 | } | - |
| 216 | } | - |
| 217 | | - |
| 218 | /*! | - |
| 219 | \internal | - |
| 220 | Recursively remove widget and all of its descendents. | - |
| 221 | */ | - |
| 222 | void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidgetSubtree(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 223 | { | - |
| 224 | unregisterWidget(widget); | - |
| 225 | foreach (QObject *child, widget->children()) | - |
| 226 | if (QWidget *childWidget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(child)) | - |
| 227 | unregisterWidgetSubtree(childWidget); | - |
| 228 | } | - |
| 229 | | - |
| 230 | QWidgetPrivate::QWidgetPrivate(int version) | - |
| 231 | : QObjectPrivate(version) | - |
| 232 | , extra(0) | - |
| 233 | , focus_next(0) | - |
| 234 | , focus_prev(0) | - |
| 235 | , focus_child(0) | - |
| 236 | , layout(0) | - |
| 237 | , needsFlush(0) | - |
| 238 | , redirectDev(0) | - |
| 239 | , widgetItem(0) | - |
| 240 | , extraPaintEngine(0) | - |
| 241 | , polished(0) | - |
| 242 | , graphicsEffect(0) | - |
| 243 | #if !defined(QT_NO_IM) | - |
| 244 | , imHints(Qt::ImhNone) | - |
| 245 | #endif | - |
| 246 | , inheritedFontResolveMask(0) | - |
| 247 | , inheritedPaletteResolveMask(0) | - |
| 248 | , leftmargin(0) | - |
| 249 | , topmargin(0) | - |
| 250 | , rightmargin(0) | - |
| 251 | , bottommargin(0) | - |
| 252 | , leftLayoutItemMargin(0) | - |
| 253 | , topLayoutItemMargin(0) | - |
| 254 | , rightLayoutItemMargin(0) | - |
| 255 | , bottomLayoutItemMargin(0) | - |
| 256 | , hd(0) | - |
| 257 | , size_policy(QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred) | - |
| 258 | , fg_role(QPalette::NoRole) | - |
| 259 | , bg_role(QPalette::NoRole) | - |
| 260 | , dirtyOpaqueChildren(1) | - |
| 261 | , isOpaque(0) | - |
| 262 | , inDirtyList(0) | - |
| 263 | , isScrolled(0) | - |
| 264 | , isMoved(0) | - |
| 265 | , usesDoubleBufferedGLContext(0) | - |
| 266 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 267 | , inheritsInputMethodHints(0) | - |
| 268 | #endif | - |
| 269 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) | - |
| 270 | , noPaintOnScreen(0) | - |
| 271 | #endif | - |
| 272 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 273 | , picture(0) | - |
| 274 | #elif defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 275 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES | - |
| 276 | , nativeGesturePanEnabled(0) | - |
| 277 | #endif | - |
| 278 | #elif defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 279 | , needWindowChange(0) | - |
| 280 | , window_event(0) | - |
| 281 | , qd_hd(0) | - |
| 282 | #endif | - |
| 283 | { | - |
| 284 | if (!qApp) { | - |
| 285 | qFatal("QWidget: Must construct a QApplication before a QPaintDevice"); | - |
| 286 | return; | - |
| 287 | } | - |
| 288 | | - |
| 289 | if (version != QObjectPrivateVersion) | - |
| 290 | qFatal("Cannot mix incompatible Qt libraries"); | - |
| 291 | | - |
| 292 | isWidget = true; | - |
| 293 | memset(high_attributes, 0, sizeof(high_attributes)); | - |
| 294 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 295 | drawRectOriginalAdded = false; | - |
| 296 | originalDrawMethod = true; | - |
| 297 | changeMethods = false; | - |
| 298 | isInUnifiedToolbar = false; | - |
| 299 | unifiedSurface = 0; | - |
| 300 | toolbar_ancestor = 0; | - |
| 301 | flushRequested = false; | - |
| 302 | touchEventsEnabled = false; | - |
| 303 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 304 | #ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG | - |
| 305 | static int count = 0; | - |
| 306 | qDebug() << "widgets" << ++count; | - |
| 307 | #endif | - |
| 308 | } | - |
| 309 | | - |
| 310 | | - |
| 311 | QWidgetPrivate::~QWidgetPrivate() | - |
| 312 | { | - |
| 313 | if (widgetItem) | - |
| 314 | widgetItem->wid = 0; | - |
| 315 | | - |
| 316 | if (extra) | - |
| 317 | deleteExtra(); | - |
| 318 | | - |
| 319 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 320 | delete graphicsEffect; | - |
| 321 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 322 | } | - |
| 323 | | - |
| 324 | /*! | - |
| 325 | \internal | - |
| 326 | */ | - |
| 327 | void QWidgetPrivate::scrollChildren(int dx, int dy) | - |
| 328 | { | - |
| 329 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 330 | if (q->children().size() > 0) { // scroll children | - |
| 331 | QPoint pd(dx, dy); | - |
| 332 | QObjectList childObjects = q->children(); | - |
| 333 | for (int i = 0; i < childObjects.size(); ++i) { // move all children | - |
| 334 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childObjects.at(i)); | - |
| 335 | if (w && !w->isWindow()) { | - |
| 336 | QPoint oldp = w->pos(); | - |
| 337 | QRect r(w->pos() + pd, w->size()); | - |
| 338 | w->data->crect = r; | - |
| 339 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 340 | w->d_func()->setWSGeometry(); | - |
| 341 | w->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 342 | QMoveEvent e(r.topLeft(), oldp); | - |
| 343 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e); | - |
| 344 | } | - |
| 345 | } | - |
| 346 | } | - |
| 347 | } | - |
| 348 | | - |
| 349 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateWidgetTransform() | - |
| 350 | { | - |
| 351 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 352 | if (q == qGuiApp->focusObject()) { | - |
| 353 | QTransform t; | - |
| 354 | QPoint p = q->mapTo(q->topLevelWidget(), QPoint(0,0)); | - |
| 355 | t.translate(p.x(), p.y()); | - |
| 356 | qApp->inputMethod()->setInputItemTransform(t); | - |
| 357 | } | - |
| 358 | } | - |
| 359 | | - |
| 360 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION | - |
| 361 | QPointer<QWidget> QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget; | - |
| 362 | | - |
| 363 | /*! | - |
| 364 | Returns true if this widget currently has edit focus; otherwise false. | - |
| 365 | | - |
| 366 | This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux. | - |
| 367 | | - |
| 368 | \sa setEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() | - |
| 369 | */ | - |
| 370 | bool QWidget::hasEditFocus() const | - |
| 371 | { | - |
| 372 | const QWidget* w = this; | - |
| 373 | while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) | - |
| 374 | w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; | - |
| 375 | return QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == w; | - |
| 376 | } | - |
| 377 | | - |
| 378 | /*! | - |
| 379 | \fn void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool enable) | - |
| 380 | | - |
| 381 | If \a enable is true, make this widget have edit focus, in which | - |
| 382 | case Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down will be delivered to the widget | - |
| 383 | normally; otherwise, Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down are used to | - |
| 384 | change focus. | - |
| 385 | | - |
| 386 | This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux. | - |
| 387 | | - |
| 388 | \sa hasEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() | - |
| 389 | */ | - |
| 390 | void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool on) | - |
| 391 | { | - |
| 392 | QWidget *f = this; | - |
| 393 | while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) | - |
| 394 | f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; | - |
| 395 | | - |
| 396 | if (QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget != f) | - |
| 397 | QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget->setEditFocus(false); | - |
| 398 | | - |
| 399 | if (on && !f->hasFocus()) | - |
| 400 | f->setFocus(); | - |
| 401 | | - |
| 402 | if ((!on && !QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget) | - |
| 403 | || (on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f)) { | - |
| 404 | return; | - |
| 405 | } | - |
| 406 | | - |
| 407 | if (!on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f) { | - |
| 408 | QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = 0; | - |
| 409 | QEvent event(QEvent::LeaveEditFocus); | - |
| 410 | QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); | - |
| 411 | QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event); | - |
| 412 | } else if (on) { | - |
| 413 | QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = f; | - |
| 414 | QEvent event(QEvent::EnterEditFocus); | - |
| 415 | QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); | - |
| 416 | QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event); | - |
| 417 | } | - |
| 418 | } | - |
| 419 | #endif | - |
| 420 | | - |
| 421 | /*! | - |
| 422 | \property QWidget::autoFillBackground | - |
| 423 | \brief whether the widget background is filled automatically | - |
| 424 | \since 4.1 | - |
| 425 | | - |
| 426 | If enabled, this property will cause Qt to fill the background of the | - |
| 427 | widget before invoking the paint event. The color used is defined by the | - |
| 428 | QPalette::Window color role from the widget's \l{QPalette}{palette}. | - |
| 429 | | - |
| 430 | In addition, Windows are always filled with QPalette::Window, unless the | - |
| 431 | WA_OpaquePaintEvent or WA_NoSystemBackground attributes are set. | - |
| 432 | | - |
| 433 | This property cannot be turned off (i.e., set to false) if a widget's | - |
| 434 | parent has a static gradient for its background. | - |
| 435 | | - |
| 436 | \warning Use this property with caution in conjunction with | - |
| 437 | \l{Qt Style Sheets}. When a widget has a style sheet with a valid | - |
| 438 | background or a border-image, this property is automatically disabled. | - |
| 439 | | - |
| 440 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 441 | | - |
| 442 | \sa Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, | - |
| 443 | {QWidget#Transparency and Double Buffering}{Transparency and Double Buffering} | - |
| 444 | */ | - |
| 445 | bool QWidget::autoFillBackground() const | - |
| 446 | { | - |
| 447 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 448 | return d->extra && d->extra->autoFillBackground; | - |
| 449 | } | - |
| 450 | | - |
| 451 | void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled) | - |
| 452 | { | - |
| 453 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 454 | if (!d->extra) | - |
| 455 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 456 | if (d->extra->autoFillBackground == enabled) | - |
| 457 | return; | - |
| 458 | | - |
| 459 | d->extra->autoFillBackground = enabled; | - |
| 460 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 461 | update(); | - |
| 462 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 463 | } | - |
| 464 | | - |
| 465 | /*! | - |
| 466 | \class QWidget | - |
| 467 | \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects. | - |
| 468 | | - |
| 469 | \ingroup basicwidgets | - |
| 470 | \inmodule QtWidgets | - |
| 471 | | - |
| 472 | The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard | - |
| 473 | and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of | - |
| 474 | itself on the screen. Every widget is rectangular, and they are sorted in a | - |
| 475 | Z-order. A widget is clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of | - |
| 476 | it. | - |
| 477 | | - |
| 478 | A widget that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a window. | - |
| 479 | Usually, windows have a frame and a title bar, although it is also possible | - |
| 480 | to create windows without such decoration using suitable | - |
| 481 | \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}). In Qt, QMainWindow and the various | - |
| 482 | subclasses of QDialog are the most common window types. | - |
| 483 | | - |
| 484 | Every widget's constructor accepts one or two standard arguments: | - |
| 485 | | - |
| 486 | \list 1 | - |
| 487 | \li \c{QWidget *parent = 0} is the parent of the new widget. If it is 0 | - |
| 488 | (the default), the new widget will be a window. If not, it will be | - |
| 489 | a child of \e parent, and be constrained by \e parent's geometry | - |
| 490 | (unless you specify Qt::Window as window flag). | - |
| 491 | \li \c{Qt::WindowFlags f = 0} (where available) sets the window flags; | - |
| 492 | the default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for | - |
| 493 | example, a window without a window system frame, you must use | - |
| 494 | special flags. | - |
| 495 | \endlist | - |
| 496 | | - |
| 497 | QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct | - |
| 498 | functionality; for example, QWidget has a font property, but never uses | - |
| 499 | this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, | - |
| 500 | such as QLabel, QPushButton, QListWidget, and QTabWidget. | - |
| 501 | | - |
| 502 | | - |
| 503 | \section1 Top-Level and Child Widgets | - |
| 504 | | - |
| 505 | A widget without a parent widget is always an independent window (top-level | - |
| 506 | widget). For these widgets, setWindowTitle() and setWindowIcon() set the | - |
| 507 | title bar and icon respectively. | - |
| 508 | | - |
| 509 | Non-window widgets are child widgets, displayed within their parent | - |
| 510 | widgets. Most widgets in Qt are mainly useful as child widgets. For | - |
| 511 | example, it is possible to display a button as a top-level window, but most | - |
| 512 | people prefer to put their buttons inside other widgets, such as QDialog. | - |
| 513 | | - |
| 514 | \image parent-child-widgets.png A parent widget containing various child widgets. | - |
| 515 | | - |
| 516 | The diagram above shows a QGroupBox widget being used to hold various child | - |
| 517 | widgets in a layout provided by QGridLayout. The QLabel child widgets have | - |
| 518 | been outlined to indicate their full sizes. | - |
| 519 | | - |
| 520 | If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will usually want to | - |
| 521 | add a layout to the parent QWidget. See \l{Layout Management} for more | - |
| 522 | information. | - |
| 523 | | - |
| 524 | | - |
| 525 | \section1 Composite Widgets | - |
| 526 | | - |
| 527 | When a widget is used as a container to group a number of child widgets, it | - |
| 528 | is known as a composite widget. These can be created by constructing a | - |
| 529 | widget with the required visual properties - a QFrame, for example - and | - |
| 530 | adding child widgets to it, usually managed by a layout. The above diagram | - |
| 531 | shows such a composite widget that was created using Qt Designer. | - |
| 532 | | - |
| 533 | Composite widgets can also be created by subclassing a standard widget, | - |
| 534 | such as QWidget or QFrame, and adding the necessary layout and child | - |
| 535 | widgets in the constructor of the subclass. Many of the \l{Qt Examples} | - |
| 536 | {examples provided with Qt} use this approach, and it is also covered in | - |
| 537 | the Qt \l{Tutorials}. | - |
| 538 | | - |
| 539 | | - |
| 540 | \section1 Custom Widgets and Painting | - |
| 541 | | - |
| 542 | Since QWidget is a subclass of QPaintDevice, subclasses can be used to | - |
| 543 | display custom content that is composed using a series of painting | - |
| 544 | operations with an instance of the QPainter class. This approach contrasts | - |
| 545 | with the canvas-style approach used by the \l{Graphics View} | - |
| 546 | {Graphics View Framework} where items are added to a scene by the | - |
| 547 | application and are rendered by the framework itself. | - |
| 548 | | - |
| 549 | Each widget performs all painting operations from within its paintEvent() | - |
| 550 | function. This is called whenever the widget needs to be redrawn, either | - |
| 551 | as a result of some external change or when requested by the application. | - |
| 552 | | - |
| 553 | The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock example} shows how a simple widget | - |
| 554 | can handle paint events. | - |
| 555 | | - |
| 556 | | - |
| 557 | \section1 Size Hints and Size Policies | - |
| 558 | | - |
| 559 | When implementing a new widget, it is almost always useful to reimplement | - |
| 560 | sizeHint() to provide a reasonable default size for the widget and to set | - |
| 561 | the correct size policy with setSizePolicy(). | - |
| 562 | | - |
| 563 | By default, composite widgets which do not provide a size hint will be | - |
| 564 | sized according to the space requirements of their child widgets. | - |
| 565 | | - |
| 566 | The size policy lets you supply good default behavior for the layout | - |
| 567 | management system, so that other widgets can contain and manage yours | - |
| 568 | easily. The default size policy indicates that the size hint represents | - |
| 569 | the preferred size of the widget, and this is often good enough for many | - |
| 570 | widgets. | - |
| 571 | | - |
| 572 | \note The size of top-level widgets are constrained to 2/3 of the desktop's | - |
| 573 | height and width. You can resize() the widget manually if these bounds are | - |
| 574 | inadequate. | - |
| 575 | | - |
| 576 | | - |
| 577 | \section1 Events | - |
| 578 | | - |
| 579 | Widgets respond to events that are typically caused by user actions. Qt | - |
| 580 | delivers events to widgets by calling specific event handler functions with | - |
| 581 | instances of QEvent subclasses containing information about each event. | - |
| 582 | | - |
| 583 | If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to | - |
| 584 | implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in a | - |
| 585 | child widget call the child's underMouse() function inside the widget's | - |
| 586 | mousePressEvent(). | - |
| 587 | | - |
| 588 | The \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble example} implements a wider set of | - |
| 589 | events to handle mouse movement, button presses, and window resizing. | - |
| 590 | | - |
| 591 | You will need to supply the behavior and content for your own widgets, but | - |
| 592 | here is a brief overview of the events that are relevant to QWidget, | - |
| 593 | starting with the most common ones: | - |
| 594 | | - |
| 595 | \list | - |
| 596 | \li paintEvent() is called whenever the widget needs to be repainted. | - |
| 597 | Every widget displaying custom content must implement it. Painting | - |
| 598 | using a QPainter can only take place in a paintEvent() or a | - |
| 599 | function called by a paintEvent(). | - |
| 600 | \li resizeEvent() is called when the widget has been resized. | - |
| 601 | \li mousePressEvent() is called when a mouse button is pressed while | - |
| 602 | the mouse cursor is inside the widget, or when the widget has | - |
| 603 | grabbed the mouse using grabMouse(). Pressing the mouse without | - |
| 604 | releasing it is effectively the same as calling grabMouse(). | - |
| 605 | \li mouseReleaseEvent() is called when a mouse button is released. A | - |
| 606 | widget receives mouse release events when it has received the | - |
| 607 | corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user | - |
| 608 | presses the mouse inside \e your widget, then drags the mouse | - |
| 609 | somewhere else before releasing the mouse button, \e your widget | - |
| 610 | receives the release event. There is one exception: if a popup menu | - |
| 611 | appears while the mouse button is held down, this popup immediately | - |
| 612 | steals the mouse events. | - |
| 613 | \li mouseDoubleClickEvent() is called when the user double-clicks in | - |
| 614 | the widget. If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse | - |
| 615 | press event, a mouse release event, (a mouse click event,) a second | - |
| 616 | mouse press, this event and finally a second mouse release event. | - |
| 617 | (Some mouse move events may also be | - |
| 618 | received if the mouse is not held steady during this operation.) It | - |
| 619 | is \e{not possible} to distinguish a click from a double-click | - |
| 620 | until the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI | - |
| 621 | books recommend that double-clicks be an extension of | - |
| 622 | single-clicks, rather than trigger a different action.) | - |
| 623 | \endlist | - |
| 624 | | - |
| 625 | Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more event | - |
| 626 | handlers: | - |
| 627 | | - |
| 628 | \list | - |
| 629 | \li keyPressEvent() is called whenever a key is pressed, and again when | - |
| 630 | a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. The | - |
| 631 | \uicontrol Tab and \uicontrol Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if | - |
| 632 | they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those | - |
| 633 | keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement | - |
| 634 | QWidget::event(). | - |
| 635 | \li focusInEvent() is called when the widget gains keyboard focus | - |
| 636 | (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well-behaved widgets | - |
| 637 | indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet | - |
| 638 | way. | - |
| 639 | \li focusOutEvent() is called when the widget loses keyboard focus. | - |
| 640 | \endlist | - |
| 641 | | - |
| 642 | You may be required to also reimplement some of the less common event | - |
| 643 | handlers: | - |
| 644 | | - |
| 645 | \list | - |
| 646 | \li mouseMoveEvent() is called whenever the mouse moves while a mouse | - |
| 647 | button is held down. This can be useful during drag and drop | - |
| 648 | operations. If you call \l{setMouseTracking()}{setMouseTracking}(true), | - |
| 649 | you get mouse move events even when no buttons are held down. | - |
| 650 | (See also the \l{Drag and Drop} guide.) | - |
| 651 | \li keyReleaseEvent() is called whenever a key is released and while it | - |
| 652 | is held down (if the key is auto-repeating). In that case, the | - |
| 653 | widget will receive a pair of key release and key press event for | - |
| 654 | every repeat. The \uicontrol Tab and \uicontrol Shift+Tab keys are only passed | - |
| 655 | to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. | - |
| 656 | To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must | - |
| 657 | reimplement QWidget::event(). | - |
| 658 | \li wheelEvent() is called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel | - |
| 659 | while the widget has the focus. | - |
| 660 | \li enterEvent() is called when the mouse enters the widget's screen | - |
| 661 | space. (This excludes screen space owned by any of the widget's | - |
| 662 | children.) | - |
| 663 | \li leaveEvent() is called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen | - |
| 664 | space. If the mouse enters a child widget it will not cause a | - |
| 665 | leaveEvent(). | - |
| 666 | \li moveEvent() is called when the widget has been moved relative to | - |
| 667 | its parent. | - |
| 668 | \li closeEvent() is called when the user closes the widget (or when | - |
| 669 | close() is called). | - |
| 670 | \endlist | - |
| 671 | | - |
| 672 | There are also some rather obscure events described in the documentation | - |
| 673 | for QEvent::Type. To handle these events, you need to reimplement event() | - |
| 674 | directly. | - |
| 675 | | - |
| 676 | The default implementation of event() handles \uicontrol Tab and \uicontrol Shift+Tab | - |
| 677 | (to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most of the other events to | - |
| 678 | one of the more specialized handlers above. | - |
| 679 | | - |
| 680 | Events and the mechanism used to deliver them are covered in | - |
| 681 | \l{The Event System}. | - |
| 682 | | - |
| 683 | \section1 Groups of Functions and Properties | - |
| 684 | | - |
| 685 | \table | - |
| 686 | \header \li Context \li Functions and Properties | - |
| 687 | | - |
| 688 | \row \li Window functions \li | - |
| 689 | show(), | - |
| 690 | hide(), | - |
| 691 | raise(), | - |
| 692 | lower(), | - |
| 693 | close(). | - |
| 694 | | - |
| 695 | \row \li Top-level windows \li | - |
| 696 | \l windowModified, \l windowTitle, \l windowIcon, \l windowIconText, | - |
| 697 | \l isActiveWindow, activateWindow(), \l minimized, showMinimized(), | - |
| 698 | \l maximized, showMaximized(), \l fullScreen, showFullScreen(), | - |
| 699 | showNormal(). | - |
| 700 | | - |
| 701 | \row \li Window contents \li | - |
| 702 | update(), | - |
| 703 | repaint(), | - |
| 704 | scroll(). | - |
| 705 | | - |
| 706 | \row \li Geometry \li | - |
| 707 | \l pos, x(), y(), \l rect, \l size, width(), height(), move(), resize(), | - |
| 708 | \l sizePolicy, sizeHint(), minimumSizeHint(), | - |
| 709 | updateGeometry(), layout(), | - |
| 710 | \l frameGeometry, \l geometry, \l childrenRect, \l childrenRegion, | - |
| 711 | adjustSize(), | - |
| 712 | mapFromGlobal(), mapToGlobal(), | - |
| 713 | mapFromParent(), mapToParent(), | - |
| 714 | \l maximumSize, \l minimumSize, \l sizeIncrement, | - |
| 715 | \l baseSize, setFixedSize() | - |
| 716 | | - |
| 717 | \row \li Mode \li | - |
| 718 | \l visible, isVisibleTo(), | - |
| 719 | \l enabled, isEnabledTo(), | - |
| 720 | \l modal, | - |
| 721 | isWindow(), | - |
| 722 | \l mouseTracking, | - |
| 723 | \l updatesEnabled, | - |
| 724 | visibleRegion(). | - |
| 725 | | - |
| 726 | \row \li Look and feel \li | - |
| 727 | style(), | - |
| 728 | setStyle(), | - |
| 729 | \l styleSheet, | - |
| 730 | \l cursor, | - |
| 731 | \l font, | - |
| 732 | \l palette, | - |
| 733 | backgroundRole(), setBackgroundRole(), | - |
| 734 | fontInfo(), fontMetrics(). | - |
| 735 | | - |
| 736 | \row \li Keyboard focus functions \li | - |
| 737 | \l focus, \l focusPolicy, | - |
| 738 | setFocus(), clearFocus(), setTabOrder(), setFocusProxy(), | - |
| 739 | focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild(). | - |
| 740 | | - |
| 741 | \row \li Mouse and keyboard grabbing \li | - |
| 742 | grabMouse(), releaseMouse(), | - |
| 743 | grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), | - |
| 744 | mouseGrabber(), keyboardGrabber(). | - |
| 745 | | - |
| 746 | \row \li Event handlers \li | - |
| 747 | event(), | - |
| 748 | mousePressEvent(), | - |
| 749 | mouseReleaseEvent(), | - |
| 750 | mouseDoubleClickEvent(), | - |
| 751 | mouseMoveEvent(), | - |
| 752 | keyPressEvent(), | - |
| 753 | keyReleaseEvent(), | - |
| 754 | focusInEvent(), | - |
| 755 | focusOutEvent(), | - |
| 756 | wheelEvent(), | - |
| 757 | enterEvent(), | - |
| 758 | leaveEvent(), | - |
| 759 | paintEvent(), | - |
| 760 | moveEvent(), | - |
| 761 | resizeEvent(), | - |
| 762 | closeEvent(), | - |
| 763 | dragEnterEvent(), | - |
| 764 | dragMoveEvent(), | - |
| 765 | dragLeaveEvent(), | - |
| 766 | dropEvent(), | - |
| 767 | childEvent(), | - |
| 768 | showEvent(), | - |
| 769 | hideEvent(), | - |
| 770 | customEvent(). | - |
| 771 | changeEvent(), | - |
| 772 | | - |
| 773 | \row \li System functions \li | - |
| 774 | parentWidget(), window(), setParent(), winId(), | - |
| 775 | find(), metric(). | - |
| 776 | | - |
| 777 | \row \li Interactive help \li | - |
| 778 | setToolTip(), setWhatsThis() | - |
| 779 | | - |
| 780 | \endtable | - |
| 781 | | - |
| 782 | | - |
| 783 | \section1 Widget Style Sheets | - |
| 784 | | - |
| 785 | In addition to the standard widget styles for each platform, widgets can | - |
| 786 | also be styled according to rules specified in a \l{styleSheet} | - |
| 787 | {style sheet}. This feature enables you to customize the appearance of | - |
| 788 | specific widgets to provide visual cues to users about their purpose. For | - |
| 789 | example, a button could be styled in a particular way to indicate that it | - |
| 790 | performs a destructive action. | - |
| 791 | | - |
| 792 | The use of widget style sheets is described in more detail in the | - |
| 793 | \l{Qt Style Sheets} document. | - |
| 794 | | - |
| 795 | | - |
| 796 | \section1 Transparency and Double Buffering | - |
| 797 | | - |
| 798 | Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there | - |
| 799 | is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid | - |
| 800 | flicker. | - |
| 801 | | - |
| 802 | Since Qt 4.1, the Qt::WA_ContentsPropagated widget attribute has been | - |
| 803 | deprecated. Instead, the contents of parent widgets are propagated by | - |
| 804 | default to each of their children as long as Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen is not | - |
| 805 | set. Custom widgets can be written to take advantage of this feature by | - |
| 806 | updating irregular regions (to create non-rectangular child widgets), or | - |
| 807 | painting with colors that have less than full alpha component. The | - |
| 808 | following diagram shows how attributes and properties of a custom widget | - |
| 809 | can be fine-tuned to achieve different effects. | - |
| 810 | | - |
| 811 | \image propagation-custom.png | - |
| 812 | | - |
| 813 | In the above diagram, a semi-transparent rectangular child widget with an | - |
| 814 | area removed is constructed and added to a parent widget (a QLabel showing | - |
| 815 | a pixmap). Then, different properties and widget attributes are set to | - |
| 816 | achieve different effects: | - |
| 817 | | - |
| 818 | \list | - |
| 819 | \li The left widget has no additional properties or widget attributes | - |
| 820 | set. This default state suits most custom widgets using | - |
| 821 | transparency, are irregularly-shaped, or do not paint over their | - |
| 822 | entire area with an opaque brush. | - |
| 823 | \li The center widget has the \l autoFillBackground property set. This | - |
| 824 | property is used with custom widgets that rely on the widget to | - |
| 825 | supply a default background, and do not paint over their entire | - |
| 826 | area with an opaque brush. | - |
| 827 | \li The right widget has the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute | - |
| 828 | set. This indicates that the widget will paint over its entire area | - |
| 829 | with opaque colors. The widget's area will initially be | - |
| 830 | \e{uninitialized}, represented in the diagram with a red diagonal | - |
| 831 | grid pattern that shines through the overpainted area. The | - |
| 832 | Qt::WA_OpaquePaintArea attribute is useful for widgets that need to | - |
| 833 | paint their own specialized contents quickly and do not need a | - |
| 834 | default filled background. | - |
| 835 | \endlist | - |
| 836 | | - |
| 837 | To rapidly update custom widgets with simple background colors, such as | - |
| 838 | real-time plotting or graphing widgets, it is better to define a suitable | - |
| 839 | background color (using setBackgroundRole() with the | - |
| 840 | QPalette::Window role), set the \l autoFillBackground property, and only | - |
| 841 | implement the necessary drawing functionality in the widget's paintEvent(). | - |
| 842 | | - |
| 843 | To rapidly update custom widgets that constantly paint over their entire | - |
| 844 | areas with opaque content, e.g., video streaming widgets, it is better to | - |
| 845 | set the widget's Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, avoiding any unnecessary overhead | - |
| 846 | associated with repainting the widget's background. | - |
| 847 | | - |
| 848 | If a widget has both the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute \e{and} | - |
| 849 | the \l autoFillBackground property set, the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent | - |
| 850 | attribute takes precedence. Depending on your requirements, you should | - |
| 851 | choose either one of them. | - |
| 852 | | - |
| 853 | Since Qt 4.1, the contents of parent widgets are also propagated to | - |
| 854 | standard Qt widgets. This can lead to some unexpected results if the | - |
| 855 | parent widget is decorated in a non-standard way, as shown in the diagram | - |
| 856 | below. | - |
| 857 | | - |
| 858 | \image propagation-standard.png | - |
| 859 | | - |
| 860 | The scope for customizing the painting behavior of standard Qt widgets, | - |
| 861 | without resorting to subclassing, is slightly less than that possible for | - |
| 862 | custom widgets. Usually, the desired appearance of a standard widget can be | - |
| 863 | achieved by setting its \l autoFillBackground property. | - |
| 864 | | - |
| 865 | | - |
| 866 | \section1 Creating Translucent Windows | - |
| 867 | | - |
| 868 | Since Qt 4.5, it has been possible to create windows with translucent regions | - |
| 869 | on window systems that support compositing. | - |
| 870 | | - |
| 871 | To enable this feature in a top-level widget, set its Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground | - |
| 872 | attribute with setAttribute() and ensure that its background is painted with | - |
| 873 | non-opaque colors in the regions you want to be partially transparent. | - |
| 874 | | - |
| 875 | Platform notes: | - |
| 876 | | - |
| 877 | \list | - |
| 878 | \li X11: This feature relies on the use of an X server that supports ARGB visuals | - |
| 879 | and a compositing window manager. | - |
| 880 | \li Windows: The widget needs to have the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag set | - |
| 881 | for the translucency to work. | - |
| 882 | \endlist | - |
| 883 | | - |
| 884 | | - |
| 885 | \section1 Native Widgets vs Alien Widgets | - |
| 886 | | - |
| 887 | Introduced in Qt 4.4, alien widgets are widgets unknown to the windowing | - |
| 888 | system. They do not have a native window handle associated with them. This | - |
| 889 | feature significantly speeds up widget painting, resizing, and removes flicker. | - |
| 890 | | - |
| 891 | Should you require the old behavior with native windows, you can choose | - |
| 892 | one of the following options: | - |
| 893 | | - |
| 894 | \list 1 | - |
| 895 | \li Use the \c{QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS=1} in your environment. | - |
| 896 | \li Set the Qt::AA_NativeWindows attribute on your application. All | - |
| 897 | widgets will be native widgets. | - |
| 898 | \li Set the Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute on widgets: The widget itself | - |
| 899 | and all of its ancestors will become native (unless | - |
| 900 | Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set). | - |
| 901 | \li Call QWidget::winId to enforce a native window (this implies 3). | - |
| 902 | \li Set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute to enforce a native window | - |
| 903 | (this implies 3). | - |
| 904 | \endlist | - |
| 905 | | - |
| 906 | \sa QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout | - |
| 907 | | - |
| 908 | */ | - |
| 909 | | - |
| 910 | QWidgetMapper *QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0; // widget with wid | - |
| 911 | QWidgetSet *QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0; // widgets with no wid | - |
| 912 | | - |
| 913 | | - |
| 914 | /***************************************************************************** | - |
| 915 | QWidget utility functions | - |
| 916 | *****************************************************************************/ | - |
| 917 | | - |
| 918 | QRegion qt_dirtyRegion(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 919 | { | - |
| 920 | if (!widget) | - |
| 921 | return QRegion(); | - |
| 922 | | - |
| 923 | QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qt_widget_private(widget)->maybeBackingStore(); | - |
| 924 | if (!bs) | - |
| 925 | return QRegion(); | - |
| 926 | | - |
| 927 | return bs->dirtyRegion(widget); | - |
| 928 | } | - |
| 929 | | - |
| 930 | /***************************************************************************** | - |
| 931 | QWidget member functions | - |
| 932 | *****************************************************************************/ | - |
| 933 | | - |
| 934 | /* | - |
| 935 | Widget state flags: | - |
| 936 | \list | - |
| 937 | \li Qt::WA_WState_Created The widget has a valid winId(). | - |
| 938 | \li Qt::WA_WState_Visible The widget is currently visible. | - |
| 939 | \li Qt::WA_WState_Hidden The widget is hidden, i.e. it won't | - |
| 940 | become visible unless you call show() on it. Qt::WA_WState_Hidden | - |
| 941 | implies !Qt::WA_WState_Visible. | - |
| 942 | \li Qt::WA_WState_CompressKeys Compress keyboard events. | - |
| 943 | \li Qt::WA_WState_BlockUpdates Repaints and updates are disabled. | - |
| 944 | \li Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent Currently processing a paint event. | - |
| 945 | \li Qt::WA_WState_Reparented The widget has been reparented. | - |
| 946 | \li Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending A configuration (resize/move) event is pending. | - |
| 947 | \li Qt::WA_WState_DND (Deprecated) The widget supports drag and drop, see setAcceptDrops(). | - |
| 948 | \endlist | - |
| 949 | */ | - |
| 950 | | - |
| 951 | struct QWidgetExceptionCleaner | - |
| 952 | { | - |
| 953 | /* this cleans up when the constructor throws an exception */ | - |
| 954 | static inline void cleanup(QWidget *that, QWidgetPrivate *d) | - |
| 955 | { | - |
| 956 | #ifdef QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS | - |
| 957 | Q_UNUSED(that); | - |
| 958 | Q_UNUSED(d); | - |
| 959 | #else | - |
| 960 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(that); | - |
| 961 | if (d->focus_next != that) { | - |
| 962 | if (d->focus_next) | - |
| 963 | d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev; | - |
| 964 | if (d->focus_prev) | - |
| 965 | d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next; | - |
| 966 | } | - |
| 967 | #endif | - |
| 968 | } | - |
| 969 | }; | - |
| 970 | | - |
| 971 | /*! | - |
| 972 | Constructs a widget which is a child of \a parent, with widget | - |
| 973 | flags set to \a f. | - |
| 974 | | - |
| 975 | If \a parent is 0, the new widget becomes a window. If | - |
| 976 | \a parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window | - |
| 977 | inside \a parent. The new widget is deleted when its \a parent is | - |
| 978 | deleted. | - |
| 979 | | - |
| 980 | The widget flags argument, \a f, is normally 0, but it can be set | - |
| 981 | to customize the frame of a window (i.e. \a | - |
| 982 | parent must be 0). To customize the frame, use a value composed | - |
| 983 | from the bitwise OR of any of the \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}. | - |
| 984 | | - |
| 985 | If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must | - |
| 986 | explicitly show the child to make it visible. | - |
| 987 | | - |
| 988 | Note that the X11 version of Qt may not be able to deliver all | - |
| 989 | combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on | - |
| 990 | X11, Qt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager | - |
| 991 | can override the application's settings. On Windows, Qt can set | - |
| 992 | whatever flags you want. | - |
| 993 | | - |
| 994 | \sa windowFlags | - |
| 995 | */ | - |
| 996 | QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) | - |
| 997 | : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice() | - |
| 998 | { | - |
| 999 | QT_TRY { | - |
| 1000 | d_func()->init(parent, f); | - |
| 1001 | } QT_CATCH(...) { | - |
| 1002 | QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func()); | - |
| 1003 | QT_RETHROW; | - |
| 1004 | } | - |
| 1005 | } | - |
| 1006 | | - |
| 1007 | | - |
| 1008 | /*! \internal | - |
| 1009 | */ | - |
| 1010 | QWidget::QWidget(QWidgetPrivate &dd, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) | - |
| 1011 | : QObject(dd, 0), QPaintDevice() | - |
| 1012 | { | - |
| 1013 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 1014 | QT_TRY { | - |
| 1015 | d->init(parent, f); | - |
| 1016 | } QT_CATCH(...) { | - |
| 1017 | QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func()); | - |
| 1018 | QT_RETHROW; | - |
| 1019 | } | - |
| 1020 | } | - |
| 1021 | | - |
| 1022 | /*! | - |
| 1023 | \internal | - |
| 1024 | */ | - |
| 1025 | int QWidget::devType() const | - |
| 1026 | { | - |
| 1027 | return QInternal::Widget; | - |
| 1028 | } | - |
| 1029 | | - |
| 1030 | | - |
| 1031 | //### w is a "this" ptr, passed as a param because QWorkspace needs special logic | - |
| 1032 | void QWidgetPrivate::adjustFlags(Qt::WindowFlags &flags, QWidget *w) | - |
| 1033 | { | - |
| 1034 | bool customize = (flags & (Qt::CustomizeWindowHint | - |
| 1035 | | Qt::FramelessWindowHint | - |
| 1036 | | Qt::WindowTitleHint | - |
| 1037 | | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | - |
| 1038 | | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint | - |
| 1039 | | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint | - |
| 1040 | | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | - |
| 1041 | | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)); | - |
| 1042 | | - |
| 1043 | uint type = (flags & Qt::WindowType_Mask); | - |
| 1044 | | - |
| 1045 | if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && w && !w->parent()) { | - |
| 1046 | type = Qt::Window; | - |
| 1047 | flags |= Qt::Window; | - |
| 1048 | } | - |
| 1049 | | - |
| 1050 | if (flags & Qt::CustomizeWindowHint) { | - |
| 1051 | // modify window flags to make them consistent. | - |
| 1052 | // Only enable this on non-Mac platforms. Since the old way of doing this would | - |
| 1053 | // interpret WindowSystemMenuHint as a close button and we can't change that behavior | - |
| 1054 | // we can't just add this in. | - |
| 1055 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1056 | if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)) { | - |
| 1057 | flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint; | - |
| 1058 | #else | - |
| 1059 | if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | - |
| 1060 | | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint)) { | - |
| 1061 | #endif | - |
| 1062 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint; | - |
| 1063 | flags &= ~Qt::FramelessWindowHint; | - |
| 1064 | } | - |
| 1065 | } else if (customize && !(flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)) { | - |
| 1066 | // if any of the window hints that affect the titlebar are set | - |
| 1067 | // and the window is supposed to have frame, we add a titlebar | - |
| 1068 | // and system menu by default. | - |
| 1069 | flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint; | - |
| 1070 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint; | - |
| 1071 | } | - |
| 1072 | if (customize) | - |
| 1073 | ; // don't modify window flags if the user explicitly set them. | - |
| 1074 | else if (type == Qt::Dialog || type == Qt::Sheet) | - |
| 1075 | #ifndef Q_OS_WINCE | - |
| 1076 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; | - |
| 1077 | #else | - |
| 1078 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; | - |
| 1079 | #endif | - |
| 1080 | else if (type == Qt::Tool) | - |
| 1081 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; | - |
| 1082 | else | - |
| 1083 | flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint | | - |
| 1084 | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | Qt::WindowFullscreenButtonHint; | - |
| 1085 | | - |
| 1086 | } | - |
| 1087 | | - |
| 1088 | void QWidgetPrivate::init(QWidget *parentWidget, Qt::WindowFlags f) | - |
| 1089 | { | - |
| 1090 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1091 | if (!qobject_cast<QApplication *>(QCoreApplication::instance())) | - |
| 1092 | qFatal("QWidget: Cannot create a QWidget without QApplication"); | - |
| 1093 | | - |
| 1094 | Q_ASSERT(allWidgets); | - |
| 1095 | if (allWidgets) | - |
| 1096 | allWidgets->insert(q); | - |
| 1097 | | - |
| 1098 | QWidget *desktopWidget = 0; | - |
| 1099 | if (parentWidget && parentWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) { | - |
| 1100 | desktopWidget = parentWidget; | - |
| 1101 | parentWidget = 0; | - |
| 1102 | } | - |
| 1103 | | - |
| 1104 | q->data = &data; | - |
| 1105 | | - |
| 1106 | #ifndef QT_NO_THREAD | - |
| 1107 | if (!parent) { | - |
| 1108 | Q_ASSERT_X(q->thread() == qApp->thread(), "QWidget", | - |
| 1109 | "Widgets must be created in the GUI thread."); | - |
| 1110 | } | - |
| 1111 | #endif | - |
| 1112 | | - |
| 1113 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 1114 | if (desktopWidget) { | - |
| 1115 | // make sure the widget is created on the same screen as the | - |
| 1116 | // programmer specified desktop widget | - |
| 1117 | xinfo = desktopWidget->d_func()->xinfo; | - |
| 1118 | } | - |
| 1119 | #endif | - |
| 1120 | if (desktopWidget) { | - |
| 1121 | const int screen = desktopWidget->d_func()->topData()->screenIndex; | - |
| 1122 | if (QWindow *window = q->windowHandle()) | - |
| 1123 | window->setScreen(QGuiApplication::screens().value(screen, 0)); | - |
| 1124 | } | - |
| 1125 | | - |
| 1126 | data.fstrut_dirty = true; | - |
| 1127 | | - |
| 1128 | data.winid = 0; | - |
| 1129 | data.widget_attributes = 0; | - |
| 1130 | data.window_flags = f; | - |
| 1131 | data.window_state = 0; | - |
| 1132 | data.focus_policy = 0; | - |
| 1133 | data.context_menu_policy = Qt::DefaultContextMenu; | - |
| 1134 | data.window_modality = Qt::NonModal; | - |
| 1135 | | - |
| 1136 | data.sizehint_forced = 0; | - |
| 1137 | data.is_closing = 0; | - |
| 1138 | data.in_show = 0; | - |
| 1139 | data.in_set_window_state = 0; | - |
| 1140 | data.in_destructor = false; | - |
| 1141 | | - |
| 1142 | // Widgets with Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC (typically QGLWidget) must have a window handle. | - |
| 1143 | if (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) | - |
| 1144 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 1145 | | - |
| 1146 | //#ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1147 | // q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 1148 | //#endif | - |
| 1149 | | - |
| 1150 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); // might be cleared in adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute() | - |
| 1151 | adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute(); | - |
| 1152 | | - |
| 1153 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 1154 | | - |
| 1155 | //give potential windows a bigger "pre-initial" size; create_sys() will give them a new size later | - |
| 1156 | data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,640,480); | - |
| 1157 | focus_next = focus_prev = q; | - |
| 1158 | | - |
| 1159 | if ((f & Qt::WindowType_Mask) == Qt::Desktop) | - |
| 1160 | q->create(); | - |
| 1161 | else if (parentWidget) | - |
| 1162 | q->setParent(parentWidget, data.window_flags); | - |
| 1163 | else { | - |
| 1164 | adjustFlags(data.window_flags, q); | - |
| 1165 | resolveLayoutDirection(); | - |
| 1166 | // opaque system background? | - |
| 1167 | const QBrush &background = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); | - |
| 1168 | setOpaque(q->isWindow() && background.style() != Qt::NoBrush && background.isOpaque()); | - |
| 1169 | } | - |
| 1170 | data.fnt = QFont(data.fnt, q); | - |
| 1171 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 1172 | data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen()); | - |
| 1173 | #endif // Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 1174 | | - |
| 1175 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); | - |
| 1176 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); | - |
| 1177 | | - |
| 1178 | if (++QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter > QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances) | - |
| 1179 | QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter; | - |
| 1180 | | - |
| 1181 | if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation)) | - |
| 1182 | q->create(); | - |
| 1183 | | - |
| 1184 | QEvent e(QEvent::Create); | - |
| 1185 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 1186 | QApplication::postEvent(q, new QEvent(QEvent::PolishRequest)); | - |
| 1187 | | - |
| 1188 | extraPaintEngine = 0; | - |
| 1189 | | - |
| 1190 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1191 | // If we add a child to the unified toolbar, we have to redirect the painting. | - |
| 1192 | if (parentWidget && parentWidget->d_func() && parentWidget->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) { | - |
| 1193 | if (parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface) { | - |
| 1194 | QWidget *toolbar = parentWidget->d_func()->toolbar_ancestor; | - |
| 1195 | parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface->recursiveRedirect(toolbar, toolbar, toolbar->d_func()->toolbar_offset); | - |
| 1196 | } | - |
| 1197 | } | - |
| 1198 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1199 | } | - |
| 1200 | | - |
| 1201 | | - |
| 1202 | | - |
| 1203 | void QWidgetPrivate::createRecursively() | - |
| 1204 | { | - |
| 1205 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1206 | q->create(0, true, true); | - |
| 1207 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1208 | QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 1209 | if (child && !child->isHidden() && !child->isWindow() && !child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 1210 | child->d_func()->createRecursively(); | - |
| 1211 | } | - |
| 1212 | } | - |
| 1213 | | - |
| 1214 | | - |
| 1215 | | - |
| 1216 | | - |
| 1217 | /*! | - |
| 1218 | Creates a new widget window if \a window is 0, otherwise sets the | - |
| 1219 | widget's window to \a window. | - |
| 1220 | | - |
| 1221 | Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \a | - |
| 1222 | initializeWindow is true. If \a initializeWindow is false, no | - |
| 1223 | initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \a | - |
| 1224 | window is a valid window. | - |
| 1225 | | - |
| 1226 | Destroys the old window if \a destroyOldWindow is true. If \a | - |
| 1227 | destroyOldWindow is false, you are responsible for destroying the | - |
| 1228 | window yourself (using platform native code). | - |
| 1229 | | - |
| 1230 | The QWidget constructor calls create(0,true,true) to create a | - |
| 1231 | window for this widget. | - |
| 1232 | */ | - |
| 1233 | | - |
| 1234 | void QWidget::create(WId window, bool initializeWindow, bool destroyOldWindow) | - |
| 1235 | { | - |
| 1236 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 1237 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window == 0 && internalWinId()) | - |
| 1238 | return; | - |
| 1239 | | - |
| 1240 | if (d->data.in_destructor) | - |
| 1241 | return; | - |
| 1242 | | - |
| 1243 | Qt::WindowType type = windowType(); | - |
| 1244 | Qt::WindowFlags &flags = data->window_flags; | - |
| 1245 | | - |
| 1246 | if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && !parentWidget()) { | - |
| 1247 | type = Qt::Window; | - |
| 1248 | flags |= Qt::Window; | - |
| 1249 | } | - |
| 1250 | | - |
| 1251 | if (QWidget *parent = parentWidget()) { | - |
| 1252 | if (type & Qt::Window) { | - |
| 1253 | if (!parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 1254 | parent->createWinId(); | - |
| 1255 | } else if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !parent->internalWinId() | - |
| 1256 | && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) { | - |
| 1257 | // We're about to create a native child widget that doesn't have a native parent; | - |
| 1258 | // enforce a native handle for the parent unless the Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors | - |
| 1259 | // attribute is set. | - |
| 1260 | d->createWinId(window); | - |
| 1261 | // Nothing more to do. | - |
| 1262 | Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)); | - |
| 1263 | Q_ASSERT(internalWinId()); | - |
| 1264 | return; | - |
| 1265 | } | - |
| 1266 | } | - |
| 1267 | | - |
| 1268 | | - |
| 1269 | static int paintOnScreenEnv = -1; | - |
| 1270 | if (paintOnScreenEnv == -1) | - |
| 1271 | paintOnScreenEnv = qgetenv("QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT").toInt() > 0 ? 1 : 0; | - |
| 1272 | if (paintOnScreenEnv == 1) | - |
| 1273 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen); | - |
| 1274 | | - |
| 1275 | if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows)) | - |
| 1276 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 1277 | | - |
| 1278 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG | - |
| 1279 | qDebug() << "QWidget::create:" << this << "parent:" << parentWidget() | - |
| 1280 | << "Alien?" << !testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 1281 | #endif | - |
| 1282 | | - |
| 1283 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP) | - |
| 1284 | // Unregister the dropsite (if already registered) before we | - |
| 1285 | // re-create the widget with a native window. | - |
| 1286 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) | - |
| 1287 | && d->extra && d->extra->dropTarget) { | - |
| 1288 | d->registerDropSite(false); | - |
| 1289 | } | - |
| 1290 | #endif // defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP) | - |
| 1291 | | - |
| 1292 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 1293 | | - |
| 1294 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); // set created flag | - |
| 1295 | d->create_sys(window, initializeWindow, destroyOldWindow); | - |
| 1296 | | - |
| 1297 | // a real toplevel window needs a backing store | - |
| 1298 | if (isWindow() && windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { | - |
| 1299 | d->topData()->backingStoreTracker.destroy(); | - |
| 1300 | if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) | - |
| 1301 | d->topData()->backingStoreTracker.create(this); | - |
| 1302 | } | - |
| 1303 | | - |
| 1304 | d->setModal_sys(); | - |
| 1305 | | - |
| 1306 | if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)) | - |
| 1307 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true); | - |
| 1308 | | - |
| 1309 | #ifdef QT_EVAL | - |
| 1310 | extern void qt_eval_init_widget(QWidget *w); | - |
| 1311 | qt_eval_init_widget(this); | - |
| 1312 | #endif | - |
| 1313 | | - |
| 1314 | // need to force the resting of the icon after changing parents | - |
| 1315 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) | - |
| 1316 | d->setWindowIcon_sys(); | - |
| 1317 | | - |
| 1318 | if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->iconText.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1319 | d->setWindowIconText_helper(d->topData()->iconText); | - |
| 1320 | if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->caption.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1321 | d->setWindowTitle_helper(d->topData()->caption); | - |
| 1322 | if (windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { | - |
| 1323 | d->updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 1324 | | - |
| 1325 | if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) | - |
| 1326 | d->setWindowIcon_sys(); | - |
| 1327 | } | - |
| 1328 | | - |
| 1329 | // Frame strut update needed in cases where there are native widgets such as QGLWidget, | - |
| 1330 | // as those force native window creation on their ancestors before they are shown. | - |
| 1331 | // If the strut is not updated, any subsequent move of the top level window before show | - |
| 1332 | // will cause window frame to be ignored when positioning the window. | - |
| 1333 | // Note that this only helps on platforms that handle window creation synchronously. | - |
| 1334 | d->updateFrameStrut(); | - |
| 1335 | } | - |
| 1336 | | - |
| 1337 | /*! | - |
| 1338 | Destroys the widget. | - |
| 1339 | | - |
| 1340 | All this widget's children are deleted first. The application | - |
| 1341 | exits if this widget is the main widget. | - |
| 1342 | */ | - |
| 1343 | | - |
| 1344 | QWidget::~QWidget() | - |
| 1345 | { | - |
| 1346 | Q_D(QWidget); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QWidgetPrivate * const d = d_func(); | - |
| 1347 | d->data.in_destructor = true; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->data.in_destructor = true; | - |
| 1348 | | - |
| 1349 | #if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE) | - |
| 1350 | if (paintingActive()) | - |
| 1351 | qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) deleted while being painted", className(), name()); | - |
| 1352 | #endif | - |
| 1353 | | - |
| 1354 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES | - |
| 1355 | foreach (Qt::GestureType type, d->gestureContext.keys()) executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): for (QForeachContainer<__typeof__(d->gestureContext.keys())> _container_(d->gestureContext.keys()); !_container_.brk && _container_.i != _container_.e; __extension__ ({ ++_container_.brk; ++_container_.i; })) for (Qt::GestureType type = *_container_.i;; __extension__ ({--_container_.brk; break;})) | - |
| 1356 | ungrabGesture(type); executed: ungrabGesture(type);Execution Count:5414 | 5414 |
| 1357 | #endif | - |
| 1358 | | - |
| 1359 | // force acceptDrops false before winId is destroyed. | - |
| 1360 | d->registerDropSite(false); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->registerDropSite(false); | - |
| 1361 | | - |
| 1362 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACTION | - |
| 1363 | // remove all actions from this widget | - |
| 1364 | for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) { evaluated: i < d->actions.size()| yes Evaluation Count:3290 | yes Evaluation Count:41486 |
| 3290-41486 |
| 1365 | QActionPrivate *apriv = d->actions.at(i)->d_func(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QActionPrivate *apriv = d->actions.at(i)->d_func(); | - |
| 1366 | apriv->widgets.removeAll(this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): apriv->widgets.removeAll(this); | - |
| 1367 | } executed: }Execution Count:3290 | 3290 |
| 1368 | d->actions.clear(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->actions.clear(); | - |
| 1369 | #endif | - |
| 1370 | | - |
| 1371 | #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT | - |
| 1372 | // Remove all shortcuts grabbed by this | - |
| 1373 | // widget, unless application is closing | - |
| 1374 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing && testAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut)) evaluated: !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing| yes Evaluation Count:41270 | yes Evaluation Count:216 |
evaluated: testAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut)| yes Evaluation Count:1479 | yes Evaluation Count:39791 |
| 216-41270 |
| 1375 | qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(0, this, QKeySequence()); executed: (static_cast<QApplication *>(QCoreApplication::instance()))->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(0, this, QKeySequence());Execution Count:1479 | 1479 |
| 1376 | #endif | - |
| 1377 | | - |
| 1378 | // delete layout while we still are a valid widget | - |
| 1379 | delete d->layout; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): delete d->layout; | - |
| 1380 | d->layout = 0; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->layout = 0; | - |
| 1381 | // Remove myself from focus list | - |
| 1382 | | - |
| 1383 | Q_ASSERT(d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): qt_noop(); | - |
| 1384 | Q_ASSERT(d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): qt_noop(); | - |
| 1385 | | - |
| 1386 | if (d->focus_next != this) { evaluated: d->focus_next != this| yes Evaluation Count:36280 | yes Evaluation Count:5206 |
| 5206-36280 |
| 1387 | d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev; | - |
| 1388 | d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next; | - |
| 1389 | d->focus_next = d->focus_prev = 0; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->focus_next = d->focus_prev = 0; | - |
| 1390 | } executed: }Execution Count:36280 | 36280 |
| 1391 | | - |
| 1392 | | - |
| 1393 | QT_TRY { partially evaluated: true| yes Evaluation Count:41486 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-41486 |
| 1394 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 1395 | const QWidget* w = this; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): const QWidget* w = this; | - |
| 1396 | while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) evaluated: w->d_func()->extra| yes Evaluation Count:18077 | yes Evaluation Count:29703 |
evaluated: w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy| yes Evaluation Count:6294 | yes Evaluation Count:11783 |
| 6294-29703 |
| 1397 | w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; executed: w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;Execution Count:6294 | 6294 |
| 1398 | QWidget *window = w->window(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QWidget *window = w->window(); | - |
| 1399 | QWExtra *e = window ? window->d_func()->extra : 0; partially evaluated: window| yes Evaluation Count:41486 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-41486 |
| 1400 | if (!e || !e->proxyWidget) evaluated: !e| yes Evaluation Count:10225 | yes Evaluation Count:31261 |
evaluated: !e->proxyWidget| yes Evaluation Count:31257 | yes Evaluation Count:4 |
| 4-31261 |
| 1401 | #endif | - |
| 1402 | clearFocus(); executed: clearFocus();Execution Count:41482 | 41482 |
| 1403 | } QT_CATCH(...) { executed: }Execution Count:41486 | 41486 |
| 1404 | // swallow this problem because we are in a destructor | - |
| 1405 | } | 0 |
| 1406 | | - |
| 1407 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 1408 | | - |
| 1409 | if (isWindow() && isVisible() && internalWinId()) { evaluated: isWindow()| yes Evaluation Count:5206 | yes Evaluation Count:36280 |
evaluated: isVisible()| yes Evaluation Count:2096 | yes Evaluation Count:3110 |
partially evaluated: internalWinId()| yes Evaluation Count:2096 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-36280 |
| 1410 | QT_TRY { partially evaluated: true| yes Evaluation Count:2096 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-2096 |
| 1411 | d->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseNoEvent); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseNoEvent); | - |
| 1412 | } QT_CATCH(...) { executed: }Execution Count:2096 | 2096 |
| 1413 | // if we're out of memory, at least hide the window. | - |
| 1414 | QT_TRY { | 0 |
| 1415 | hide(); never executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): hide(); | - |
| 1416 | } QT_CATCH(...) { | 0 |
| 1417 | // and if that also doesn't work, then give up | - |
| 1418 | } | 0 |
| 1419 | } | - |
| 1420 | } | - |
| 1421 | | - |
| 1422 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)|| defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 1423 | else if (!internalWinId() && isVisible()) { | - |
| 1424 | qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); | - |
| 1425 | } | - |
| 1426 | #endif | - |
| 1427 | else if (isVisible()) { evaluated: isVisible()| yes Evaluation Count:619 | yes Evaluation Count:38771 |
| 619-38771 |
| 1428 | qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): (static_cast<QApplication *>(QCoreApplication::instance()))->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); | - |
| 1429 | } executed: }Execution Count:619 | 619 |
| 1430 | | - |
| 1431 | if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) { evaluated: QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()| yes Evaluation Count:19169 | yes Evaluation Count:22317 |
| 19169-22317 |
| 1432 | bs->removeDirtyWidget(this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): bs->removeDirtyWidget(this); | - |
| 1433 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents)) evaluated: testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents)| yes Evaluation Count:3 | yes Evaluation Count:19166 |
| 3-19166 |
| 1434 | bs->removeStaticWidget(this); executed: bs->removeStaticWidget(this);Execution Count:3 | 3 |
| 1435 | } executed: }Execution Count:19169 | 19169 |
| 1436 | | - |
| 1437 | delete d->needsFlush; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): delete d->needsFlush; | - |
| 1438 | d->needsFlush = 0; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->needsFlush = 0; | - |
| 1439 | | - |
| 1440 | // The next 20 lines are duplicated from QObject, but required here | - |
| 1441 | // since QWidget deletes is children itself | - |
| 1442 | bool blocked = d->blockSig; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): bool blocked = d->blockSig; | - |
| 1443 | d->blockSig = 0; // unblock signals so we always emit destroyed() executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->blockSig = 0; | - |
| 1444 | | - |
| 1445 | if (d->isSignalConnected(0)) { evaluated: d->isSignalConnected(0)| yes Evaluation Count:3688 | yes Evaluation Count:37798 |
| 3688-37798 |
| 1446 | QT_TRY { partially evaluated: true| yes Evaluation Count:3688 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-3688 |
| 1447 | emit destroyed(this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): destroyed(this); | - |
| 1448 | } QT_CATCH(...) { executed: }Execution Count:3688 | 3688 |
| 1449 | // all the signal/slots connections are still in place - if we don't | - |
| 1450 | // quit now, we will crash pretty soon. | - |
| 1451 | qWarning("Detected an unexpected exception in ~QWidget while emitting destroyed()."); never executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QMessageLogger("kernel/qwidget.cpp", 1451, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__).warning("Detected an unexpected exception in ~QWidget while emitting destroyed()."); | - |
| 1452 | QT_RETHROW; never executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): qt_noop(); | - |
| 1453 | } | 0 |
| 1454 | } | - |
| 1455 | | - |
| 1456 | if (d->declarativeData) { partially evaluated: d->declarativeData| no Evaluation Count:0 | yes Evaluation Count:41486 |
| 0-41486 |
| 1457 | QAbstractDeclarativeData::destroyed(d->declarativeData, this); never executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QAbstractDeclarativeData::destroyed(d->declarativeData, this); | - |
| 1458 | d->declarativeData = 0; // don't activate again in ~QObject never executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->declarativeData = 0; | - |
| 1459 | } | 0 |
| 1460 | | - |
| 1461 | d->blockSig = blocked; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->blockSig = blocked; | - |
| 1462 | | - |
| 1463 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1464 | // QCocoaView holds a pointer back to this widget. Clear it now | - |
| 1465 | // to make sure it's not followed later on. The lifetime of the | - |
| 1466 | // QCocoaView might exceed the lifetime of this widget in cases | - |
| 1467 | // where Cocoa itself holds references to it. | - |
| 1468 | extern void qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(QWidget *); | - |
| 1469 | qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(this); | - |
| 1470 | #endif | - |
| 1471 | | - |
| 1472 | if (!d->children.isEmpty()) evaluated: !d->children.isEmpty()| yes Evaluation Count:18909 | yes Evaluation Count:22577 |
| 18909-22577 |
| 1473 | d->deleteChildren(); executed: d->deleteChildren();Execution Count:18909 | 18909 |
| 1474 | | - |
| 1475 | QApplication::removePostedEvents(this); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QApplication::removePostedEvents(this); | - |
| 1476 | | - |
| 1477 | QT_TRY { partially evaluated: true| yes Evaluation Count:41486 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-41486 |
| 1478 | destroy(); // platform-dependent cleanup executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): destroy(); | - |
| 1479 | } QT_CATCH(...) { executed: }Execution Count:41486 | 41486 |
| 1480 | // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw. | - |
| 1481 | } | 0 |
| 1482 | --QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): --QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter; | - |
| 1483 | | - |
| 1484 | if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) // might have been deleted by ~QApplication evaluated: QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets| yes Evaluation Count:41270 | yes Evaluation Count:216 |
| 216-41270 |
| 1485 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(this); executed: QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(this);Execution Count:41270 | 41270 |
| 1486 | | - |
| 1487 | QT_TRY { partially evaluated: true| yes Evaluation Count:41486 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-41486 |
| 1488 | QEvent e(QEvent::Destroy); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QEvent e(QEvent::Destroy); | - |
| 1489 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 1490 | } QT_CATCH(const std::exception&) { executed: }Execution Count:41486 | 41486 |
| 1491 | // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw. | - |
| 1492 | } | 0 |
| 1493 | } | - |
| 1494 | | - |
| 1495 | int QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter = 0; // Current number of widget instances | - |
| 1496 | int QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = 0; // Maximum number of widget instances | - |
| 1497 | | - |
| 1498 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWinId(WId id) // set widget identifier | - |
| 1499 | { | - |
| 1500 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1501 | // the user might create a widget with Qt::Desktop window | - |
| 1502 | // attribute (or create another QDesktopWidget instance), which | - |
| 1503 | // will have the same windowid (the root window id) as the | - |
| 1504 | // qt_desktopWidget. We should not add the second desktop widget | - |
| 1505 | // to the mapper. | - |
| 1506 | bool userDesktopWidget = qt_desktopWidget != 0 && qt_desktopWidget != q && q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop; | - |
| 1507 | if (mapper && data.winid && !userDesktopWidget) { | - |
| 1508 | mapper->remove(data.winid); | - |
| 1509 | } | - |
| 1510 | | - |
| 1511 | const WId oldWinId = data.winid; | - |
| 1512 | | - |
| 1513 | data.winid = id; | - |
| 1514 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 1515 | hd = id; // X11: hd == ident | - |
| 1516 | #endif | - |
| 1517 | if (mapper && id && !userDesktopWidget) { | - |
| 1518 | mapper->insert(data.winid, q); | - |
| 1519 | } | - |
| 1520 | | - |
| 1521 | if(oldWinId != id) { | - |
| 1522 | QEvent e(QEvent::WinIdChange); | - |
| 1523 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 1524 | } | - |
| 1525 | } | - |
| 1526 | | - |
| 1527 | void QWidgetPrivate::createTLExtra() | - |
| 1528 | { | - |
| 1529 | if (!extra) | - |
| 1530 | createExtra(); | - |
| 1531 | if (!extra->topextra) { | - |
| 1532 | QTLWExtra* x = extra->topextra = new QTLWExtra; | - |
| 1533 | x->icon = 0; | - |
| 1534 | x->backingStore = 0; | - |
| 1535 | x->sharedPainter = 0; | - |
| 1536 | x->incw = x->inch = 0; | - |
| 1537 | x->basew = x->baseh = 0; | - |
| 1538 | x->frameStrut.setCoords(0, 0, 0, 0); | - |
| 1539 | x->normalGeometry = QRect(0,0,-1,-1); | - |
| 1540 | x->savedFlags = 0; | - |
| 1541 | x->opacity = 255; | - |
| 1542 | x->posIncludesFrame = 0; | - |
| 1543 | x->sizeAdjusted = false; | - |
| 1544 | x->inTopLevelResize = false; | - |
| 1545 | x->inRepaint = false; | - |
| 1546 | x->embedded = 0; | - |
| 1547 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1548 | x->wasMaximized = false; | - |
| 1549 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1550 | createTLSysExtra(); | - |
| 1551 | #ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG | - |
| 1552 | static int count = 0; | - |
| 1553 | qDebug() << "tlextra" << ++count; | - |
| 1554 | #endif | - |
| 1555 | } | - |
| 1556 | } | - |
| 1557 | | - |
| 1558 | /*! | - |
| 1559 | \internal | - |
| 1560 | Creates the widget extra data. | - |
| 1561 | */ | - |
| 1562 | | - |
| 1563 | void QWidgetPrivate::createExtra() | - |
| 1564 | { | - |
| 1565 | if (!extra) { // if not exists | - |
| 1566 | extra = new QWExtra; | - |
| 1567 | extra->glContext = 0; | - |
| 1568 | extra->topextra = 0; | - |
| 1569 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 1570 | extra->proxyWidget = 0; | - |
| 1571 | #endif | - |
| 1572 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR | - |
| 1573 | extra->curs = 0; | - |
| 1574 | #endif | - |
| 1575 | extra->minw = 0; | - |
| 1576 | extra->minh = 0; | - |
| 1577 | extra->maxw = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; | - |
| 1578 | extra->maxh = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; | - |
| 1579 | extra->customDpiX = 0; | - |
| 1580 | extra->customDpiY = 0; | - |
| 1581 | extra->explicitMinSize = 0; | - |
| 1582 | extra->explicitMaxSize = 0; | - |
| 1583 | extra->autoFillBackground = 0; | - |
| 1584 | extra->nativeChildrenForced = 0; | - |
| 1585 | extra->inRenderWithPainter = 0; | - |
| 1586 | extra->hasMask = 0; | - |
| 1587 | createSysExtra(); | - |
| 1588 | #ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG | - |
| 1589 | static int count = 0; | - |
| 1590 | qDebug() << "extra" << ++count; | - |
| 1591 | #endif | - |
| 1592 | } | - |
| 1593 | } | - |
| 1594 | | - |
| 1595 | | - |
| 1596 | /*! | - |
| 1597 | \internal | - |
| 1598 | Deletes the widget extra data. | - |
| 1599 | */ | - |
| 1600 | | - |
| 1601 | void QWidgetPrivate::deleteExtra() | - |
| 1602 | { | - |
| 1603 | if (extra) { // if exists | - |
| 1604 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR | - |
| 1605 | delete extra->curs; | - |
| 1606 | #endif | - |
| 1607 | deleteSysExtra(); | - |
| 1608 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 1609 | // dereference the stylesheet style | - |
| 1610 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style)) | - |
| 1611 | proxy->deref(); | - |
| 1612 | #endif | - |
| 1613 | if (extra->topextra) { | - |
| 1614 | deleteTLSysExtra(); | - |
| 1615 | // extra->topextra->backingStore destroyed in QWidgetPrivate::deleteTLSysExtra() | - |
| 1616 | delete extra->topextra->icon; | - |
| 1617 | delete extra->topextra; | - |
| 1618 | } | - |
| 1619 | delete extra; | - |
| 1620 | // extra->xic destroyed in QWidget::destroy() | - |
| 1621 | extra = 0; | - |
| 1622 | } | - |
| 1623 | } | - |
| 1624 | | - |
| 1625 | /* | - |
| 1626 | Returns true if there are widgets above this which overlap with | - |
| 1627 | \a rect, which is in parent's coordinate system (same as crect). | - |
| 1628 | */ | - |
| 1629 | | - |
| 1630 | bool QWidgetPrivate::isOverlapped(const QRect &rect) const | - |
| 1631 | { | - |
| 1632 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 1633 | | - |
| 1634 | const QWidget *w = q; | - |
| 1635 | QRect r = rect; | - |
| 1636 | while (w) { | - |
| 1637 | if (w->isWindow()) | - |
| 1638 | return false; | - |
| 1639 | QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func(); | - |
| 1640 | bool above = false; | - |
| 1641 | for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1642 | QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); | - |
| 1643 | if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow()) | - |
| 1644 | continue; | - |
| 1645 | if (!above) { | - |
| 1646 | above = (sibling == w); | - |
| 1647 | continue; | - |
| 1648 | } | - |
| 1649 | | - |
| 1650 | if (qRectIntersects(sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect), r)) { | - |
| 1651 | const QWExtra *siblingExtra = sibling->d_func()->extra; | - |
| 1652 | if (siblingExtra && siblingExtra->hasMask && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect | - |
| 1653 | && !siblingExtra->mask.translated(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()).intersects(r)) { | - |
| 1654 | continue; | - |
| 1655 | } | - |
| 1656 | return true; | - |
| 1657 | } | - |
| 1658 | } | - |
| 1659 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1660 | r.translate(pd->data.crect.topLeft()); | - |
| 1661 | } | - |
| 1662 | return false; | - |
| 1663 | } | - |
| 1664 | | - |
| 1665 | void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore() | - |
| 1666 | { | - |
| 1667 | if (paintOnScreen()) { | - |
| 1668 | repaint_sys(dirty); | - |
| 1669 | dirty = QRegion(); | - |
| 1670 | } else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { | - |
| 1671 | bs->sync(); | - |
| 1672 | } | - |
| 1673 | } | - |
| 1674 | | - |
| 1675 | void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore(const QRegion ®ion) | - |
| 1676 | { | - |
| 1677 | if (paintOnScreen()) | - |
| 1678 | repaint_sys(region); | - |
| 1679 | else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { | - |
| 1680 | bs->sync(q_func(), region); | - |
| 1681 | } | - |
| 1682 | } | - |
| 1683 | | - |
| 1684 | void QWidgetPrivate::setUpdatesEnabled_helper(bool enable) | - |
| 1685 | { | - |
| 1686 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1687 | | - |
| 1688 | if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->updatesEnabled()) | - |
| 1689 | return; // nothing we can do | - |
| 1690 | | - |
| 1691 | if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled)) | - |
| 1692 | return; // nothing to do | - |
| 1693 | | - |
| 1694 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, !enable); | - |
| 1695 | if (enable) | - |
| 1696 | q->update(); | - |
| 1697 | | - |
| 1698 | Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled : Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled; | - |
| 1699 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1700 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 1701 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(attribute)) | - |
| 1702 | w->d_func()->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable); | - |
| 1703 | } | - |
| 1704 | } | - |
| 1705 | | - |
| 1706 | /*! | - |
| 1707 | \internal | - |
| 1708 | | - |
| 1709 | Propagate this widget's palette to all children, except style sheet | - |
| 1710 | widgets, and windows that don't enable window propagation (palettes don't | - |
| 1711 | normally propagate to windows). | - |
| 1712 | */ | - |
| 1713 | void QWidgetPrivate::propagatePaletteChange() | - |
| 1714 | { | - |
| 1715 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1716 | // Propagate a new inherited mask to all children. | - |
| 1717 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 1718 | if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) { | - |
| 1719 | QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget; | - |
| 1720 | inheritedPaletteResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedPaletteResolveMask | p->palette().resolve(); | - |
| 1721 | } else | - |
| 1722 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 1723 | if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) { | - |
| 1724 | inheritedPaletteResolveMask = 0; | - |
| 1725 | } | - |
| 1726 | int mask = data.pal.resolve() | inheritedPaletteResolveMask; | - |
| 1727 | | - |
| 1728 | QEvent pc(QEvent::PaletteChange); | - |
| 1729 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &pc); | - |
| 1730 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1731 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 1732 | if (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) | - |
| 1733 | && (!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) { | - |
| 1734 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); | - |
| 1735 | wd->inheritedPaletteResolveMask = mask; | - |
| 1736 | wd->resolvePalette(); | - |
| 1737 | } | - |
| 1738 | } | - |
| 1739 | } | - |
| 1740 | | - |
| 1741 | /* | - |
| 1742 | Returns the widget's clipping rectangle. | - |
| 1743 | */ | - |
| 1744 | QRect QWidgetPrivate::clipRect() const | - |
| 1745 | { | - |
| 1746 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 1747 | const QWidget * w = q; | - |
| 1748 | if (!w->isVisible()) | - |
| 1749 | return QRect(); | - |
| 1750 | QRect r = effectiveRectFor(q->rect()); | - |
| 1751 | int ox = 0; | - |
| 1752 | int oy = 0; | - |
| 1753 | while (w | - |
| 1754 | && w->isVisible() | - |
| 1755 | && !w->isWindow() | - |
| 1756 | && w->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 1757 | ox -= w->x(); | - |
| 1758 | oy -= w->y(); | - |
| 1759 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1760 | r &= QRect(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height()); | - |
| 1761 | } | - |
| 1762 | return r; | - |
| 1763 | } | - |
| 1764 | | - |
| 1765 | /* | - |
| 1766 | Returns the widget's clipping region (without siblings). | - |
| 1767 | */ | - |
| 1768 | QRegion QWidgetPrivate::clipRegion() const | - |
| 1769 | { | - |
| 1770 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 1771 | if (!q->isVisible()) | - |
| 1772 | return QRegion(); | - |
| 1773 | QRegion r(q->rect()); | - |
| 1774 | const QWidget * w = q; | - |
| 1775 | const QWidget *ignoreUpTo; | - |
| 1776 | int ox = 0; | - |
| 1777 | int oy = 0; | - |
| 1778 | while (w | - |
| 1779 | && w->isVisible() | - |
| 1780 | && !w->isWindow() | - |
| 1781 | && w->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 1782 | ox -= w->x(); | - |
| 1783 | oy -= w->y(); | - |
| 1784 | ignoreUpTo = w; | - |
| 1785 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1786 | r &= QRegion(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height()); | - |
| 1787 | | - |
| 1788 | int i = 0; | - |
| 1789 | while(w->d_func()->children.at(i++) != static_cast<const QObject *>(ignoreUpTo)) | - |
| 1790 | ; | - |
| 1791 | for ( ; i < w->d_func()->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1792 | if(QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(w->d_func()->children.at(i))) { | - |
| 1793 | if(sibling->isVisible() && !sibling->isWindow()) { | - |
| 1794 | QRect siblingRect(ox+sibling->x(), oy+sibling->y(), | - |
| 1795 | sibling->width(), sibling->height()); | - |
| 1796 | if (qRectIntersects(siblingRect, q->rect())) | - |
| 1797 | r -= QRegion(siblingRect); | - |
| 1798 | } | - |
| 1799 | } | - |
| 1800 | } | - |
| 1801 | } | - |
| 1802 | return r; | - |
| 1803 | } | - |
| 1804 | | - |
| 1805 | void QWidgetPrivate::setSystemClip(QPaintDevice *paintDevice, const QRegion ®ion) | - |
| 1806 | { | - |
| 1807 | // Transform the system clip region from device-independent pixels to device pixels | - |
| 1808 | // Qt 5.0.0: This is a Mac-only code path for now, can be made cross-platform once | - |
| 1809 | // it has been tested. | - |
| 1810 | QPaintEngine *paintEngine = paintDevice->paintEngine(); | - |
| 1811 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 1812 | const qreal devicePixelRatio = (paintDevice->physicalDpiX() == 0 || paintDevice->logicalDpiX() == 0) ? | - |
| 1813 | 1.0 : (paintDevice->physicalDpiX() / paintDevice->logicalDpiX()); | - |
| 1814 | QTransform scaleTransform; | - |
| 1815 | scaleTransform.scale(devicePixelRatio, devicePixelRatio); | - |
| 1816 | paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = scaleTransform.map(region); | - |
| 1817 | #else | - |
| 1818 | paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = region; | - |
| 1819 | #endif | - |
| 1820 | } | - |
| 1821 | | - |
| 1822 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 1823 | void QWidgetPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively() | - |
| 1824 | { | - |
| 1825 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1826 | QWidget *w = q; | - |
| 1827 | do { | - |
| 1828 | if (w->graphicsEffect()) { | - |
| 1829 | QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = | - |
| 1830 | static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>(w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()); | - |
| 1831 | if (!sourced->updateDueToGraphicsEffect) | - |
| 1832 | w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()->invalidateCache(); | - |
| 1833 | } | - |
| 1834 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1835 | } while (w); | - |
| 1836 | } | - |
| 1837 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 1838 | | - |
| 1839 | void QWidgetPrivate::setDirtyOpaqueRegion() | - |
| 1840 | { | - |
| 1841 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 1842 | | - |
| 1843 | dirtyOpaqueChildren = true; | - |
| 1844 | | - |
| 1845 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 1846 | invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively(); | - |
| 1847 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 1848 | | - |
| 1849 | if (q->isWindow()) | - |
| 1850 | return; | - |
| 1851 | | - |
| 1852 | QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1853 | if (!parent) | - |
| 1854 | return; | - |
| 1855 | | - |
| 1856 | // TODO: instead of setting dirtyflag, manipulate the dirtyregion directly? | - |
| 1857 | QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func(); | - |
| 1858 | if (!pd->dirtyOpaqueChildren) | - |
| 1859 | pd->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 1860 | } | - |
| 1861 | | - |
| 1862 | const QRegion &QWidgetPrivate::getOpaqueChildren() const | - |
| 1863 | { | - |
| 1864 | if (!dirtyOpaqueChildren) | - |
| 1865 | return opaqueChildren; | - |
| 1866 | | - |
| 1867 | QWidgetPrivate *that = const_cast<QWidgetPrivate*>(this); | - |
| 1868 | that->opaqueChildren = QRegion(); | - |
| 1869 | | - |
| 1870 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1871 | QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 1872 | if (!child || !child->isVisible() || child->isWindow()) | - |
| 1873 | continue; | - |
| 1874 | | - |
| 1875 | const QPoint offset = child->geometry().topLeft(); | - |
| 1876 | QWidgetPrivate *childd = child->d_func(); | - |
| 1877 | QRegion r = childd->isOpaque ? child->rect() : childd->getOpaqueChildren(); | - |
| 1878 | if (childd->extra && childd->extra->hasMask) | - |
| 1879 | r &= childd->extra->mask; | - |
| 1880 | if (r.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1881 | continue; | - |
| 1882 | r.translate(offset); | - |
| 1883 | that->opaqueChildren += r; | - |
| 1884 | } | - |
| 1885 | | - |
| 1886 | that->opaqueChildren &= q_func()->rect(); | - |
| 1887 | that->dirtyOpaqueChildren = false; | - |
| 1888 | | - |
| 1889 | return that->opaqueChildren; | - |
| 1890 | } | - |
| 1891 | | - |
| 1892 | void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueChildren(QRegion &source, const QRect &clipRect) const | - |
| 1893 | { | - |
| 1894 | if (children.isEmpty() || clipRect.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1895 | return; | - |
| 1896 | | - |
| 1897 | const QRegion &r = getOpaqueChildren(); | - |
| 1898 | if (!r.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1899 | source -= (r & clipRect); | - |
| 1900 | } | - |
| 1901 | | - |
| 1902 | //subtract any relatives that are higher up than me --- this is too expensive !!! | - |
| 1903 | void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueSiblings(QRegion &sourceRegion, bool *hasDirtySiblingsAbove, | - |
| 1904 | bool alsoNonOpaque) const | - |
| 1905 | { | - |
| 1906 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 1907 | static int disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings = qgetenv("QT_NO_SUBTRACTOPAQUESIBLINGS").toInt(); | - |
| 1908 | if (disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings || q->isWindow()) | - |
| 1909 | return; | - |
| 1910 | | - |
| 1911 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1912 | if (q->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) | - |
| 1913 | return; | - |
| 1914 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 1915 | | - |
| 1916 | QRect clipBoundingRect; | - |
| 1917 | bool dirtyClipBoundingRect = true; | - |
| 1918 | | - |
| 1919 | QRegion parentClip; | - |
| 1920 | bool dirtyParentClip = true; | - |
| 1921 | | - |
| 1922 | QPoint parentOffset = data.crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 1923 | | - |
| 1924 | const QWidget *w = q; | - |
| 1925 | | - |
| 1926 | while (w) { | - |
| 1927 | if (w->isWindow()) | - |
| 1928 | break; | - |
| 1929 | QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func(); | - |
| 1930 | const int myIndex = pd->children.indexOf(const_cast<QWidget *>(w)); | - |
| 1931 | const QRect widgetGeometry = w->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect); | - |
| 1932 | for (int i = myIndex + 1; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 1933 | QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); | - |
| 1934 | if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow()) | - |
| 1935 | continue; | - |
| 1936 | | - |
| 1937 | const QRect siblingGeometry = sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect); | - |
| 1938 | if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, widgetGeometry)) | - |
| 1939 | continue; | - |
| 1940 | | - |
| 1941 | if (dirtyClipBoundingRect) { | - |
| 1942 | clipBoundingRect = sourceRegion.boundingRect(); | - |
| 1943 | dirtyClipBoundingRect = false; | - |
| 1944 | } | - |
| 1945 | | - |
| 1946 | if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, clipBoundingRect.translated(parentOffset))) | - |
| 1947 | continue; | - |
| 1948 | | - |
| 1949 | if (dirtyParentClip) { | - |
| 1950 | parentClip = sourceRegion.translated(parentOffset); | - |
| 1951 | dirtyParentClip = false; | - |
| 1952 | } | - |
| 1953 | | - |
| 1954 | const QPoint siblingPos(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()); | - |
| 1955 | const QRect siblingClipRect(sibling->d_func()->clipRect()); | - |
| 1956 | QRegion siblingDirty(parentClip); | - |
| 1957 | siblingDirty &= (siblingClipRect.translated(siblingPos)); | - |
| 1958 | const bool hasMask = sibling->d_func()->extra && sibling->d_func()->extra->hasMask | - |
| 1959 | && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect; | - |
| 1960 | if (hasMask) | - |
| 1961 | siblingDirty &= sibling->d_func()->extra->mask.translated(siblingPos); | - |
| 1962 | if (siblingDirty.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1963 | continue; | - |
| 1964 | | - |
| 1965 | if (sibling->d_func()->isOpaque || alsoNonOpaque) { | - |
| 1966 | if (hasMask) { | - |
| 1967 | siblingDirty.translate(-parentOffset); | - |
| 1968 | sourceRegion -= siblingDirty; | - |
| 1969 | } else { | - |
| 1970 | sourceRegion -= siblingGeometry.translated(-parentOffset); | - |
| 1971 | } | - |
| 1972 | } else { | - |
| 1973 | if (hasDirtySiblingsAbove) | - |
| 1974 | *hasDirtySiblingsAbove = true; | - |
| 1975 | if (sibling->d_func()->children.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1976 | continue; | - |
| 1977 | QRegion opaqueSiblingChildren(sibling->d_func()->getOpaqueChildren()); | - |
| 1978 | opaqueSiblingChildren.translate(-parentOffset + siblingPos); | - |
| 1979 | sourceRegion -= opaqueSiblingChildren; | - |
| 1980 | } | - |
| 1981 | if (sourceRegion.isEmpty()) | - |
| 1982 | return; | - |
| 1983 | | - |
| 1984 | dirtyClipBoundingRect = true; | - |
| 1985 | dirtyParentClip = true; | - |
| 1986 | } | - |
| 1987 | | - |
| 1988 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 1989 | parentOffset += pd->data.crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 1990 | dirtyParentClip = true; | - |
| 1991 | } | - |
| 1992 | } | - |
| 1993 | | - |
| 1994 | void QWidgetPrivate::clipToEffectiveMask(QRegion ®ion) const | - |
| 1995 | { | - |
| 1996 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 1997 | | - |
| 1998 | const QWidget *w = q; | - |
| 1999 | QPoint offset; | - |
| 2000 | | - |
| 2001 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 2002 | if (graphicsEffect) { | - |
| 2003 | w = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 2004 | offset -= data.crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 2005 | } | - |
| 2006 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 2007 | | - |
| 2008 | while (w) { | - |
| 2009 | const QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); | - |
| 2010 | if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask) | - |
| 2011 | region &= (w != q) ? wd->extra->mask.translated(offset) : wd->extra->mask; | - |
| 2012 | if (w->isWindow()) | - |
| 2013 | return; | - |
| 2014 | offset -= wd->data.crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 2015 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 2016 | } | - |
| 2017 | } | - |
| 2018 | | - |
| 2019 | bool QWidgetPrivate::paintOnScreen() const | - |
| 2020 | { | - |
| 2021 | #if defined(QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE) | - |
| 2022 | return true; | - |
| 2023 | #else | - |
| 2024 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 2025 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen) | - |
| 2026 | || (!q->isWindow() && q->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))) { | - |
| 2027 | return true; | - |
| 2028 | } | - |
| 2029 | | - |
| 2030 | return !qt_enable_backingstore; | - |
| 2031 | #endif | - |
| 2032 | } | - |
| 2033 | | - |
| 2034 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsOpaque() | - |
| 2035 | { | - |
| 2036 | // hw: todo: only needed if opacity actually changed | - |
| 2037 | setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 2038 | | - |
| 2039 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 2040 | if (graphicsEffect) { | - |
| 2041 | // ### We should probably add QGraphicsEffect::isOpaque at some point. | - |
| 2042 | setOpaque(false); | - |
| 2043 | return; | - |
| 2044 | } | - |
| 2045 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 2046 | | - |
| 2047 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 2048 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 2049 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay)) { | - |
| 2050 | setOpaque(false); | - |
| 2051 | return; | - |
| 2052 | } | - |
| 2053 | #endif | - |
| 2054 | | - |
| 2055 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) { | - |
| 2056 | setOpaque(true); | - |
| 2057 | return; | - |
| 2058 | } | - |
| 2059 | | - |
| 2060 | const QPalette &pal = q->palette(); | - |
| 2061 | | - |
| 2062 | if (q->autoFillBackground()) { | - |
| 2063 | const QBrush &autoFillBrush = pal.brush(q->backgroundRole()); | - |
| 2064 | if (autoFillBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && autoFillBrush.isOpaque()) { | - |
| 2065 | setOpaque(true); | - |
| 2066 | return; | - |
| 2067 | } | - |
| 2068 | } | - |
| 2069 | | - |
| 2070 | if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) { | - |
| 2071 | const QBrush &windowBrush = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); | - |
| 2072 | if (windowBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && windowBrush.isOpaque()) { | - |
| 2073 | setOpaque(true); | - |
| 2074 | return; | - |
| 2075 | } | - |
| 2076 | } | - |
| 2077 | setOpaque(false); | - |
| 2078 | } | - |
| 2079 | | - |
| 2080 | void QWidgetPrivate::setOpaque(bool opaque) | - |
| 2081 | { | - |
| 2082 | if (isOpaque != opaque) { | - |
| 2083 | isOpaque = opaque; | - |
| 2084 | updateIsTranslucent(); | - |
| 2085 | } | - |
| 2086 | } | - |
| 2087 | | - |
| 2088 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsTranslucent() | - |
| 2089 | { | - |
| 2090 | Q_Q(QWidget); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QWidget * const q = q_func(); | - |
| 2091 | if (QWindow *window = q->windowHandle()) { evaluated: QWindow *window = q->windowHandle()| yes Evaluation Count:10 | yes Evaluation Count:28357 |
| 10-28357 |
| 2092 | QSurfaceFormat format = window->setOpacity(isOpaque ? qreal(1format(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QSurfaceFormat format = window->format(); | - |
| 2093 | const int oldAlpha = format.0) : qrealalphaBufferSize(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): const int oldAlpha = format.alphaBufferSize(); | - |
| 2094 | const int newAlpha = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground)? 8 : 0; partially evaluated: q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground)| no Evaluation Count:0 | yes Evaluation Count:10 |
| 0-10 |
| 2095 | if (oldAlpha != newAlpha) { partially evaluated: oldAlpha != newAlpha| yes Evaluation Count:10 | no Evaluation Count:0 |
| 0-10 |
| 2096 | format.0));setAlphaBufferSize(newAlpha); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): format.setAlphaBufferSize(newAlpha); | - |
| 2097 | window->setFormat(format); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): window->setFormat(format); | - |
| 2098 | } executed: }Execution Count:10 | 10 |
| 2099 | } executed: }Execution Count:10 | 10 |
| 2100 | } executed: }Execution Count:28367 | 28367 |
| 2101 | | - |
| 2102 | static inline void fillRegion(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush) | - |
| 2103 | { | - |
| 2104 | Q_ASSERT(painter); | - |
| 2105 | | - |
| 2106 | if (brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) { | - |
| 2107 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2108 | // Optimize pattern filling on mac by using HITheme directly | - |
| 2109 | // when filling with the standard widget background. | - |
| 2110 | // Defined in qmacstyle_mac.cpp | - |
| 2111 | extern void qt_mac_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush); | - |
| 2112 | qt_mac_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush); | - |
| 2113 | #else | - |
| 2114 | { | - |
| 2115 | const QRect rect(rgn.boundingRect()); | - |
| 2116 | painter->setClipRegion(rgn); | - |
| 2117 | painter->drawTiledPixmap(rect, brush.texture(), rect.topLeft()); | - |
| 2118 | } | - |
| 2119 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2120 | | - |
| 2121 | } else if (brush.gradient() | - |
| 2122 | && brush.gradient()->coordinateMode() == QGradient::ObjectBoundingMode) { | - |
| 2123 | painter->save(); | - |
| 2124 | painter->setClipRegion(rgn); | - |
| 2125 | painter->fillRect(0, 0, painter->device()->width(), painter->device()->height(), brush); | - |
| 2126 | painter->restore(); | - |
| 2127 | } else { | - |
| 2128 | const QVector<QRect> &rects = rgn.rects(); | - |
| 2129 | for (int i = 0; i < rects.size(); ++i) | - |
| 2130 | painter->fillRect(rects.at(i), brush); | - |
| 2131 | } | - |
| 2132 | } | - |
| 2133 | | - |
| 2134 | void QWidgetPrivate::paintBackground(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, int flags) const | - |
| 2135 | { | - |
| 2136 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 2137 | | - |
| 2138 | #ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA | - |
| 2139 | bool resetBrushOrigin = false; | - |
| 2140 | QPointF oldBrushOrigin; | - |
| 2141 | //If we are painting the viewport of a scrollarea, we must apply an offset to the brush in case we are drawing a texture | - |
| 2142 | QAbstractScrollArea *scrollArea = qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea *>(parent); | - |
| 2143 | if (scrollArea && scrollArea->viewport() == q) { | - |
| 2144 | QObjectData *scrollPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(scrollArea)->d_ptr.data(); | - |
| 2145 | QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *priv = static_cast<QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *>(scrollPrivate); | - |
| 2146 | oldBrushOrigin = painter->brushOrigin(); | - |
| 2147 | resetBrushOrigin = true; | - |
| 2148 | painter->setBrushOrigin(-priv->contentsOffset()); | - |
| 2149 | | - |
| 2150 | } | - |
| 2151 | #endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA | - |
| 2152 | | - |
| 2153 | const QBrush autoFillBrush = q->palette().brush(q->backgroundRole()); | - |
| 2154 | | - |
| 2155 | if ((flags & DrawAsRoot) && !(q->autoFillBackground() && autoFillBrush.isOpaque())) { | - |
| 2156 | const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); | - |
| 2157 | if (!(flags & DontSetCompositionMode)) { | - |
| 2158 | //copy alpha straight in | - |
| 2159 | QPainter::CompositionMode oldMode = painter->compositionMode(); | - |
| 2160 | painter->setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); | - |
| 2161 | fillRegion(painter, rgn, bg); | - |
| 2162 | painter->setCompositionMode(oldMode); | - |
| 2163 | } else { | - |
| 2164 | fillRegion(painter, rgn, bg); | - |
| 2165 | } | - |
| 2166 | } | - |
| 2167 | | - |
| 2168 | if (q->autoFillBackground()) | - |
| 2169 | fillRegion(painter, rgn, autoFillBrush); | - |
| 2170 | | - |
| 2171 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) { | - |
| 2172 | painter->setClipRegion(rgn); | - |
| 2173 | QStyleOption opt; | - |
| 2174 | opt.initFrom(q); | - |
| 2175 | q->style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, q); | - |
| 2176 | } | - |
| 2177 | | - |
| 2178 | #ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA | - |
| 2179 | if (resetBrushOrigin) | - |
| 2180 | painter->setBrushOrigin(oldBrushOrigin); | - |
| 2181 | #endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA | - |
| 2182 | } | - |
| 2183 | | - |
| 2184 | /* | - |
| 2185 | \internal | - |
| 2186 | This function is called when a widget is hidden or destroyed. | - |
| 2187 | It resets some application global pointers that should only refer active, | - |
| 2188 | visible widgets. | - |
| 2189 | */ | - |
| 2190 | | - |
| 2191 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2192 | extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_button_down; | - |
| 2193 | #else | - |
| 2194 | extern QWidget *qt_button_down; | - |
| 2195 | #endif | - |
| 2196 | | - |
| 2197 | void QWidgetPrivate::deactivateWidgetCleanup() | - |
| 2198 | { | - |
| 2199 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 2200 | // If this was the active application window, reset it | - |
| 2201 | if (QApplication::activeWindow() == q) | - |
| 2202 | QApplication::setActiveWindow(0); | - |
| 2203 | // If the is the active mouse press widget, reset it | - |
| 2204 | if (q == qt_button_down) | - |
| 2205 | qt_button_down = 0; | - |
| 2206 | } | - |
| 2207 | | - |
| 2208 | | - |
| 2209 | /*! | - |
| 2210 | Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \a | - |
| 2211 | id. | - |
| 2212 | | - |
| 2213 | The window identifier type depends on the underlying window | - |
| 2214 | system, see \c qwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there | - |
| 2215 | is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned. | - |
| 2216 | */ | - |
| 2217 | | - |
| 2218 | QWidget *QWidget::find(WId id) | - |
| 2219 | { | - |
| 2220 | return QWidgetPrivate::mapper ? QWidgetPrivate::mapper->value(id, 0) : 0; | - |
| 2221 | } | - |
| 2222 | | - |
| 2223 | | - |
| 2224 | | - |
| 2225 | /*! | - |
| 2226 | \fn WId QWidget::internalWinId() const | - |
| 2227 | \internal | - |
| 2228 | Returns the window system identifier of the widget, or 0 if the widget is not created yet. | - |
| 2229 | | - |
| 2230 | */ | - |
| 2231 | | - |
| 2232 | /*! | - |
| 2233 | \fn WId QWidget::winId() const | - |
| 2234 | | - |
| 2235 | Returns the window system identifier of the widget. | - |
| 2236 | | - |
| 2237 | Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to | - |
| 2238 | do something non-portable. Be careful. | - |
| 2239 | | - |
| 2240 | If a widget is non-native (alien) and winId() is invoked on it, that widget | - |
| 2241 | will be provided a native handle. | - |
| 2242 | | - |
| 2243 | On Mac OS X, the type returned depends on which framework Qt was linked | - |
| 2244 | against. If Qt is using Carbon, the {WId} is actually an HIViewRef. If Qt | - |
| 2245 | is using Cocoa, {WId} is a pointer to an NSView. | - |
| 2246 | | - |
| 2247 | This value may change at run-time. An event with type QEvent::WinIdChange | - |
| 2248 | will be sent to the widget following a change in window system identifier. | - |
| 2249 | | - |
| 2250 | \sa find() | - |
| 2251 | */ | - |
| 2252 | WId QWidget::winId() const | - |
| 2253 | { | - |
| 2254 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()) { | - |
| 2255 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG | - |
| 2256 | qDebug() << "QWidget::winId: creating native window for" << this; | - |
| 2257 | #endif | - |
| 2258 | QWidget *that = const_cast<QWidget*>(this); | - |
| 2259 | that->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 2260 | that->d_func()->createWinId(); | - |
| 2261 | return that->data->winid; | - |
| 2262 | } | - |
| 2263 | return data->winid; | - |
| 2264 | } | - |
| 2265 | | - |
| 2266 | | - |
| 2267 | void QWidgetPrivate::createWinId(WId winid) | - |
| 2268 | { | - |
| 2269 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 2270 | | - |
| 2271 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG | - |
| 2272 | qDebug() << "QWidgetPrivate::createWinId for" << q << winid; | - |
| 2273 | #endif | - |
| 2274 | const bool forceNativeWindow = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 2275 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || (forceNativeWindow && !q->internalWinId())) { | - |
| 2276 | if (!q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 2277 | QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 2278 | QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func(); | - |
| 2279 | if (forceNativeWindow && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) | - |
| 2280 | parent->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 2281 | if (!parent->internalWinId()) { | - |
| 2282 | pd->createWinId(); | - |
| 2283 | } | - |
| 2284 | | - |
| 2285 | for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 2286 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); | - |
| 2287 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) | - |
| 2288 | || (!w->internalWinId() && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)))) { | - |
| 2289 | if (w!=q) { | - |
| 2290 | w->create(); | - |
| 2291 | } else { | - |
| 2292 | w->create(winid); | - |
| 2293 | // if the window has already been created, we | - |
| 2294 | // need to raise it to its proper stacking position | - |
| 2295 | if (winid) | - |
| 2296 | w->raise(); | - |
| 2297 | } | - |
| 2298 | } | - |
| 2299 | } | - |
| 2300 | } else { | - |
| 2301 | q->create(); | - |
| 2302 | } | - |
| 2303 | } | - |
| 2304 | } | - |
| 2305 | | - |
| 2306 | | - |
| 2307 | /*! | - |
| 2308 | \internal | - |
| 2309 | Ensures that the widget has a window system identifier, i.e. that it is known to the windowing system. | - |
| 2310 | | - |
| 2311 | */ | - |
| 2312 | | - |
| 2313 | void QWidget::createWinId() | - |
| 2314 | { | - |
| 2315 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 2316 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG | - |
| 2317 | qDebug() << "QWidget::createWinId" << this; | - |
| 2318 | #endif | - |
| 2319 | // qWarning("QWidget::createWinId is obsolete, please fix your code."); | - |
| 2320 | d->createWinId(); | - |
| 2321 | } | - |
| 2322 | | - |
| 2323 | /*! | - |
| 2324 | \since 4.4 | - |
| 2325 | | - |
| 2326 | Returns the effective window system identifier of the widget, i.e. the | - |
| 2327 | native parent's window system identifier. | - |
| 2328 | | - |
| 2329 | If the widget is native, this function returns the native widget ID. | - |
| 2330 | Otherwise, the window ID of the first native parent widget, i.e., the | - |
| 2331 | top-level widget that contains this widget, is returned. | - |
| 2332 | | - |
| 2333 | \note We recommend that you do not store this value as it is likely to | - |
| 2334 | change at run-time. | - |
| 2335 | | - |
| 2336 | \sa nativeParentWidget() | - |
| 2337 | */ | - |
| 2338 | WId QWidget::effectiveWinId() const | - |
| 2339 | { | - |
| 2340 | const WId id = internalWinId(); | - |
| 2341 | if (id || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 2342 | return id; | - |
| 2343 | if (const QWidget *realParent = nativeParentWidget()) | - |
| 2344 | return realParent->internalWinId(); | - |
| 2345 | return 0; | - |
| 2346 | } | - |
| 2347 | | - |
| 2348 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2349 | | - |
| 2350 | /*! | - |
| 2351 | \property QWidget::styleSheet | - |
| 2352 | \brief the widget's style sheet | - |
| 2353 | \since 4.2 | - |
| 2354 | | - |
| 2355 | The style sheet contains a textual description of customizations to the | - |
| 2356 | widget's style, as described in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document. | - |
| 2357 | | - |
| 2358 | Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X. | - |
| 2359 | | - |
| 2360 | \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle | - |
| 2361 | subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release. | - |
| 2362 | | - |
| 2363 | \sa setStyle(), QApplication::styleSheet, {Qt Style Sheets} | - |
| 2364 | */ | - |
| 2365 | QString QWidget::styleSheet() const | - |
| 2366 | { | - |
| 2367 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 2368 | if (!d->extra) | - |
| 2369 | return QString(); | - |
| 2370 | return d->extra->styleSheet; | - |
| 2371 | } | - |
| 2372 | | - |
| 2373 | void QWidget::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet) | - |
| 2374 | { | - |
| 2375 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 2376 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 2377 | | - |
| 2378 | QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style); | - |
| 2379 | d->extra->styleSheet = styleSheet; | - |
| 2380 | if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // stylesheet removed | - |
| 2381 | if (!proxy) | - |
| 2382 | return; | - |
| 2383 | | - |
| 2384 | d->inheritStyle(); | - |
| 2385 | return; | - |
| 2386 | } | - |
| 2387 | | - |
| 2388 | if (proxy) { // style sheet update | - |
| 2389 | proxy->repolish(this); | - |
| 2390 | return; | - |
| 2391 | } | - |
| 2392 | | - |
| 2393 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) { | - |
| 2394 | d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(d->extra->style), true); | - |
| 2395 | } else { | - |
| 2396 | d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(0), true); | - |
| 2397 | } | - |
| 2398 | } | - |
| 2399 | | - |
| 2400 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2401 | | - |
| 2402 | /*! | - |
| 2403 | \sa QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), QApplication::style() | - |
| 2404 | */ | - |
| 2405 | | - |
| 2406 | QStyle *QWidget::style() const | - |
| 2407 | { | - |
| 2408 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 2409 | | - |
| 2410 | if (d->extra && d->extra->style) | - |
| 2411 | return d->extra->style; | - |
| 2412 | return QApplication::style(); | - |
| 2413 | } | - |
| 2414 | | - |
| 2415 | /*! | - |
| 2416 | Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style. The ownership of the style | - |
| 2417 | object is not transferred. | - |
| 2418 | | - |
| 2419 | If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style, | - |
| 2420 | QApplication::style() instead. | - |
| 2421 | | - |
| 2422 | Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child | - |
| 2423 | widgets. | - |
| 2424 | | - |
| 2425 | \warning This function is particularly useful for demonstration | - |
| 2426 | purposes, where you want to show Qt's styling capabilities. Real | - |
| 2427 | applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style | - |
| 2428 | instead. | - |
| 2429 | | - |
| 2430 | \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle | - |
| 2431 | subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release. | - |
| 2432 | | - |
| 2433 | \sa style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), QApplication::setStyle() | - |
| 2434 | */ | - |
| 2435 | | - |
| 2436 | void QWidget::setStyle(QStyle *style) | - |
| 2437 | { | - |
| 2438 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 2439 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle, style != 0); | - |
| 2440 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 2441 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2442 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) { | - |
| 2443 | //if for some reason someone try to set a QStyleSheetStyle, ref it | - |
| 2444 | //(this may happen for exemple in QButtonDialogBox which propagates its style) | - |
| 2445 | proxy->ref(); | - |
| 2446 | d->setStyle_helper(style, false); | - |
| 2447 | } else if (qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style) || !qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty()) { | - |
| 2448 | // if we have an application stylesheet or have a proxy already, propagate | - |
| 2449 | d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(style), true); | - |
| 2450 | } else | - |
| 2451 | #endif | - |
| 2452 | d->setStyle_helper(style, false); | - |
| 2453 | } | - |
| 2454 | | - |
| 2455 | void QWidgetPrivate::setStyle_helper(QStyle *newStyle, bool propagate, bool | - |
| 2456 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2457 | metalHack | - |
| 2458 | #endif | - |
| 2459 | ) | - |
| 2460 | { | - |
| 2461 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 2462 | QStyle *oldStyle = q->style(); | - |
| 2463 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2464 | QPointer<QStyle> origStyle; | - |
| 2465 | #endif | - |
| 2466 | | - |
| 2467 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2468 | // the metalhack boolean allows Qt/Mac to do a proper re-polish depending | - |
| 2469 | // on how the Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal attribute is set. It is only ever | - |
| 2470 | // set when changing that attribute and passes the widget's CURRENT style. | - |
| 2471 | // therefore no need to do a reassignment. | - |
| 2472 | if (!metalHack) | - |
| 2473 | #endif | - |
| 2474 | { | - |
| 2475 | createExtra(); | - |
| 2476 | | - |
| 2477 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2478 | origStyle = extra->style.data(); | - |
| 2479 | #endif | - |
| 2480 | extra->style = newStyle; | - |
| 2481 | } | - |
| 2482 | | - |
| 2483 | // repolish | - |
| 2484 | if (q->windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { | - |
| 2485 | if (polished) { | - |
| 2486 | oldStyle->unpolish(q); | - |
| 2487 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2488 | if (metalHack) | - |
| 2489 | macUpdateMetalAttribute(); | - |
| 2490 | #endif | - |
| 2491 | q->style()->polish(q); | - |
| 2492 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2493 | } else if (metalHack) { | - |
| 2494 | macUpdateMetalAttribute(); | - |
| 2495 | #endif | - |
| 2496 | } | - |
| 2497 | } | - |
| 2498 | | - |
| 2499 | if (propagate) { | - |
| 2500 | // We copy the list because the order may be modified | - |
| 2501 | const QObjectList childrenList = children; | - |
| 2502 | for (int i = 0; i < childrenList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 2503 | QWidget *c = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childrenList.at(i)); | - |
| 2504 | if (c) | - |
| 2505 | c->d_func()->inheritStyle(); | - |
| 2506 | } | - |
| 2507 | } | - |
| 2508 | | - |
| 2509 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2510 | if (!qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(newStyle)) { | - |
| 2511 | if (const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(origStyle.data())) { | - |
| 2512 | cssStyle->clearWidgetFont(q); | - |
| 2513 | } | - |
| 2514 | } | - |
| 2515 | #endif | - |
| 2516 | | - |
| 2517 | QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange); | - |
| 2518 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 2519 | | - |
| 2520 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2521 | // dereference the old stylesheet style | - |
| 2522 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(origStyle.data())) | - |
| 2523 | proxy->deref(); | - |
| 2524 | #endif | - |
| 2525 | } | - |
| 2526 | | - |
| 2527 | // Inherits style from the current parent and propagates it as necessary | - |
| 2528 | void QWidgetPrivate::inheritStyle() | - |
| 2529 | { | - |
| 2530 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2531 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 2532 | | - |
| 2533 | QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = extra ? qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style) : 0; | - |
| 2534 | | - |
| 2535 | if (!q->styleSheet().isEmpty()) { | - |
| 2536 | Q_ASSERT(proxy); | - |
| 2537 | proxy->repolish(q); | - |
| 2538 | return; | - |
| 2539 | } | - |
| 2540 | | - |
| 2541 | QStyle *origStyle = proxy ? proxy->base : (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0); | - |
| 2542 | QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 2543 | QStyle *parentStyle = (parent && parent->d_func()->extra) ? (QStyle*)parent->d_func()->extra->style : 0; | - |
| 2544 | // If we have stylesheet on app or parent has stylesheet style, we need | - |
| 2545 | // to be running a proxy | - |
| 2546 | if (!qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty() || qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) { | - |
| 2547 | QStyle *newStyle = parentStyle; | - |
| 2548 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) | - |
| 2549 | newStyle = new QStyleSheetStyle(origStyle); | - |
| 2550 | else if (QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) | - |
| 2551 | newProxy->ref(); | - |
| 2552 | | - |
| 2553 | setStyle_helper(newStyle, true); | - |
| 2554 | return; | - |
| 2555 | } | - |
| 2556 | | - |
| 2557 | // So, we have no stylesheet on parent/app and we have an empty stylesheet | - |
| 2558 | // we just need our original style back | - |
| 2559 | if (origStyle == (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0)) // is it any different? | - |
| 2560 | return; | - |
| 2561 | | - |
| 2562 | // We could have inherited the proxy from our parent (which has a custom style) | - |
| 2563 | // In such a case we need to start following the application style (i.e revert | - |
| 2564 | // the propagation behavior of QStyleSheetStyle) | - |
| 2565 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) | - |
| 2566 | origStyle = 0; | - |
| 2567 | | - |
| 2568 | setStyle_helper(origStyle, true); | - |
| 2569 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 2570 | } | - |
| 2571 | | - |
| 2572 | | - |
| 2573 | /*! | - |
| 2574 | \fn bool QWidget::isWindow() const | - |
| 2575 | | - |
| 2576 | Returns true if the widget is an independent window, otherwise | - |
| 2577 | returns false. | - |
| 2578 | | - |
| 2579 | A window is a widget that isn't visually the child of any other | - |
| 2580 | widget and that usually has a frame and a | - |
| 2581 | \l{QWidget::setWindowTitle()}{window title}. | - |
| 2582 | | - |
| 2583 | A window can have a \l{QWidget::parentWidget()}{parent widget}. | - |
| 2584 | It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted when the | - |
| 2585 | parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized etc. If | - |
| 2586 | supported by the window manager, it will also have a common | - |
| 2587 | taskbar entry with its parent. | - |
| 2588 | | - |
| 2589 | QDialog and QMainWindow widgets are by default windows, even if a | - |
| 2590 | parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is | - |
| 2591 | specified by the Qt::Window flag. | - |
| 2592 | | - |
| 2593 | \sa window(), isModal(), parentWidget() | - |
| 2594 | */ | - |
| 2595 | | - |
| 2596 | /*! | - |
| 2597 | \property QWidget::modal | - |
| 2598 | \brief whether the widget is a modal widget | - |
| 2599 | | - |
| 2600 | This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget | - |
| 2601 | prevents widgets in all other windows from getting any input. | - |
| 2602 | | - |
| 2603 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 2604 | | - |
| 2605 | \sa isWindow(), windowModality, QDialog | - |
| 2606 | */ | - |
| 2607 | | - |
| 2608 | /*! | - |
| 2609 | \property QWidget::windowModality | - |
| 2610 | \brief which windows are blocked by the modal widget | - |
| 2611 | \since 4.1 | - |
| 2612 | | - |
| 2613 | This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget | - |
| 2614 | prevents widgets in other windows from getting input. The value of | - |
| 2615 | this property controls which windows are blocked when the widget | - |
| 2616 | is visible. Changing this property while the window is visible has | - |
| 2617 | no effect; you must hide() the widget first, then show() it again. | - |
| 2618 | | - |
| 2619 | By default, this property is Qt::NonModal. | - |
| 2620 | | - |
| 2621 | \sa isWindow(), QWidget::modal, QDialog | - |
| 2622 | */ | - |
| 2623 | | - |
| 2624 | Qt::WindowModality QWidget::windowModality() const | - |
| 2625 | { | - |
| 2626 | return static_cast<Qt::WindowModality>(data->window_modality); | - |
| 2627 | } | - |
| 2628 | | - |
| 2629 | void QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModality windowModality) | - |
| 2630 | { | - |
| 2631 | data->window_modality = windowModality; | - |
| 2632 | // setModal_sys() will be called by setAttribute() | - |
| 2633 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowModal, (data->window_modality != Qt::NonModal)); | - |
| 2634 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowModality, true); | - |
| 2635 | } | - |
| 2636 | | - |
| 2637 | /*! | - |
| 2638 | \fn bool QWidget::underMouse() const | - |
| 2639 | | - |
| 2640 | Returns true if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise | - |
| 2641 | returns false. | - |
| 2642 | | - |
| 2643 | This value is not updated properly during drag and drop | - |
| 2644 | operations. | - |
| 2645 | | - |
| 2646 | \sa enterEvent(), leaveEvent() | - |
| 2647 | */ | - |
| 2648 | | - |
| 2649 | /*! | - |
| 2650 | \property QWidget::minimized | - |
| 2651 | \brief whether this widget is minimized (iconified) | - |
| 2652 | | - |
| 2653 | This property is only relevant for windows. | - |
| 2654 | | - |
| 2655 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 2656 | | - |
| 2657 | \sa showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), maximized | - |
| 2658 | */ | - |
| 2659 | bool QWidget::isMinimized() const | - |
| 2660 | { return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMinimized; } | - |
| 2661 | | - |
| 2662 | /*! | - |
| 2663 | Shows the widget minimized, as an icon. | - |
| 2664 | | - |
| 2665 | Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. | - |
| 2666 | | - |
| 2667 | \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible(), | - |
| 2668 | isMinimized() | - |
| 2669 | */ | - |
| 2670 | void QWidget::showMinimized() | - |
| 2671 | { | - |
| 2672 | bool isMin = isMinimized(); | - |
| 2673 | if (isMin && isVisible()) | - |
| 2674 | return; | - |
| 2675 | | - |
| 2676 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 2677 | | - |
| 2678 | if (!isMin) | - |
| 2679 | setWindowState((windowState() & ~Qt::WindowActive) | Qt::WindowMinimized); | - |
| 2680 | setVisible(true); | - |
| 2681 | } | - |
| 2682 | | - |
| 2683 | /*! | - |
| 2684 | \property QWidget::maximized | - |
| 2685 | \brief whether this widget is maximized | - |
| 2686 | | - |
| 2687 | This property is only relevant for windows. | - |
| 2688 | | - |
| 2689 | \note Due to limitations on some window systems, this does not always | - |
| 2690 | report the expected results (e.g., if the user on X11 maximizes the | - |
| 2691 | window via the window manager, Qt has no way of distinguishing this | - |
| 2692 | from any other resize). This is expected to improve as window manager | - |
| 2693 | protocols evolve. | - |
| 2694 | | - |
| 2695 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 2696 | | - |
| 2697 | \sa windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), minimized | - |
| 2698 | */ | - |
| 2699 | bool QWidget::isMaximized() const | - |
| 2700 | { return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMaximized; } | - |
| 2701 | | - |
| 2702 | | - |
| 2703 | | - |
| 2704 | /*! | - |
| 2705 | Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed | - |
| 2706 | combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized, | - |
| 2707 | Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive. | - |
| 2708 | | - |
| 2709 | \sa Qt::WindowState, setWindowState() | - |
| 2710 | */ | - |
| 2711 | Qt::WindowStates QWidget::windowState() const | - |
| 2712 | { | - |
| 2713 | return Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state); | - |
| 2714 | } | - |
| 2715 | | - |
| 2716 | /*!\internal | - |
| 2717 | | - |
| 2718 | The function sets the window state on child widgets similar to | - |
| 2719 | setWindowState(). The difference is that the window state changed | - |
| 2720 | event has the isOverride() flag set. It exists mainly to keep | - |
| 2721 | QWorkspace working. | - |
| 2722 | */ | - |
| 2723 | void QWidget::overrideWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate) | - |
| 2724 | { | - |
| 2725 | QWindowStateChangeEvent e(Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state), true); | - |
| 2726 | data->window_state = newstate; | - |
| 2727 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 2728 | } | - |
| 2729 | | - |
| 2730 | /*! | - |
| 2731 | \fn void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates windowState) | - |
| 2732 | | - |
| 2733 | Sets the window state to \a windowState. The window state is a OR'ed | - |
| 2734 | combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized, | - |
| 2735 | Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive. | - |
| 2736 | | - |
| 2737 | If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns false), the | - |
| 2738 | window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible | - |
| 2739 | windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between | - |
| 2740 | full-screen and normal mode, use the following code: | - |
| 2741 | | - |
| 2742 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 0 | - |
| 2743 | | - |
| 2744 | In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while | - |
| 2745 | preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following: | - |
| 2746 | | - |
| 2747 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 1 | - |
| 2748 | | - |
| 2749 | Calling this function will hide the widget. You must call show() to make | - |
| 2750 | the widget visible again. | - |
| 2751 | | - |
| 2752 | \note On some window systems Qt::WindowActive is not immediate, and may be | - |
| 2753 | ignored in certain cases. | - |
| 2754 | | - |
| 2755 | When the window state changes, the widget receives a changeEvent() | - |
| 2756 | of type QEvent::WindowStateChange. | - |
| 2757 | | - |
| 2758 | \sa Qt::WindowState, windowState() | - |
| 2759 | */ | - |
| 2760 | | - |
| 2761 | /*! | - |
| 2762 | \property QWidget::fullScreen | - |
| 2763 | \brief whether the widget is shown in full screen mode | - |
| 2764 | | - |
| 2765 | A widget in full screen mode occupies the whole screen area and does not | - |
| 2766 | display window decorations, such as a title bar. | - |
| 2767 | | - |
| 2768 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 2769 | | - |
| 2770 | \sa windowState(), minimized, maximized | - |
| 2771 | */ | - |
| 2772 | bool QWidget::isFullScreen() const | - |
| 2773 | { return data->window_state & Qt::WindowFullScreen; } | - |
| 2774 | | - |
| 2775 | /*! | - |
| 2776 | Shows the widget in full-screen mode. | - |
| 2777 | | - |
| 2778 | Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. | - |
| 2779 | | - |
| 2780 | To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal(). | - |
| 2781 | | - |
| 2782 | Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain | - |
| 2783 | problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the | - |
| 2784 | ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11 | - |
| 2785 | clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand | - |
| 2786 | the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the | - |
| 2787 | best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and | - |
| 2788 | resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window | - |
| 2789 | manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is | - |
| 2790 | requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially | - |
| 2791 | supported by virtually all modern window managers. | - |
| 2792 | | - |
| 2793 | An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and | - |
| 2794 | create a window with the Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint flag. This | - |
| 2795 | has other severe problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus | - |
| 2796 | and very strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises | - |
| 2797 | other windows. | - |
| 2798 | | - |
| 2799 | X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications | - |
| 2800 | support full-screen mode properly. | - |
| 2801 | | - |
| 2802 | \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() | - |
| 2803 | */ | - |
| 2804 | void QWidget::showFullScreen() | - |
| 2805 | { | - |
| 2806 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2807 | // If the unified toolbar is enabled, we have to disable it before going fullscreen. | - |
| 2808 | QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); | - |
| 2809 | if (mainWindow && mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()) { | - |
| 2810 | mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(false); | - |
| 2811 | QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); | - |
| 2812 | mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = true; | - |
| 2813 | } | - |
| 2814 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2815 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 2816 | | - |
| 2817 | setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowMaximized)) | - |
| 2818 | | Qt::WindowFullScreen); | - |
| 2819 | setVisible(true); | - |
| 2820 | activateWindow(); | - |
| 2821 | } | - |
| 2822 | | - |
| 2823 | /*! | - |
| 2824 | Shows the widget maximized. | - |
| 2825 | | - |
| 2826 | Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. | - |
| 2827 | | - |
| 2828 | On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window | - |
| 2829 | managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation. | - |
| 2830 | | - |
| 2831 | \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() | - |
| 2832 | */ | - |
| 2833 | void QWidget::showMaximized() | - |
| 2834 | { | - |
| 2835 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 2836 | | - |
| 2837 | setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowFullScreen)) | - |
| 2838 | | Qt::WindowMaximized); | - |
| 2839 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2840 | // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back. | - |
| 2841 | QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); | - |
| 2842 | if (mainWindow) | - |
| 2843 | { | - |
| 2844 | QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); | - |
| 2845 | if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) { | - |
| 2846 | mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true); | - |
| 2847 | mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false; | - |
| 2848 | } | - |
| 2849 | } | - |
| 2850 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2851 | setVisible(true); | - |
| 2852 | } | - |
| 2853 | | - |
| 2854 | /*! | - |
| 2855 | Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized. | - |
| 2856 | | - |
| 2857 | Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. | - |
| 2858 | | - |
| 2859 | \sa setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() | - |
| 2860 | */ | - |
| 2861 | void QWidget::showNormal() | - |
| 2862 | { | - |
| 2863 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 2864 | | - |
| 2865 | setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | - |
| 2866 | | Qt::WindowMaximized | - |
| 2867 | | Qt::WindowFullScreen)); | - |
| 2868 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2869 | // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back. | - |
| 2870 | QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); | - |
| 2871 | if (mainWindow) | - |
| 2872 | { | - |
| 2873 | QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); | - |
| 2874 | if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) { | - |
| 2875 | mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true); | - |
| 2876 | mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false; | - |
| 2877 | } | - |
| 2878 | } | - |
| 2879 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 2880 | setVisible(true); | - |
| 2881 | } | - |
| 2882 | | - |
| 2883 | /*! | - |
| 2884 | Returns true if this widget would become enabled if \a ancestor is | - |
| 2885 | enabled; otherwise returns false. | - |
| 2886 | | - |
| 2887 | | - |
| 2888 | | - |
| 2889 | This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up | - |
| 2890 | to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly disabled. | - |
| 2891 | | - |
| 2892 | isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled(). | - |
| 2893 | | - |
| 2894 | \sa setEnabled(), enabled | - |
| 2895 | */ | - |
| 2896 | | - |
| 2897 | bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(const QWidget *ancestor) const | - |
| 2898 | { | - |
| 2899 | const QWidget * w = this; | - |
| 2900 | while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled) | - |
| 2901 | && !w->isWindow() | - |
| 2902 | && w->parentWidget() | - |
| 2903 | && w->parentWidget() != ancestor) | - |
| 2904 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 2905 | return !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled); | - |
| 2906 | } | - |
| 2907 | | - |
| 2908 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACTION | - |
| 2909 | /*! | - |
| 2910 | Appends the action \a action to this widget's list of actions. | - |
| 2911 | | - |
| 2912 | All QWidgets have a list of \l{QAction}s, however they can be | - |
| 2913 | represented graphically in many different ways. The default use of | - |
| 2914 | the QAction list (as returned by actions()) is to create a context | - |
| 2915 | QMenu. | - |
| 2916 | | - |
| 2917 | A QWidget should only have one of each action and adding an action | - |
| 2918 | it already has will not cause the same action to be in the widget twice. | - |
| 2919 | | - |
| 2920 | The ownership of \a action is not transferred to this QWidget. | - |
| 2921 | | - |
| 2922 | \sa removeAction(), insertAction(), actions(), QMenu | - |
| 2923 | */ | - |
| 2924 | void QWidget::addAction(QAction *action) | - |
| 2925 | { | - |
| 2926 | insertAction(0, action); | - |
| 2927 | } | - |
| 2928 | | - |
| 2929 | /*! | - |
| 2930 | Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions. | - |
| 2931 | | - |
| 2932 | \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction() | - |
| 2933 | */ | - |
| 2934 | void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction*> actions) | - |
| 2935 | { | - |
| 2936 | for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) | - |
| 2937 | insertAction(0, actions.at(i)); | - |
| 2938 | } | - |
| 2939 | | - |
| 2940 | /*! | - |
| 2941 | Inserts the action \a action to this widget's list of actions, | - |
| 2942 | before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or | - |
| 2943 | \a before is not a valid action for this widget. | - |
| 2944 | | - |
| 2945 | A QWidget should only have one of each action. | - |
| 2946 | | - |
| 2947 | \sa removeAction(), addAction(), QMenu, contextMenuPolicy, actions() | - |
| 2948 | */ | - |
| 2949 | void QWidget::insertAction(QAction *before, QAction *action) | - |
| 2950 | { | - |
| 2951 | if(!action) { | - |
| 2952 | qWarning("QWidget::insertAction: Attempt to insert null action"); | - |
| 2953 | return; | - |
| 2954 | } | - |
| 2955 | | - |
| 2956 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 2957 | if(d->actions.contains(action)) | - |
| 2958 | removeAction(action); | - |
| 2959 | | - |
| 2960 | int pos = d->actions.indexOf(before); | - |
| 2961 | if (pos < 0) { | - |
| 2962 | before = 0; | - |
| 2963 | pos = d->actions.size(); | - |
| 2964 | } | - |
| 2965 | d->actions.insert(pos, action); | - |
| 2966 | | - |
| 2967 | QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func(); | - |
| 2968 | apriv->widgets.append(this); | - |
| 2969 | | - |
| 2970 | QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionAdded, action, before); | - |
| 2971 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 2972 | } | - |
| 2973 | | - |
| 2974 | /*! | - |
| 2975 | Inserts the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions, | - |
| 2976 | before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or | - |
| 2977 | \a before is not a valid action for this widget. | - |
| 2978 | | - |
| 2979 | A QWidget can have at most one of each action. | - |
| 2980 | | - |
| 2981 | \sa removeAction(), QMenu, insertAction(), contextMenuPolicy | - |
| 2982 | */ | - |
| 2983 | void QWidget::insertActions(QAction *before, QList<QAction*> actions) | - |
| 2984 | { | - |
| 2985 | for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) | - |
| 2986 | insertAction(before, actions.at(i)); | - |
| 2987 | } | - |
| 2988 | | - |
| 2989 | /*! | - |
| 2990 | Removes the action \a action from this widget's list of actions. | - |
| 2991 | \sa insertAction(), actions(), insertAction() | - |
| 2992 | */ | - |
| 2993 | void QWidget::removeAction(QAction *action) | - |
| 2994 | { | - |
| 2995 | if (!action) | - |
| 2996 | return; | - |
| 2997 | | - |
| 2998 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 2999 | | - |
| 3000 | QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func(); | - |
| 3001 | apriv->widgets.removeAll(this); | - |
| 3002 | | - |
| 3003 | if (d->actions.removeAll(action)) { | - |
| 3004 | QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionRemoved, action); | - |
| 3005 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 3006 | } | - |
| 3007 | } | - |
| 3008 | | - |
| 3009 | /*! | - |
| 3010 | Returns the (possibly empty) list of this widget's actions. | - |
| 3011 | | - |
| 3012 | \sa contextMenuPolicy, insertAction(), removeAction() | - |
| 3013 | */ | - |
| 3014 | QList<QAction*> QWidget::actions() const | - |
| 3015 | { | - |
| 3016 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3017 | return d->actions; | - |
| 3018 | } | - |
| 3019 | #endif // QT_NO_ACTION | - |
| 3020 | | - |
| 3021 | /*! | - |
| 3022 | \fn bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const | - |
| 3023 | \obsolete | - |
| 3024 | | - |
| 3025 | This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled() | - |
| 3026 | */ | - |
| 3027 | | - |
| 3028 | /*! | - |
| 3029 | \property QWidget::enabled | - |
| 3030 | \brief whether the widget is enabled | - |
| 3031 | | - |
| 3032 | In general an enabled widget handles keyboard and mouse events; a disabled | - |
| 3033 | widget does not. An exception is made with \l{QAbstractButton}. | - |
| 3034 | | - |
| 3035 | Some widgets display themselves differently when they are | - |
| 3036 | disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If | - |
| 3037 | your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you | - |
| 3038 | can use the changeEvent() with type QEvent::EnabledChange. | - |
| 3039 | | - |
| 3040 | Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling | - |
| 3041 | respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been | - |
| 3042 | explicitly disabled. | - |
| 3043 | | - |
| 3044 | By default, this property is true. | - |
| 3045 | | - |
| 3046 | \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent() | - |
| 3047 | */ | - |
| 3048 | void QWidget::setEnabled(bool enable) | - |
| 3049 | { | - |
| 3050 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3051 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled, !enable); | - |
| 3052 | d->setEnabled_helper(enable); | - |
| 3053 | } | - |
| 3054 | | - |
| 3055 | void QWidgetPrivate::setEnabled_helper(bool enable) | - |
| 3056 | { | - |
| 3057 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 3058 | | - |
| 3059 | if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->isEnabled()) | - |
| 3060 | return; // nothing we can do | - |
| 3061 | | - |
| 3062 | if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled)) | - |
| 3063 | return; // nothing to do | - |
| 3064 | | - |
| 3065 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled, !enable); | - |
| 3066 | updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 3067 | | - |
| 3068 | if (!enable && q->window()->focusWidget() == q) { | - |
| 3069 | bool parentIsEnabled = (!q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isEnabled()); | - |
| 3070 | if (!parentIsEnabled || !q->focusNextChild()) | - |
| 3071 | q->clearFocus(); | - |
| 3072 | } | - |
| 3073 | | - |
| 3074 | Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceDisabled : Qt::WA_Disabled; | - |
| 3075 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 3076 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 3077 | if (w && !w->testAttribute(attribute)) | - |
| 3078 | w->d_func()->setEnabled_helper(enable); | - |
| 3079 | } | - |
| 3080 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 3081 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) || q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 3082 | // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on | - |
| 3083 | // disabled widgets | - |
| 3084 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(q); | - |
| 3085 | } | - |
| 3086 | #endif | - |
| 3087 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR | - |
| 3088 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) || q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 3089 | // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on | - |
| 3090 | // disabled widgets | - |
| 3091 | qt_qpa_set_cursor(q, false); | - |
| 3092 | } | - |
| 3093 | #endif | - |
| 3094 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 3095 | setEnabled_helper_sys(enable); | - |
| 3096 | #endif | - |
| 3097 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 3098 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) && q->hasFocus()) { | - |
| 3099 | QWidget *focusWidget = effectiveFocusWidget(); | - |
| 3100 | | - |
| 3101 | if (enable) { | - |
| 3102 | if (focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) | - |
| 3103 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImEnabled); | - |
| 3104 | } else { | - |
| 3105 | qApp->inputMethod()->commit(); | - |
| 3106 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImEnabled); | - |
| 3107 | } | - |
| 3108 | } | - |
| 3109 | #endif //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 3110 | QEvent e(QEvent::EnabledChange); | - |
| 3111 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 3112 | } | - |
| 3113 | | - |
| 3114 | /*! | - |
| 3115 | \property QWidget::acceptDrops | - |
| 3116 | \brief whether drop events are enabled for this widget | - |
| 3117 | | - |
| 3118 | Setting this property to true announces to the system that this | - |
| 3119 | widget \e may be able to accept drop events. | - |
| 3120 | | - |
| 3121 | If the widget is the desktop (windowType() == Qt::Desktop), this may | - |
| 3122 | fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call | - |
| 3123 | acceptDrops() to test if this occurs. | - |
| 3124 | | - |
| 3125 | \warning Do not modify this property in a drag and drop event handler. | - |
| 3126 | | - |
| 3127 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 3128 | | - |
| 3129 | \sa {Drag and Drop} | - |
| 3130 | */ | - |
| 3131 | bool QWidget::acceptDrops() const | - |
| 3132 | { | - |
| 3133 | return testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops); | - |
| 3134 | } | - |
| 3135 | | - |
| 3136 | void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on) | - |
| 3137 | { | - |
| 3138 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops, on); | - |
| 3139 | | - |
| 3140 | } | - |
| 3141 | | - |
| 3142 | | - |
| 3143 | /*! | - |
| 3144 | Disables widget input events if \a disable is true; otherwise | - |
| 3145 | enables input events. | - |
| 3146 | | - |
| 3147 | See the \l enabled documentation for more information. | - |
| 3148 | | - |
| 3149 | \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent() | - |
| 3150 | */ | - |
| 3151 | void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable) | - |
| 3152 | { | - |
| 3153 | setEnabled(!disable); | - |
| 3154 | } | - |
| 3155 | | - |
| 3156 | /*! | - |
| 3157 | \property QWidget::frameGeometry | - |
| 3158 | \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any | - |
| 3159 | window frame | - |
| 3160 | | - |
| 3161 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3162 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3163 | | - |
| 3164 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3165 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3166 | | - |
| 3167 | \sa geometry(), x(), y(), pos() | - |
| 3168 | */ | - |
| 3169 | QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const | - |
| 3170 | { | - |
| 3171 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3172 | if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { | - |
| 3173 | QRect fs = d->frameStrut(); | - |
| 3174 | return QRect(data->crect.x() - fs.left(), | - |
| 3175 | data->crect.y() - fs.top(), | - |
| 3176 | data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(), | - |
| 3177 | data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom()); | - |
| 3178 | } | - |
| 3179 | return data->crect; | - |
| 3180 | } | - |
| 3181 | | - |
| 3182 | /*! | - |
| 3183 | \property QWidget::x | - |
| 3184 | | - |
| 3185 | \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including | - |
| 3186 | any window frame | - |
| 3187 | | - |
| 3188 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3189 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3190 | | - |
| 3191 | By default, this property has a value of 0. | - |
| 3192 | | - |
| 3193 | \sa frameGeometry, y, pos | - |
| 3194 | */ | - |
| 3195 | int QWidget::x() const | - |
| 3196 | { | - |
| 3197 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3198 | if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) | - |
| 3199 | return data->crect.x() - d->frameStrut().left(); | - |
| 3200 | return data->crect.x(); | - |
| 3201 | } | - |
| 3202 | | - |
| 3203 | /*! | - |
| 3204 | \property QWidget::y | - |
| 3205 | \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and | - |
| 3206 | including any window frame | - |
| 3207 | | - |
| 3208 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3209 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3210 | | - |
| 3211 | By default, this property has a value of 0. | - |
| 3212 | | - |
| 3213 | \sa frameGeometry, x, pos | - |
| 3214 | */ | - |
| 3215 | int QWidget::y() const | - |
| 3216 | { | - |
| 3217 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3218 | if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) | - |
| 3219 | return data->crect.y() - d->frameStrut().top(); | - |
| 3220 | return data->crect.y(); | - |
| 3221 | } | - |
| 3222 | | - |
| 3223 | /*! | - |
| 3224 | \property QWidget::pos | - |
| 3225 | \brief the position of the widget within its parent widget | - |
| 3226 | | - |
| 3227 | If the widget is a window, the position is that of the widget on | - |
| 3228 | the desktop, including its frame. | - |
| 3229 | | - |
| 3230 | When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a | - |
| 3231 | move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not | - |
| 3232 | currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it | - |
| 3233 | is shown. | - |
| 3234 | | - |
| 3235 | By default, this property contains a position that refers to the | - |
| 3236 | origin. | - |
| 3237 | | - |
| 3238 | \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can | - |
| 3239 | lead to infinite recursion. | - |
| 3240 | | - |
| 3241 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3242 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3243 | | - |
| 3244 | \sa frameGeometry, size, x(), y() | - |
| 3245 | */ | - |
| 3246 | QPoint QWidget::pos() const | - |
| 3247 | { | - |
| 3248 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3249 | QPoint result = data->crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 3250 | if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) | - |
| 3251 | if (!d->maybeTopData() || !d->maybeTopData()->posIncludesFrame) | - |
| 3252 | result -= d->frameStrut().topLeft(); | - |
| 3253 | return result; | - |
| 3254 | } | - |
| 3255 | | - |
| 3256 | /*! | - |
| 3257 | \property QWidget::geometry | - |
| 3258 | \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and | - |
| 3259 | excluding the window frame | - |
| 3260 | | - |
| 3261 | When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a | - |
| 3262 | move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent()) | - |
| 3263 | immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is | - |
| 3264 | guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown. | - |
| 3265 | | - |
| 3266 | The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range | - |
| 3267 | defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize(). | - |
| 3268 | | - |
| 3269 | \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent() | - |
| 3270 | can lead to infinite recursion. | - |
| 3271 | | - |
| 3272 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3273 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3274 | | - |
| 3275 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3276 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3277 | | - |
| 3278 | \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), move(), resize(), moveEvent(), | - |
| 3279 | resizeEvent(), minimumSize(), maximumSize() | - |
| 3280 | */ | - |
| 3281 | | - |
| 3282 | /*! | - |
| 3283 | \property QWidget::normalGeometry | - |
| 3284 | | - |
| 3285 | \brief the geometry of the widget as it will appear when shown as | - |
| 3286 | a normal (not maximized or full screen) top-level widget | - |
| 3287 | | - |
| 3288 | For child widgets this property always holds an empty rectangle. | - |
| 3289 | | - |
| 3290 | By default, this property contains an empty rectangle. | - |
| 3291 | | - |
| 3292 | \sa QWidget::windowState(), QWidget::geometry | - |
| 3293 | */ | - |
| 3294 | | - |
| 3295 | /*! | - |
| 3296 | \property QWidget::size | - |
| 3297 | \brief the size of the widget excluding any window frame | - |
| 3298 | | - |
| 3299 | If the widget is visible when it is being resized, it receives a resize event | - |
| 3300 | (resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently | - |
| 3301 | visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown. | - |
| 3302 | | - |
| 3303 | The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by | - |
| 3304 | minimumSize() and maximumSize(). | - |
| 3305 | | - |
| 3306 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3307 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3308 | | - |
| 3309 | \warning Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can | - |
| 3310 | lead to infinite recursion. | - |
| 3311 | | - |
| 3312 | \note Setting the size to \c{QSize(0, 0)} will cause the widget to not | - |
| 3313 | appear on screen. This also applies to windows. | - |
| 3314 | | - |
| 3315 | \sa pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, resizeEvent(), adjustSize() | - |
| 3316 | */ | - |
| 3317 | | - |
| 3318 | /*! | - |
| 3319 | \property QWidget::width | - |
| 3320 | \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame | - |
| 3321 | | - |
| 3322 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3323 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3324 | | - |
| 3325 | \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on | - |
| 3326 | a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read | - |
| 3327 | \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details. | - |
| 3328 | | - |
| 3329 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3330 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3331 | | - |
| 3332 | \sa geometry, height, size | - |
| 3333 | */ | - |
| 3334 | | - |
| 3335 | /*! | - |
| 3336 | \property QWidget::height | - |
| 3337 | \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame | - |
| 3338 | | - |
| 3339 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3340 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3341 | | - |
| 3342 | \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen | - |
| 3343 | on a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read | - |
| 3344 | \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details. | - |
| 3345 | | - |
| 3346 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3347 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3348 | | - |
| 3349 | \sa geometry, width, size | - |
| 3350 | */ | - |
| 3351 | | - |
| 3352 | /*! | - |
| 3353 | \property QWidget::rect | - |
| 3354 | \brief the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window | - |
| 3355 | frame | - |
| 3356 | | - |
| 3357 | The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()). | - |
| 3358 | | - |
| 3359 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 3360 | issues with windows. | - |
| 3361 | | - |
| 3362 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 3363 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 3364 | | - |
| 3365 | \sa size | - |
| 3366 | */ | - |
| 3367 | | - |
| 3368 | | - |
| 3369 | QRect QWidget::normalGeometry() const | - |
| 3370 | { | - |
| 3371 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3372 | if (!d->extra || !d->extra->topextra) | - |
| 3373 | return QRect(); | - |
| 3374 | | - |
| 3375 | if (!isMaximized() && !isFullScreen()) | - |
| 3376 | return geometry(); | - |
| 3377 | | - |
| 3378 | return d->topData()->normalGeometry; | - |
| 3379 | } | - |
| 3380 | | - |
| 3381 | | - |
| 3382 | /*! | - |
| 3383 | \property QWidget::childrenRect | - |
| 3384 | \brief the bounding rectangle of the widget's children | - |
| 3385 | | - |
| 3386 | Hidden children are excluded. | - |
| 3387 | | - |
| 3388 | By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains a | - |
| 3389 | rectangle with zero width and height located at the origin. | - |
| 3390 | | - |
| 3391 | \sa childrenRegion(), geometry() | - |
| 3392 | */ | - |
| 3393 | | - |
| 3394 | QRect QWidget::childrenRect() const | - |
| 3395 | { | - |
| 3396 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3397 | QRect r(0, 0, 0, 0); | - |
| 3398 | for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 3399 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); | - |
| 3400 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) | - |
| 3401 | r |= w->geometry(); | - |
| 3402 | } | - |
| 3403 | return r; | - |
| 3404 | } | - |
| 3405 | | - |
| 3406 | /*! | - |
| 3407 | \property QWidget::childrenRegion | - |
| 3408 | \brief the combined region occupied by the widget's children | - |
| 3409 | | - |
| 3410 | Hidden children are excluded. | - |
| 3411 | | - |
| 3412 | By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains an | - |
| 3413 | empty region. | - |
| 3414 | | - |
| 3415 | \sa childrenRect(), geometry(), mask() | - |
| 3416 | */ | - |
| 3417 | | - |
| 3418 | QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion() const | - |
| 3419 | { | - |
| 3420 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3421 | QRegion r; | - |
| 3422 | for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 3423 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); | - |
| 3424 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) { | - |
| 3425 | QRegion mask = w->mask(); | - |
| 3426 | if (mask.isEmpty()) | - |
| 3427 | r |= w->geometry(); | - |
| 3428 | else | - |
| 3429 | r |= mask.translated(w->pos()); | - |
| 3430 | } | - |
| 3431 | } | - |
| 3432 | return r; | - |
| 3433 | } | - |
| 3434 | | - |
| 3435 | | - |
| 3436 | /*! | - |
| 3437 | \property QWidget::minimumSize | - |
| 3438 | \brief the widget's minimum size | - |
| 3439 | | - |
| 3440 | The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum | - |
| 3441 | widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if | - |
| 3442 | the current size is smaller. | - |
| 3443 | | - |
| 3444 | The minimum size set by this function will override the minimum size | - |
| 3445 | defined by QLayout. In order to unset the minimum size, use a | - |
| 3446 | value of \c{QSize(0, 0)}. | - |
| 3447 | | - |
| 3448 | By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height. | - |
| 3449 | | - |
| 3450 | \sa minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement | - |
| 3451 | */ | - |
| 3452 | | - |
| 3453 | QSize QWidget::minimumSize() const | - |
| 3454 | { | - |
| 3455 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3456 | return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->minw, d->extra->minh) : QSize(0, 0); | - |
| 3457 | } | - |
| 3458 | | - |
| 3459 | /*! | - |
| 3460 | \property QWidget::maximumSize | - |
| 3461 | \brief the widget's maximum size in pixels | - |
| 3462 | | - |
| 3463 | The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum | - |
| 3464 | widget size. | - |
| 3465 | | - |
| 3466 | By default, this property contains a size in which both width and height | - |
| 3467 | have values of 16777215. | - |
| 3468 | | - |
| 3469 | \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size | - |
| 3470 | of widgets. | - |
| 3471 | | - |
| 3472 | \sa maximumWidth, maximumHeight, minimumSize, sizeIncrement | - |
| 3473 | */ | - |
| 3474 | | - |
| 3475 | QSize QWidget::maximumSize() const | - |
| 3476 | { | - |
| 3477 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3478 | return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->maxw, d->extra->maxh) | - |
| 3479 | : QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3480 | } | - |
| 3481 | | - |
| 3482 | | - |
| 3483 | /*! | - |
| 3484 | \property QWidget::minimumWidth | - |
| 3485 | \brief the widget's minimum width in pixels | - |
| 3486 | | - |
| 3487 | This property corresponds to the width held by the \l minimumSize property. | - |
| 3488 | | - |
| 3489 | By default, this property has a value of 0. | - |
| 3490 | | - |
| 3491 | \sa minimumSize, minimumHeight | - |
| 3492 | */ | - |
| 3493 | | - |
| 3494 | /*! | - |
| 3495 | \property QWidget::minimumHeight | - |
| 3496 | \brief the widget's minimum height in pixels | - |
| 3497 | | - |
| 3498 | This property corresponds to the height held by the \l minimumSize property. | - |
| 3499 | | - |
| 3500 | By default, this property has a value of 0. | - |
| 3501 | | - |
| 3502 | \sa minimumSize, minimumWidth | - |
| 3503 | */ | - |
| 3504 | | - |
| 3505 | /*! | - |
| 3506 | \property QWidget::maximumWidth | - |
| 3507 | \brief the widget's maximum width in pixels | - |
| 3508 | | - |
| 3509 | This property corresponds to the width held by the \l maximumSize property. | - |
| 3510 | | - |
| 3511 | By default, this property contains a value of 16777215. | - |
| 3512 | | - |
| 3513 | \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size | - |
| 3514 | of widgets. | - |
| 3515 | | - |
| 3516 | \sa maximumSize, maximumHeight | - |
| 3517 | */ | - |
| 3518 | | - |
| 3519 | /*! | - |
| 3520 | \property QWidget::maximumHeight | - |
| 3521 | \brief the widget's maximum height in pixels | - |
| 3522 | | - |
| 3523 | This property corresponds to the height held by the \l maximumSize property. | - |
| 3524 | | - |
| 3525 | By default, this property contains a value of 16777215. | - |
| 3526 | | - |
| 3527 | \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size | - |
| 3528 | of widgets. | - |
| 3529 | | - |
| 3530 | \sa maximumSize, maximumWidth | - |
| 3531 | */ | - |
| 3532 | | - |
| 3533 | /*! | - |
| 3534 | \property QWidget::sizeIncrement | - |
| 3535 | \brief the size increment of the widget | - |
| 3536 | | - |
| 3537 | When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of | - |
| 3538 | sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and | - |
| 3539 | sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the | - |
| 3540 | basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers \e i | - |
| 3541 | and \e j: | - |
| 3542 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 2 | - |
| 3543 | | - |
| 3544 | Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it | - |
| 3545 | only affects windows. | - |
| 3546 | | - |
| 3547 | By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height. | - |
| 3548 | | - |
| 3549 | \warning The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may | - |
| 3550 | be disregarded by the window manager on X11. | - |
| 3551 | | - |
| 3552 | \sa size, minimumSize, maximumSize | - |
| 3553 | */ | - |
| 3554 | QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement() const | - |
| 3555 | { | - |
| 3556 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3557 | return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) | - |
| 3558 | ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->incw, d->extra->topextra->inch) | - |
| 3559 | : QSize(0, 0); | - |
| 3560 | } | - |
| 3561 | | - |
| 3562 | /*! | - |
| 3563 | \property QWidget::baseSize | - |
| 3564 | \brief the base size of the widget | - |
| 3565 | | - |
| 3566 | The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the | - |
| 3567 | widget defines sizeIncrement(). | - |
| 3568 | | - |
| 3569 | By default, for a newly-created widget, this property contains a size with | - |
| 3570 | zero width and height. | - |
| 3571 | | - |
| 3572 | \sa setSizeIncrement() | - |
| 3573 | */ | - |
| 3574 | | - |
| 3575 | QSize QWidget::baseSize() const | - |
| 3576 | { | - |
| 3577 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 3578 | return (d->extra != 0 && d->extra->topextra != 0) | - |
| 3579 | ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->basew, d->extra->topextra->baseh) | - |
| 3580 | : QSize(0, 0); | - |
| 3581 | } | - |
| 3582 | | - |
| 3583 | bool QWidgetPrivate::setMinimumSize_helper(int &minw, int &minh) | - |
| 3584 | { | - |
| 3585 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 3586 | | - |
| 3587 | int mw = minw, mh = minh; | - |
| 3588 | if (mw == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) | - |
| 3589 | mw = 0; | - |
| 3590 | if (mh == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) | - |
| 3591 | mh = 0; | - |
| 3592 | if (minw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || minh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { | - |
| 3593 | qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) " | - |
| 3594 | "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)", | - |
| 3595 | q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, | - |
| 3596 | QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3597 | minw = mw = qMin<int>(minw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3598 | minh = mh = qMin<int>(minh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3599 | } | - |
| 3600 | if (minw < 0 || minh < 0) { | - |
| 3601 | qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) " | - |
| 3602 | "are not possible", | - |
| 3603 | q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), minw, minh); | - |
| 3604 | minw = mw = qMax(minw, 0); | - |
| 3605 | minh = mh = qMax(minh, 0); | - |
| 3606 | } | - |
| 3607 | createExtra(); | - |
| 3608 | if (extra->minw == mw && extra->minh == mh) | - |
| 3609 | return false; | - |
| 3610 | extra->minw = mw; | - |
| 3611 | extra->minh = mh; | - |
| 3612 | extra->explicitMinSize = (mw ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | (mh ? Qt::Vertical : 0); | - |
| 3613 | return true; | - |
| 3614 | } | - |
| 3615 | | - |
| 3616 | /*! | - |
| 3617 | \overload | - |
| 3618 | | - |
| 3619 | This function corresponds to setMinimumSize(QSize(minw, minh)). | - |
| 3620 | Sets the minimum width to \a minw and the minimum height to \a | - |
| 3621 | minh. | - |
| 3622 | */ | - |
| 3623 | | - |
| 3624 | void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh) | - |
| 3625 | { | - |
| 3626 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3627 | if (!d->setMinimumSize_helper(minw, minh)) | - |
| 3628 | return; | - |
| 3629 | | - |
| 3630 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 3631 | d->setConstraints_sys(); | - |
| 3632 | if (minw > width() || minh > height()) { | - |
| 3633 | bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 3634 | bool maximized = isMaximized(); | - |
| 3635 | resize(qMax(minw,width()), qMax(minh,height())); | - |
| 3636 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize | - |
| 3637 | if (maximized) | - |
| 3638 | data->window_state = data->window_state | Qt::WindowMaximized; | - |
| 3639 | } | - |
| 3640 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 3641 | if (d->extra) { | - |
| 3642 | if (d->extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 3643 | d->extra->proxyWidget->setMinimumSize(minw, minh); | - |
| 3644 | } | - |
| 3645 | #endif | - |
| 3646 | d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh); | - |
| 3647 | } | - |
| 3648 | | - |
| 3649 | bool QWidgetPrivate::setMaximumSize_helper(int &maxw, int &maxh) | - |
| 3650 | { | - |
| 3651 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 3652 | if (maxw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || maxh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { | - |
| 3653 | qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) " | - |
| 3654 | "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)", | - |
| 3655 | q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, | - |
| 3656 | QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3657 | maxw = qMin<int>(maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3658 | maxh = qMin<int>(maxh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); | - |
| 3659 | } | - |
| 3660 | if (maxw < 0 || maxh < 0) { | - |
| 3661 | qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) " | - |
| 3662 | "are not possible", | - |
| 3663 | q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), maxw, maxh); | - |
| 3664 | maxw = qMax(maxw, 0); | - |
| 3665 | maxh = qMax(maxh, 0); | - |
| 3666 | } | - |
| 3667 | createExtra(); | - |
| 3668 | if (extra->maxw == maxw && extra->maxh == maxh) | - |
| 3669 | return false; | - |
| 3670 | extra->maxw = maxw; | - |
| 3671 | extra->maxh = maxh; | - |
| 3672 | extra->explicitMaxSize = (maxw != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | | - |
| 3673 | (maxh != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Vertical : 0); | - |
| 3674 | return true; | - |
| 3675 | } | - |
| 3676 | | - |
| 3677 | /*! | - |
| 3678 | \overload | - |
| 3679 | | - |
| 3680 | This function corresponds to setMaximumSize(QSize(\a maxw, \a | - |
| 3681 | maxh)). Sets the maximum width to \a maxw and the maximum height | - |
| 3682 | to \a maxh. | - |
| 3683 | */ | - |
| 3684 | void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh) | - |
| 3685 | { | - |
| 3686 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3687 | if (!d->setMaximumSize_helper(maxw, maxh)) | - |
| 3688 | return; | - |
| 3689 | | - |
| 3690 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 3691 | d->setConstraints_sys(); | - |
| 3692 | if (maxw < width() || maxh < height()) { | - |
| 3693 | bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 3694 | resize(qMin(maxw,width()), qMin(maxh,height())); | - |
| 3695 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize | - |
| 3696 | } | - |
| 3697 | | - |
| 3698 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 3699 | if (d->extra) { | - |
| 3700 | if (d->extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 3701 | d->extra->proxyWidget->setMaximumSize(maxw, maxh); | - |
| 3702 | } | - |
| 3703 | #endif | - |
| 3704 | | - |
| 3705 | d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh); | - |
| 3706 | } | - |
| 3707 | | - |
| 3708 | /*! | - |
| 3709 | \overload | - |
| 3710 | | - |
| 3711 | Sets the x (width) size increment to \a w and the y (height) size | - |
| 3712 | increment to \a h. | - |
| 3713 | */ | - |
| 3714 | void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h) | - |
| 3715 | { | - |
| 3716 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3717 | d->createTLExtra(); | - |
| 3718 | QTLWExtra* x = d->topData(); | - |
| 3719 | if (x->incw == w && x->inch == h) | - |
| 3720 | return; | - |
| 3721 | x->incw = w; | - |
| 3722 | x->inch = h; | - |
| 3723 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 3724 | d->setConstraints_sys(); | - |
| 3725 | } | - |
| 3726 | | - |
| 3727 | /*! | - |
| 3728 | \overload | - |
| 3729 | | - |
| 3730 | This corresponds to setBaseSize(QSize(\a basew, \a baseh)). Sets | - |
| 3731 | the widgets base size to width \a basew and height \a baseh. | - |
| 3732 | */ | - |
| 3733 | void QWidget::setBaseSize(int basew, int baseh) | - |
| 3734 | { | - |
| 3735 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3736 | d->createTLExtra(); | - |
| 3737 | QTLWExtra* x = d->topData(); | - |
| 3738 | if (x->basew == basew && x->baseh == baseh) | - |
| 3739 | return; | - |
| 3740 | x->basew = basew; | - |
| 3741 | x->baseh = baseh; | - |
| 3742 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 3743 | d->setConstraints_sys(); | - |
| 3744 | } | - |
| 3745 | | - |
| 3746 | /*! | - |
| 3747 | Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \a s, | - |
| 3748 | thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking. | - |
| 3749 | | - |
| 3750 | This will override the default size constraints set by QLayout. | - |
| 3751 | | - |
| 3752 | To remove constraints, set the size to QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. | - |
| 3753 | | - |
| 3754 | Alternatively, if you want the widget to have a | - |
| 3755 | fixed size based on its contents, you can call | - |
| 3756 | QLayout::setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetFixedSize); | - |
| 3757 | | - |
| 3758 | \sa maximumSize, minimumSize | - |
| 3759 | */ | - |
| 3760 | | - |
| 3761 | void QWidget::setFixedSize(const QSize & s) | - |
| 3762 | { | - |
| 3763 | setFixedSize(s.width(), s.height()); | - |
| 3764 | } | - |
| 3765 | | - |
| 3766 | | - |
| 3767 | /*! | - |
| 3768 | \fn void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h) | - |
| 3769 | \overload | - |
| 3770 | | - |
| 3771 | Sets the width of the widget to \a w and the height to \a h. | - |
| 3772 | */ | - |
| 3773 | | - |
| 3774 | void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h) | - |
| 3775 | { | - |
| 3776 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3777 | bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(w, h); | - |
| 3778 | bool maxSizeSet = d->setMaximumSize_helper(w, h); | - |
| 3779 | if (!minSizeSet && !maxSizeSet) | - |
| 3780 | return; | - |
| 3781 | | - |
| 3782 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 3783 | d->setConstraints_sys(); | - |
| 3784 | else | - |
| 3785 | d->updateGeometry_helper(true); | - |
| 3786 | | - |
| 3787 | if (w != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || h != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) | - |
| 3788 | resize(w, h); | - |
| 3789 | } | - |
| 3790 | | - |
| 3791 | void QWidget::setMinimumWidth(int w) | - |
| 3792 | { | - |
| 3793 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3794 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3795 | uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (w ? Qt::Horizontal : 0); | - |
| 3796 | setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height()); | - |
| 3797 | d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl; | - |
| 3798 | } | - |
| 3799 | | - |
| 3800 | void QWidget::setMinimumHeight(int h) | - |
| 3801 | { | - |
| 3802 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3803 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3804 | uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (h ? Qt::Vertical : 0); | - |
| 3805 | setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h); | - |
| 3806 | d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl; | - |
| 3807 | } | - |
| 3808 | | - |
| 3809 | void QWidget::setMaximumWidth(int w) | - |
| 3810 | { | - |
| 3811 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3812 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3813 | uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (w == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Horizontal); | - |
| 3814 | setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height()); | - |
| 3815 | d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl; | - |
| 3816 | } | - |
| 3817 | | - |
| 3818 | void QWidget::setMaximumHeight(int h) | - |
| 3819 | { | - |
| 3820 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3821 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3822 | uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (h == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Vertical); | - |
| 3823 | setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h); | - |
| 3824 | d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl; | - |
| 3825 | } | - |
| 3826 | | - |
| 3827 | /*! | - |
| 3828 | Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \a w | - |
| 3829 | without changing the heights. Provided for convenience. | - |
| 3830 | | - |
| 3831 | \sa sizeHint(), minimumSize(), maximumSize(), setFixedSize() | - |
| 3832 | */ | - |
| 3833 | | - |
| 3834 | void QWidget::setFixedWidth(int w) | - |
| 3835 | { | - |
| 3836 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3837 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3838 | uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Horizontal; | - |
| 3839 | uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Horizontal; | - |
| 3840 | setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height()); | - |
| 3841 | setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height()); | - |
| 3842 | d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin; | - |
| 3843 | d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax; | - |
| 3844 | } | - |
| 3845 | | - |
| 3846 | | - |
| 3847 | /*! | - |
| 3848 | Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \a h | - |
| 3849 | without changing the widths. Provided for convenience. | - |
| 3850 | | - |
| 3851 | \sa sizeHint(), minimumSize(), maximumSize(), setFixedSize() | - |
| 3852 | */ | - |
| 3853 | | - |
| 3854 | void QWidget::setFixedHeight(int h) | - |
| 3855 | { | - |
| 3856 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 3857 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 3858 | uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Vertical; | - |
| 3859 | uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Vertical; | - |
| 3860 | setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h); | - |
| 3861 | setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h); | - |
| 3862 | d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin; | - |
| 3863 | d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax; | - |
| 3864 | } | - |
| 3865 | | - |
| 3866 | | - |
| 3867 | /*! | - |
| 3868 | Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to the coordinate system | - |
| 3869 | of \a parent. The \a parent must not be 0 and must be a parent | - |
| 3870 | of the calling widget. | - |
| 3871 | | - |
| 3872 | \sa mapFrom(), mapToParent(), mapToGlobal(), underMouse() | - |
| 3873 | */ | - |
| 3874 | | - |
| 3875 | QPoint QWidget::mapTo(const QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const | - |
| 3876 | { | - |
| 3877 | QPoint p = pos; | - |
| 3878 | if (parent) { | - |
| 3879 | const QWidget * w = this; | - |
| 3880 | while (w != parent) { | - |
| 3881 | Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapTo(const QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)", | - |
| 3882 | "parent must be in parent hierarchy"); | - |
| 3883 | p = w->mapToParent(p); | - |
| 3884 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 3885 | } | - |
| 3886 | } | - |
| 3887 | return p; | - |
| 3888 | } | - |
| 3889 | | - |
| 3890 | | - |
| 3891 | /*! | - |
| 3892 | Translates the widget coordinate \a pos from the coordinate system | - |
| 3893 | of \a parent to this widget's coordinate system. The \a parent | - |
| 3894 | must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget. | - |
| 3895 | | - |
| 3896 | \sa mapTo(), mapFromParent(), mapFromGlobal(), underMouse() | - |
| 3897 | */ | - |
| 3898 | | - |
| 3899 | QPoint QWidget::mapFrom(const QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const | - |
| 3900 | { | - |
| 3901 | QPoint p(pos); | - |
| 3902 | if (parent) { | - |
| 3903 | const QWidget * w = this; | - |
| 3904 | while (w != parent) { | - |
| 3905 | Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapFrom(const QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)", | - |
| 3906 | "parent must be in parent hierarchy"); | - |
| 3907 | | - |
| 3908 | p = w->mapFromParent(p); | - |
| 3909 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 3910 | } | - |
| 3911 | } | - |
| 3912 | return p; | - |
| 3913 | } | - |
| 3914 | | - |
| 3915 | | - |
| 3916 | /*! | - |
| 3917 | Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to a coordinate in the | - |
| 3918 | parent widget. | - |
| 3919 | | - |
| 3920 | Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent. | - |
| 3921 | | - |
| 3922 | \sa mapFromParent(), mapTo(), mapToGlobal(), underMouse() | - |
| 3923 | */ | - |
| 3924 | | - |
| 3925 | QPoint QWidget::mapToParent(const QPoint &pos) const | - |
| 3926 | { | - |
| 3927 | return pos + data->crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 3928 | } | - |
| 3929 | | - |
| 3930 | /*! | - |
| 3931 | Translates the parent widget coordinate \a pos to widget | - |
| 3932 | coordinates. | - |
| 3933 | | - |
| 3934 | Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent. | - |
| 3935 | | - |
| 3936 | \sa mapToParent(), mapFrom(), mapFromGlobal(), underMouse() | - |
| 3937 | */ | - |
| 3938 | | - |
| 3939 | QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent(const QPoint &pos) const | - |
| 3940 | { | - |
| 3941 | return pos - data->crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 3942 | } | - |
| 3943 | | - |
| 3944 | | - |
| 3945 | /*! | - |
| 3946 | Returns the window for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget | - |
| 3947 | that has (or could have) a window-system frame. | - |
| 3948 | | - |
| 3949 | If the widget is a window, the widget itself is returned. | - |
| 3950 | | - |
| 3951 | Typical usage is changing the window title: | - |
| 3952 | | - |
| 3953 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 3 | - |
| 3954 | | - |
| 3955 | \sa isWindow() | - |
| 3956 | */ | - |
| 3957 | | - |
| 3958 | QWidget *QWidget::window() const | - |
| 3959 | { | - |
| 3960 | QWidget *w = (QWidget *)this; | - |
| 3961 | QWidget *p = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 3962 | while (!w->isWindow() && p) { | - |
| 3963 | w = p; | - |
| 3964 | p = p->parentWidget(); | - |
| 3965 | } | - |
| 3966 | return w; | - |
| 3967 | } | - |
| 3968 | | - |
| 3969 | /*! | - |
| 3970 | \since 4.4 | - |
| 3971 | | - |
| 3972 | Returns the native parent for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget | - |
| 3973 | that has a system identifier, or 0 if it does not have any native parent. | - |
| 3974 | | - |
| 3975 | \sa effectiveWinId() | - |
| 3976 | */ | - |
| 3977 | QWidget *QWidget::nativeParentWidget() const | - |
| 3978 | { | - |
| 3979 | QWidget *parent = parentWidget(); | - |
| 3980 | while (parent && !parent->internalWinId()) | - |
| 3981 | parent = parent->parentWidget(); | - |
| 3982 | return parent; | - |
| 3983 | } | - |
| 3984 | | - |
| 3985 | /*! \fn QWidget *QWidget::topLevelWidget() const | - |
| 3986 | \obsolete | - |
| 3987 | | - |
| 3988 | Use window() instead. | - |
| 3989 | */ | - |
| 3990 | | - |
| 3991 | | - |
| 3992 | | - |
| 3993 | /*! | - |
| 3994 | Returns the background role of the widget. | - |
| 3995 | | - |
| 3996 | The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that | - |
| 3997 | is used to render the background. | - |
| 3998 | | - |
| 3999 | If no explicit background role is set, the widget inherts its parent | - |
| 4000 | widget's background role. | - |
| 4001 | | - |
| 4002 | \sa setBackgroundRole(), foregroundRole() | - |
| 4003 | */ | - |
| 4004 | QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::backgroundRole() const | - |
| 4005 | { | - |
| 4006 | | - |
| 4007 | const QWidget *w = this; | - |
| 4008 | do { | - |
| 4009 | QPalette::ColorRole role = w->d_func()->bg_role; | - |
| 4010 | if (role != QPalette::NoRole) | - |
| 4011 | return role; | - |
| 4012 | if (w->isWindow() || w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow) | - |
| 4013 | break; | - |
| 4014 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 4015 | } while (w); | - |
| 4016 | return QPalette::Window; | - |
| 4017 | } | - |
| 4018 | | - |
| 4019 | /*! | - |
| 4020 | Sets the background role of the widget to \a role. | - |
| 4021 | | - |
| 4022 | The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that | - |
| 4023 | is used to render the background. | - |
| 4024 | | - |
| 4025 | If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, then the widget inherits its | - |
| 4026 | parent's background role. | - |
| 4027 | | - |
| 4028 | Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette. | - |
| 4029 | You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't | - |
| 4030 | achieve the result you want with setBackgroundRole(). | - |
| 4031 | | - |
| 4032 | \sa backgroundRole(), foregroundRole() | - |
| 4033 | */ | - |
| 4034 | | - |
| 4035 | void QWidget::setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role) | - |
| 4036 | { | - |
| 4037 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4038 | d->bg_role = role; | - |
| 4039 | d->updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 4040 | d->propagatePaletteChange(); | - |
| 4041 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 4042 | } | - |
| 4043 | | - |
| 4044 | /*! | - |
| 4045 | Returns the foreground role. | - |
| 4046 | | - |
| 4047 | The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that | - |
| 4048 | is used to draw the foreground. | - |
| 4049 | | - |
| 4050 | If no explicit foreground role is set, the function returns a role | - |
| 4051 | that contrasts with the background role. | - |
| 4052 | | - |
| 4053 | \sa setForegroundRole(), backgroundRole() | - |
| 4054 | */ | - |
| 4055 | QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::foregroundRole() const | - |
| 4056 | { | - |
| 4057 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 4058 | QPalette::ColorRole rl = QPalette::ColorRole(d->fg_role); | - |
| 4059 | if (rl != QPalette::NoRole) | - |
| 4060 | return rl; | - |
| 4061 | QPalette::ColorRole role = QPalette::WindowText; | - |
| 4062 | switch (backgroundRole()) { | - |
| 4063 | case QPalette::Button: | - |
| 4064 | role = QPalette::ButtonText; | - |
| 4065 | break; | - |
| 4066 | case QPalette::Base: | - |
| 4067 | role = QPalette::Text; | - |
| 4068 | break; | - |
| 4069 | case QPalette::Dark: | - |
| 4070 | case QPalette::Shadow: | - |
| 4071 | role = QPalette::Light; | - |
| 4072 | break; | - |
| 4073 | case QPalette::Highlight: | - |
| 4074 | role = QPalette::HighlightedText; | - |
| 4075 | break; | - |
| 4076 | case QPalette::ToolTipBase: | - |
| 4077 | role = QPalette::ToolTipText; | - |
| 4078 | break; | - |
| 4079 | default: | - |
| 4080 | ; | - |
| 4081 | } | - |
| 4082 | return role; | - |
| 4083 | } | - |
| 4084 | | - |
| 4085 | /*! | - |
| 4086 | Sets the foreground role of the widget to \a role. | - |
| 4087 | | - |
| 4088 | The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that | - |
| 4089 | is used to draw the foreground. | - |
| 4090 | | - |
| 4091 | If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, the widget uses a foreground role | - |
| 4092 | that contrasts with the background role. | - |
| 4093 | | - |
| 4094 | Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette. | - |
| 4095 | You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't | - |
| 4096 | achieve the result you want with setForegroundRole(). | - |
| 4097 | | - |
| 4098 | \sa foregroundRole(), backgroundRole() | - |
| 4099 | */ | - |
| 4100 | void QWidget::setForegroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role) | - |
| 4101 | { | - |
| 4102 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4103 | d->fg_role = role; | - |
| 4104 | d->updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 4105 | d->propagatePaletteChange(); | - |
| 4106 | } | - |
| 4107 | | - |
| 4108 | /*! | - |
| 4109 | \property QWidget::palette | - |
| 4110 | \brief the widget's palette | - |
| 4111 | | - |
| 4112 | This property describes the widget's palette. The palette is used by the | - |
| 4113 | widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as a | - |
| 4114 | means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the | - |
| 4115 | native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or | - |
| 4116 | different styles, have different palettes. | - |
| 4117 | | - |
| 4118 | When you assign a new palette to a widget, the color roles from this | - |
| 4119 | palette are combined with the widget's default palette to form the | - |
| 4120 | widget's final palette. The palette entry for the widget's background role | - |
| 4121 | is used to fill the widget's background (see QWidget::autoFillBackground), | - |
| 4122 | and the foreground role initializes QPainter's pen. | - |
| 4123 | | - |
| 4124 | The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a | - |
| 4125 | system/theme palette which serves as a default for all widgets. There may | - |
| 4126 | also be special palette defaults for certain types of widgets (e.g., on | - |
| 4127 | Windows XP and Vista, all classes that derive from QMenuBar have a special | - |
| 4128 | default palette). You can also define default palettes for widgets | - |
| 4129 | yourself by passing a custom palette and the name of a widget to | - |
| 4130 | QApplication::setPalette(). Finally, the style always has the option of | - |
| 4131 | polishing the palette as it's assigned (see QStyle::polish()). | - |
| 4132 | | - |
| 4133 | QWidget propagates explicit palette roles from parent to child. If you | - |
| 4134 | assign a brush or color to a specific role on a palette and assign that | - |
| 4135 | palette to a widget, that role will propagate to all the widget's | - |
| 4136 | children, overriding any system defaults for that role. Note that palettes | - |
| 4137 | by default don't propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the | - |
| 4138 | Qt::WA_WindowPropagation attribute is enabled. | - |
| 4139 | | - |
| 4140 | QWidget's palette propagation is similar to its font propagation. | - |
| 4141 | | - |
| 4142 | The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt | - |
| 4143 | widgets, is free to choose colors and brushes from the widget palette, or | - |
| 4144 | in some cases, to ignore the palette (partially, or completely). In | - |
| 4145 | particular, certain styles like GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and | - |
| 4146 | Vista style, depend on third party APIs to render the content of widgets, | - |
| 4147 | and these styles typically do not follow the palette. Because of this, | - |
| 4148 | assigning roles to a widget's palette is not guaranteed to change the | - |
| 4149 | appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose to apply a \l | - |
| 4150 | styleSheet. You can refer to our Knowledge Base article | - |
| 4151 | \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/knowledgebase/22}{here} for more | - |
| 4152 | information. | - |
| 4153 | | - |
| 4154 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}. | - |
| 4155 | When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using | - |
| 4156 | the "color", "background-color", "selection-color", | - |
| 4157 | "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color". | - |
| 4158 | | - |
| 4159 | \sa QApplication::palette(), QWidget::font() | - |
| 4160 | */ | - |
| 4161 | const QPalette &QWidget::palette() const | - |
| 4162 | { | - |
| 4163 | if (!isEnabled()) { | - |
| 4164 | data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Disabled); | - |
| 4165 | } else if ((!isVisible() || isActiveWindow()) | - |
| 4166 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) | - |
| 4167 | && !QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(const_cast<QWidget *>(this)) | - |
| 4168 | #endif | - |
| 4169 | ) { | - |
| 4170 | data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active); | - |
| 4171 | } else { | - |
| 4172 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 4173 | extern bool qt_mac_can_clickThrough(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp | - |
| 4174 | if (qt_mac_can_clickThrough(this)) | - |
| 4175 | data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active); | - |
| 4176 | else | - |
| 4177 | #endif | - |
| 4178 | data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Inactive); | - |
| 4179 | } | - |
| 4180 | return data->pal; | - |
| 4181 | } | - |
| 4182 | | - |
| 4183 | void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &palette) | - |
| 4184 | { | - |
| 4185 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4186 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette, palette.resolve() != 0); | - |
| 4187 | | - |
| 4188 | // Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and | - |
| 4189 | // QApplication::palette, resolve this against \a palette (attributes from | - |
| 4190 | // the inherited palette are copied over this widget's palette). Then | - |
| 4191 | // propagate this palette to this widget's children. | - |
| 4192 | QPalette naturalPalette = d->naturalWidgetPalette(d->inheritedPaletteResolveMask); | - |
| 4193 | QPalette resolvedPalette = palette.resolve(naturalPalette); | - |
| 4194 | d->setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette); | - |
| 4195 | } | - |
| 4196 | | - |
| 4197 | /*! | - |
| 4198 | \internal | - |
| 4199 | | - |
| 4200 | Returns the palette that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and | - |
| 4201 | QApplication::palette. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's | - |
| 4202 | ancestors palette request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent | - |
| 4203 | widget's palette are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note | - |
| 4204 | that this font does not take into account the palette set on \a w itself. | - |
| 4205 | */ | - |
| 4206 | QPalette QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetPalette(uint inheritedMask) const | - |
| 4207 | { | - |
| 4208 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 4209 | QPalette naturalPalette = QApplication::palette(q); | - |
| 4210 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) | - |
| 4211 | && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation) | - |
| 4212 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4213 | || (extra && extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 4214 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4215 | )) { | - |
| 4216 | if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 4217 | if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { | - |
| 4218 | if (!naturalPalette.isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) { | - |
| 4219 | QPalette inheritedPalette = p->palette(); | - |
| 4220 | inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask); | - |
| 4221 | naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette); | - |
| 4222 | } else { | - |
| 4223 | naturalPalette = p->palette(); | - |
| 4224 | } | - |
| 4225 | } | - |
| 4226 | } | - |
| 4227 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4228 | else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) { | - |
| 4229 | QPalette inheritedPalette = extra->proxyWidget->palette(); | - |
| 4230 | inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask); | - |
| 4231 | naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette); | - |
| 4232 | } | - |
| 4233 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4234 | } | - |
| 4235 | naturalPalette.resolve(0); | - |
| 4236 | return naturalPalette; | - |
| 4237 | } | - |
| 4238 | /*! | - |
| 4239 | \internal | - |
| 4240 | | - |
| 4241 | Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and | - |
| 4242 | QApplication::palette, resolve this against this widget's palette | - |
| 4243 | (attributes from the inherited palette are copied over this widget's | - |
| 4244 | palette). Then propagate this palette to this widget's children. | - |
| 4245 | */ | - |
| 4246 | void QWidgetPrivate::resolvePalette() | - |
| 4247 | { | - |
| 4248 | QPalette naturalPalette = naturalWidgetPalette(inheritedPaletteResolveMask); | - |
| 4249 | QPalette resolvedPalette = data.pal.resolve(naturalPalette); | - |
| 4250 | setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette); | - |
| 4251 | } | - |
| 4252 | | - |
| 4253 | void QWidgetPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette) | - |
| 4254 | { | - |
| 4255 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 4256 | if (data.pal == palette && data.pal.resolve() == palette.resolve()) | - |
| 4257 | return; | - |
| 4258 | data.pal = palette; | - |
| 4259 | updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 4260 | propagatePaletteChange(); | - |
| 4261 | updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 4262 | q->update(); | - |
| 4263 | updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 4264 | } | - |
| 4265 | | - |
| 4266 | /*! | - |
| 4267 | \property QWidget::font | - |
| 4268 | \brief the font currently set for the widget | - |
| 4269 | | - |
| 4270 | This property describes the widget's requested font. The font is used by | - |
| 4271 | the widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as | - |
| 4272 | a means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the | - |
| 4273 | native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or | - |
| 4274 | different styles, define different fonts for an application. | - |
| 4275 | | - |
| 4276 | When you assign a new font to a widget, the properties from this font are | - |
| 4277 | combined with the widget's default font to form the widget's final | - |
| 4278 | font. You can call fontInfo() to get a copy of the widget's final | - |
| 4279 | font. The final font is also used to initialize QPainter's font. | - |
| 4280 | | - |
| 4281 | The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a | - |
| 4282 | system/theme font which serves as a default for all widgets. There may | - |
| 4283 | also be special font defaults for certain types of widgets. You can also | - |
| 4284 | define default fonts for widgets yourself by passing a custom font and the | - |
| 4285 | name of a widget to QApplication::setFont(). Finally, the font is matched | - |
| 4286 | against Qt's font database to find the best match. | - |
| 4287 | | - |
| 4288 | QWidget propagates explicit font properties from parent to child. If you | - |
| 4289 | change a specific property on a font and assign that font to a widget, | - |
| 4290 | that property will propagate to all the widget's children, overriding any | - |
| 4291 | system defaults for that property. Note that fonts by default don't | - |
| 4292 | propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the Qt::WA_WindowPropagation | - |
| 4293 | attribute is enabled. | - |
| 4294 | | - |
| 4295 | QWidget's font propagation is similar to its palette propagation. | - |
| 4296 | | - |
| 4297 | The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt | - |
| 4298 | widgets, is free to choose to use the widget font, or in some cases, to | - |
| 4299 | ignore it (partially, or completely). In particular, certain styles like | - |
| 4300 | GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and Vista style, apply special | - |
| 4301 | modifications to the widget font to match the platform's native look and | - |
| 4302 | feel. Because of this, assigning properties to a widget's font is not | - |
| 4303 | guaranteed to change the appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose | - |
| 4304 | to apply a \l styleSheet. | - |
| 4305 | | - |
| 4306 | \note If \l{Qt Style Sheets} are used on the same widget as setFont(), | - |
| 4307 | style sheets will take precedence if the settings conflict. | - |
| 4308 | | - |
| 4309 | \sa fontInfo(), fontMetrics() | - |
| 4310 | */ | - |
| 4311 | | - |
| 4312 | void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &font) | - |
| 4313 | { | - |
| 4314 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4315 | | - |
| 4316 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 4317 | const QStyleSheetStyle* style; | - |
| 4318 | if (d->extra && (style = qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(d->extra->style))) { | - |
| 4319 | style->saveWidgetFont(this, font); | - |
| 4320 | } | - |
| 4321 | #endif | - |
| 4322 | | - |
| 4323 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont, font.resolve() != 0); | - |
| 4324 | | - |
| 4325 | // Determine which font is inherited from this widget's ancestors and | - |
| 4326 | // QApplication::font, resolve this against \a font (attributes from the | - |
| 4327 | // inherited font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this | - |
| 4328 | // widget's children. | - |
| 4329 | QFont naturalFont = d->naturalWidgetFont(d->inheritedFontResolveMask); | - |
| 4330 | QFont resolvedFont = font.resolve(naturalFont); | - |
| 4331 | d->setFont_helper(resolvedFont); | - |
| 4332 | } | - |
| 4333 | | - |
| 4334 | /* | - |
| 4335 | \internal | - |
| 4336 | | - |
| 4337 | Returns the font that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and | - |
| 4338 | QApplication::font. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's | - |
| 4339 | ancestors font request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent | - |
| 4340 | widget's font are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note | - |
| 4341 | that this font does not take into account the font set on \a w itself. | - |
| 4342 | | - |
| 4343 | ### Stylesheet has a different font propagation mechanism. When a stylesheet | - |
| 4344 | is applied, fonts are not propagated anymore | - |
| 4345 | */ | - |
| 4346 | QFont QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetFont(uint inheritedMask) const | - |
| 4347 | { | - |
| 4348 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 4349 | QFont naturalFont = QApplication::font(q); | - |
| 4350 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) | - |
| 4351 | && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation) | - |
| 4352 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4353 | || (extra && extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 4354 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4355 | )) { | - |
| 4356 | if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 4357 | if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { | - |
| 4358 | if (!naturalFont.isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) { | - |
| 4359 | QFont inheritedFont = p->font(); | - |
| 4360 | inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask); | - |
| 4361 | naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont); | - |
| 4362 | } else { | - |
| 4363 | naturalFont = p->font(); | - |
| 4364 | } | - |
| 4365 | } | - |
| 4366 | } | - |
| 4367 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4368 | else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) { | - |
| 4369 | QFont inheritedFont = extra->proxyWidget->font(); | - |
| 4370 | inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask); | - |
| 4371 | naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont); | - |
| 4372 | } | - |
| 4373 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4374 | } | - |
| 4375 | naturalFont.resolve(0); | - |
| 4376 | return naturalFont; | - |
| 4377 | } | - |
| 4378 | | - |
| 4379 | /*! | - |
| 4380 | \internal | - |
| 4381 | | - |
| 4382 | Determine which font is implicitly imposed on this widget by its ancestors | - |
| 4383 | and QApplication::font, resolve this against its own font (attributes from | - |
| 4384 | the implicit font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this | - |
| 4385 | widget's children. | - |
| 4386 | */ | - |
| 4387 | void QWidgetPrivate::resolveFont() | - |
| 4388 | { | - |
| 4389 | QFont naturalFont = naturalWidgetFont(inheritedFontResolveMask); | - |
| 4390 | QFont resolvedFont = data.fnt.resolve(naturalFont); | - |
| 4391 | setFont_helper(resolvedFont); | - |
| 4392 | } | - |
| 4393 | | - |
| 4394 | /*! | - |
| 4395 | \internal | - |
| 4396 | | - |
| 4397 | Assign \a font to this widget, and propagate it to all children, except | - |
| 4398 | style sheet widgets (handled differently) and windows that don't enable | - |
| 4399 | window propagation. \a implicitMask is the union of all ancestor widgets' | - |
| 4400 | font request masks, and determines which attributes from this widget's | - |
| 4401 | font should propagate. | - |
| 4402 | */ | - |
| 4403 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateFont(const QFont &font) | - |
| 4404 | { | - |
| 4405 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 4406 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 4407 | const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle; | - |
| 4408 | cssStyle = extra ? qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(extra->style) : 0; | - |
| 4409 | #endif | - |
| 4410 | | - |
| 4411 | data.fnt = QFont(font, q); | - |
| 4412 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 4413 | // make sure the font set on this widget is associated with the correct screen | - |
| 4414 | data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen()); | - |
| 4415 | #endif | - |
| 4416 | // Combine new mask with natural mask and propagate to children. | - |
| 4417 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4418 | if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) { | - |
| 4419 | QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget; | - |
| 4420 | inheritedFontResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedFontResolveMask | p->font().resolve(); | - |
| 4421 | } else | - |
| 4422 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 4423 | if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) { | - |
| 4424 | inheritedFontResolveMask = 0; | - |
| 4425 | } | - |
| 4426 | uint newMask = data.fnt.resolve() | inheritedFontResolveMask; | - |
| 4427 | | - |
| 4428 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 4429 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 4430 | if (w) { | - |
| 4431 | if (0) { | - |
| 4432 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 4433 | } else if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { | - |
| 4434 | // Style sheets follow a different font propagation scheme. | - |
| 4435 | if (cssStyle) | - |
| 4436 | cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(w); | - |
| 4437 | #endif | - |
| 4438 | } else if ((!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) { | - |
| 4439 | // Propagate font changes. | - |
| 4440 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); | - |
| 4441 | wd->inheritedFontResolveMask = newMask; | - |
| 4442 | wd->resolveFont(); | - |
| 4443 | } | - |
| 4444 | } | - |
| 4445 | } | - |
| 4446 | | - |
| 4447 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET | - |
| 4448 | if (cssStyle) { | - |
| 4449 | cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(q); | - |
| 4450 | } | - |
| 4451 | #endif | - |
| 4452 | | - |
| 4453 | QEvent e(QEvent::FontChange); | - |
| 4454 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 4455 | } | - |
| 4456 | | - |
| 4457 | void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutDirection_helper(Qt::LayoutDirection direction) | - |
| 4458 | { | - |
| 4459 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 4460 | | - |
| 4461 | if ( (direction == Qt::RightToLeft) == q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft)) | - |
| 4462 | return; | - |
| 4463 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft, (direction == Qt::RightToLeft)); | - |
| 4464 | if (!children.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 4465 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 4466 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 4467 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection)) | - |
| 4468 | w->d_func()->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction); | - |
| 4469 | } | - |
| 4470 | } | - |
| 4471 | QEvent e(QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange); | - |
| 4472 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 4473 | } | - |
| 4474 | | - |
| 4475 | void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLayoutDirection() | - |
| 4476 | { | - |
| 4477 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 4478 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection)) | - |
| 4479 | setLayoutDirection_helper(q->isWindow() ? QApplication::layoutDirection() : q->parentWidget()->layoutDirection()); | - |
| 4480 | } | - |
| 4481 | | - |
| 4482 | /*! | - |
| 4483 | \property QWidget::layoutDirection | - |
| 4484 | | - |
| 4485 | \brief the layout direction for this widget | - |
| 4486 | | - |
| 4487 | By default, this property is set to Qt::LeftToRight. | - |
| 4488 | | - |
| 4489 | When the layout direction is set on a widget, it will propagate to | - |
| 4490 | the widget's children, but not to a child that is a window and not | - |
| 4491 | to a child for which setLayoutDirection() has been explicitly | - |
| 4492 | called. Also, child widgets added \e after setLayoutDirection() | - |
| 4493 | has been called for the parent do not inherit the parent's layout | - |
| 4494 | direction. | - |
| 4495 | | - |
| 4496 | This method no longer affects text layout direction since Qt 4.7. | - |
| 4497 | | - |
| 4498 | \sa QApplication::layoutDirection | - |
| 4499 | */ | - |
| 4500 | void QWidget::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction) | - |
| 4501 | { | - |
| 4502 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4503 | | - |
| 4504 | if (direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto) { | - |
| 4505 | unsetLayoutDirection(); | - |
| 4506 | return; | - |
| 4507 | } | - |
| 4508 | | - |
| 4509 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection); | - |
| 4510 | d->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction); | - |
| 4511 | } | - |
| 4512 | | - |
| 4513 | Qt::LayoutDirection QWidget::layoutDirection() const | - |
| 4514 | { | - |
| 4515 | return testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft) ? Qt::RightToLeft : Qt::LeftToRight; | - |
| 4516 | } | - |
| 4517 | | - |
| 4518 | void QWidget::unsetLayoutDirection() | - |
| 4519 | { | - |
| 4520 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4521 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection, false); | - |
| 4522 | d->resolveLayoutDirection(); | - |
| 4523 | } | - |
| 4524 | | - |
| 4525 | /*! | - |
| 4526 | \fn QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const | - |
| 4527 | | - |
| 4528 | Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font. | - |
| 4529 | Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). | - |
| 4530 | | - |
| 4531 | \sa font(), fontInfo(), setFont() | - |
| 4532 | */ | - |
| 4533 | | - |
| 4534 | /*! | - |
| 4535 | \fn QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const | - |
| 4536 | | - |
| 4537 | Returns the font info for the widget's current font. | - |
| 4538 | Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()). | - |
| 4539 | | - |
| 4540 | \sa font(), fontMetrics(), setFont() | - |
| 4541 | */ | - |
| 4542 | | - |
| 4543 | | - |
| 4544 | /*! | - |
| 4545 | \property QWidget::cursor | - |
| 4546 | \brief the cursor shape for this widget | - |
| 4547 | | - |
| 4548 | The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this | - |
| 4549 | widget. See the \l{Qt::CursorShape}{list of predefined cursor objects} for a range of useful shapes. | - |
| 4550 | | - |
| 4551 | An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor: | - |
| 4552 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 6 | - |
| 4553 | | - |
| 4554 | If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the | - |
| 4555 | parent's cursor is used. | - |
| 4556 | | - |
| 4557 | By default, this property contains a cursor with the Qt::ArrowCursor | - |
| 4558 | shape. | - |
| 4559 | | - |
| 4560 | Some underlying window implementations will reset the cursor if it | - |
| 4561 | leaves a widget even if the mouse is grabbed. If you want to have | - |
| 4562 | a cursor set for all widgets, even when outside the window, consider | - |
| 4563 | QApplication::setOverrideCursor(). | - |
| 4564 | | - |
| 4565 | \sa QApplication::setOverrideCursor() | - |
| 4566 | */ | - |
| 4567 | | - |
| 4568 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR | - |
| 4569 | QCursor QWidget::cursor() const | - |
| 4570 | { | - |
| 4571 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 4572 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor)) | - |
| 4573 | return (d->extra && d->extra->curs) | - |
| 4574 | ? *d->extra->curs | - |
| 4575 | : QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor); | - |
| 4576 | if (isWindow() || !parentWidget()) | - |
| 4577 | return QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor); | - |
| 4578 | return parentWidget()->cursor(); | - |
| 4579 | } | - |
| 4580 | | - |
| 4581 | void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &cursor) | - |
| 4582 | { | - |
| 4583 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4584 | // On Mac we must set the cursor even if it is the ArrowCursor. | - |
| 4585 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 4586 | if (cursor.shape() != Qt::ArrowCursor | - |
| 4587 | || (d->extra && d->extra->curs)) | - |
| 4588 | #endif | - |
| 4589 | { | - |
| 4590 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 4591 | QCursor *newCursor = new QCursor(cursor); | - |
| 4592 | delete d->extra->curs; | - |
| 4593 | d->extra->curs = newCursor; | - |
| 4594 | } | - |
| 4595 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor); | - |
| 4596 | d->setCursor_sys(cursor); | - |
| 4597 | | - |
| 4598 | QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange); | - |
| 4599 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); | - |
| 4600 | } | - |
| 4601 | | - |
| 4602 | void QWidget::unsetCursor() | - |
| 4603 | { | - |
| 4604 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4605 | if (d->extra) { | - |
| 4606 | delete d->extra->curs; | - |
| 4607 | d->extra->curs = 0; | - |
| 4608 | } | - |
| 4609 | if (!isWindow()) | - |
| 4610 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor, false); | - |
| 4611 | d->unsetCursor_sys(); | - |
| 4612 | | - |
| 4613 | QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange); | - |
| 4614 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); | - |
| 4615 | } | - |
| 4616 | | - |
| 4617 | #endif | - |
| 4618 | | - |
| 4619 | /*! | - |
| 4620 | \enum QWidget::RenderFlag | - |
| 4621 | | - |
| 4622 | This enum describes how to render the widget when calling QWidget::render(). | - |
| 4623 | | - |
| 4624 | \value DrawWindowBackground If you enable this option, the widget's background | - |
| 4625 | is rendered into the target even if autoFillBackground is not set. By default, | - |
| 4626 | this option is enabled. | - |
| 4627 | | - |
| 4628 | \value DrawChildren If you enable this option, the widget's children | - |
| 4629 | are rendered recursively into the target. By default, this option is enabled. | - |
| 4630 | | - |
| 4631 | \value IgnoreMask If you enable this option, the widget's QWidget::mask() | - |
| 4632 | is ignored when rendering into the target. By default, this option is disabled. | - |
| 4633 | | - |
| 4634 | \since 4.3 | - |
| 4635 | */ | - |
| 4636 | | - |
| 4637 | /*! | - |
| 4638 | \since 4.3 | - |
| 4639 | | - |
| 4640 | Renders the \a sourceRegion of this widget into the \a target | - |
| 4641 | using \a renderFlags to determine how to render. Rendering | - |
| 4642 | starts at \a targetOffset in the \a target. For example: | - |
| 4643 | | - |
| 4644 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 7 | - |
| 4645 | | - |
| 4646 | If \a sourceRegion is a null region, this function will use QWidget::rect() as | - |
| 4647 | the region, i.e. the entire widget. | - |
| 4648 | | - |
| 4649 | Ensure that you call QPainter::end() for the \a target device's | - |
| 4650 | active painter (if any) before rendering. For example: | - |
| 4651 | | - |
| 4652 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 8 | - |
| 4653 | | - |
| 4654 | \note To obtain the contents of an OpenGL widget, use QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer() | - |
| 4655 | or QGLWidget::renderPixmap() instead. | - |
| 4656 | */ | - |
| 4657 | void QWidget::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset, | - |
| 4658 | const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags) | - |
| 4659 | { | - |
| 4660 | d_func()->render(target, targetOffset, sourceRegion, renderFlags, false); | - |
| 4661 | } | - |
| 4662 | | - |
| 4663 | /*! | - |
| 4664 | \overload | - |
| 4665 | | - |
| 4666 | Renders the widget into the \a painter's QPainter::device(). | - |
| 4667 | | - |
| 4668 | Transformations and settings applied to the \a painter will be used | - |
| 4669 | when rendering. | - |
| 4670 | | - |
| 4671 | \note The \a painter must be active. On Mac OS X the widget will be | - |
| 4672 | rendered into a QPixmap and then drawn by the \a painter. | - |
| 4673 | | - |
| 4674 | \sa QPainter::device() | - |
| 4675 | */ | - |
| 4676 | void QWidget::render(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, | - |
| 4677 | const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags) | - |
| 4678 | { | - |
| 4679 | if (!painter) { | - |
| 4680 | qWarning("QWidget::render: Null pointer to painter"); | - |
| 4681 | return; | - |
| 4682 | } | - |
| 4683 | | - |
| 4684 | if (!painter->isActive()) { | - |
| 4685 | qWarning("QWidget::render: Cannot render with an inactive painter"); | - |
| 4686 | return; | - |
| 4687 | } | - |
| 4688 | | - |
| 4689 | const qreal opacity = painter->opacity(); | - |
| 4690 | if (qFuzzyIsNull(opacity)) | - |
| 4691 | return; // Fully transparent. | - |
| 4692 | | - |
| 4693 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4694 | const bool inRenderWithPainter = d->extra && d->extra->inRenderWithPainter; | - |
| 4695 | const QRegion toBePainted = !inRenderWithPainter ? d->prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags) | - |
| 4696 | : sourceRegion; | - |
| 4697 | if (toBePainted.isEmpty()) | - |
| 4698 | return; | - |
| 4699 | | - |
| 4700 | if (!d->extra) | - |
| 4701 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 4702 | d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = true; | - |
| 4703 | | - |
| 4704 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 4705 | d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); | - |
| 4706 | #else | - |
| 4707 | QPaintEngine *engine = painter->paintEngine(); | - |
| 4708 | Q_ASSERT(engine); | - |
| 4709 | QPaintEnginePrivate *enginePriv = engine->d_func(); | - |
| 4710 | Q_ASSERT(enginePriv); | - |
| 4711 | QPaintDevice *target = engine->paintDevice(); | - |
| 4712 | Q_ASSERT(target); | - |
| 4713 | | - |
| 4714 | // Render via a pixmap when dealing with non-opaque painters or printers. | - |
| 4715 | if (!inRenderWithPainter && (opacity < 1.0 || (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer))) { | - |
| 4716 | d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); | - |
| 4717 | d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false; | - |
| 4718 | return; | - |
| 4719 | } | - |
| 4720 | | - |
| 4721 | // Set new shared painter. | - |
| 4722 | QPainter *oldPainter = d->sharedPainter(); | - |
| 4723 | d->setSharedPainter(painter); | - |
| 4724 | | - |
| 4725 | // Save current system clip, viewport and transform, | - |
| 4726 | const QTransform oldTransform = enginePriv->systemTransform; | - |
| 4727 | const QRegion oldSystemClip = enginePriv->systemClip; | - |
| 4728 | const QRegion oldSystemViewport = enginePriv->systemViewport; | - |
| 4729 | | - |
| 4730 | // This ensures that all painting triggered by render() is clipped to the current engine clip. | - |
| 4731 | if (painter->hasClipping()) { | - |
| 4732 | const QRegion painterClip = painter->deviceTransform().map(painter->clipRegion()); | - |
| 4733 | enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip.isEmpty() ? painterClip : oldSystemClip & painterClip); | - |
| 4734 | } else { | - |
| 4735 | enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip); | - |
| 4736 | } | - |
| 4737 | | - |
| 4738 | render(target, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); | - |
| 4739 | | - |
| 4740 | // Restore system clip, viewport and transform. | - |
| 4741 | enginePriv->systemClip = oldSystemClip; | - |
| 4742 | enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemViewport); | - |
| 4743 | enginePriv->setSystemTransform(oldTransform); | - |
| 4744 | | - |
| 4745 | // Restore shared painter. | - |
| 4746 | d->setSharedPainter(oldPainter); | - |
| 4747 | #endif | - |
| 4748 | | - |
| 4749 | d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false; | - |
| 4750 | } | - |
| 4751 | | - |
| 4752 | static void sendResizeEvents(QWidget *target) | - |
| 4753 | { | - |
| 4754 | QResizeEvent e(target->size(), QSize()); | - |
| 4755 | QApplication::sendEvent(target, &e); | - |
| 4756 | | - |
| 4757 | const QObjectList children = target->children(); | - |
| 4758 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 4759 | QWidget *child = static_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 4760 | if (child->isWidgetType() && !child->isWindow() && child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent)) | - |
| 4761 | sendResizeEvents(child); | - |
| 4762 | } | - |
| 4763 | } | - |
| 4764 | | - |
| 4765 | /*! | - |
| 4766 | \since 5.0 | - |
| 4767 | | - |
| 4768 | Renders the widget into a pixmap restricted by the | - |
| 4769 | given \a rectangle. If the widget has any children, then | - |
| 4770 | they are also painted in the appropriate positions. | - |
| 4771 | | - |
| 4772 | If a rectangle with an invalid size is specified (the default), | - |
| 4773 | the entire widget is painted. | - |
| 4774 | | - |
| 4775 | \sa render(), QPixmap | - |
| 4776 | */ | - |
| 4777 | | - |
| 4778 | /* INVOKABLE since used by QPixmap::grabWidget(). */ | - |
| 4779 | QPixmap QWidget::grab(const QRect &rectangle) | - |
| 4780 | { | - |
| 4781 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4782 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 4783 | sendResizeEvents(this); | - |
| 4784 | | - |
| 4785 | const QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags = QWidget::DrawWindowBackground | QWidget::DrawChildren | QWidget::IgnoreMask; | - |
| 4786 | | - |
| 4787 | const bool oldDirtyOpaqueChildren = d->dirtyOpaqueChildren; | - |
| 4788 | QRect r(rectangle); | - |
| 4789 | if (r.width() < 0 || r.height() < 0) { | - |
| 4790 | // For grabbing widgets that haven't been shown yet, | - |
| 4791 | // we trigger the layouting mechanism to determine the widget's size. | - |
| 4792 | r = d->prepareToRender(QRegion(), renderFlags).boundingRect(); | - |
| 4793 | r.setTopLeft(rectangle.topLeft()); | - |
| 4794 | } | - |
| 4795 | | - |
| 4796 | if (!r.intersects(rect())) | - |
| 4797 | return QPixmap(); | - |
| 4798 | | - |
| 4799 | QPixmap res(r.size()); | - |
| 4800 | if (!d->isOpaque) | - |
| 4801 | res.fill(Qt::transparent); | - |
| 4802 | render(&res, QPoint(), QRegion(r), renderFlags); | - |
| 4803 | | - |
| 4804 | d->dirtyOpaqueChildren = oldDirtyOpaqueChildren; | - |
| 4805 | return res; | - |
| 4806 | } | - |
| 4807 | | - |
| 4808 | /*! | - |
| 4809 | \brief The graphicsEffect function returns a pointer to the | - |
| 4810 | widget's graphics effect. | - |
| 4811 | | - |
| 4812 | If the widget has no graphics effect, 0 is returned. | - |
| 4813 | | - |
| 4814 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 4815 | | - |
| 4816 | \sa setGraphicsEffect() | - |
| 4817 | */ | - |
| 4818 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 4819 | QGraphicsEffect *QWidget::graphicsEffect() const | - |
| 4820 | { | - |
| 4821 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 4822 | return d->graphicsEffect; | - |
| 4823 | } | - |
| 4824 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 4825 | | - |
| 4826 | /*! | - |
| 4827 | | - |
| 4828 | \brief The setGraphicsEffect function is for setting the widget's graphics effect. | - |
| 4829 | | - |
| 4830 | Sets \a effect as the widget's effect. If there already is an effect installed | - |
| 4831 | on this widget, QWidget will delete the existing effect before installing | - |
| 4832 | the new \a effect. | - |
| 4833 | | - |
| 4834 | If \a effect is the installed on a different widget, setGraphicsEffect() will remove | - |
| 4835 | the effect from the widget and install it on this widget. | - |
| 4836 | | - |
| 4837 | QWidget takes ownership of \a effect. | - |
| 4838 | | - |
| 4839 | \note This function will apply the effect on itself and all its children. | - |
| 4840 | | - |
| 4841 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 4842 | | - |
| 4843 | \sa graphicsEffect() | - |
| 4844 | */ | - |
| 4845 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 4846 | void QWidget::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect) | - |
| 4847 | { | - |
| 4848 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 4849 | if (d->graphicsEffect == effect) | - |
| 4850 | return; | - |
| 4851 | | - |
| 4852 | if (d->graphicsEffect) { | - |
| 4853 | d->invalidateBuffer(rect()); | - |
| 4854 | delete d->graphicsEffect; | - |
| 4855 | d->graphicsEffect = 0; | - |
| 4856 | } | - |
| 4857 | | - |
| 4858 | if (effect) { | - |
| 4859 | // Set new effect. | - |
| 4860 | QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = new QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate(this); | - |
| 4861 | QGraphicsEffectSource *source = new QGraphicsEffectSource(*sourced); | - |
| 4862 | d->graphicsEffect = effect; | - |
| 4863 | effect->d_func()->setGraphicsEffectSource(source); | - |
| 4864 | update(); | - |
| 4865 | } | - |
| 4866 | | - |
| 4867 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 4868 | } | - |
| 4869 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 4870 | | - |
| 4871 | bool QWidgetPrivate::isAboutToShow() const | - |
| 4872 | { | - |
| 4873 | if (data.in_show) | - |
| 4874 | return true; | - |
| 4875 | | - |
| 4876 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 4877 | if (q->isHidden()) | - |
| 4878 | return false; | - |
| 4879 | | - |
| 4880 | // The widget will be shown if any of its ancestors are about to show. | - |
| 4881 | QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 4882 | return parent ? parent->d_func()->isAboutToShow() : false; | - |
| 4883 | } | - |
| 4884 | | - |
| 4885 | QRegion QWidgetPrivate::prepareToRender(const QRegion ®ion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags) | - |
| 4886 | { | - |
| 4887 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 4888 | const bool isVisible = q->isVisible(); | - |
| 4889 | | - |
| 4890 | // Make sure the widget is laid out correctly. | - |
| 4891 | if (!isVisible && !isAboutToShow()) { | - |
| 4892 | QWidget *topLevel = q->window(); | - |
| 4893 | (void)topLevel->d_func()->topData(); // Make sure we at least have top-data. | - |
| 4894 | topLevel->ensurePolished(); | - |
| 4895 | | - |
| 4896 | // Invalidate the layout of hidden ancestors (incl. myself) and pretend | - |
| 4897 | // they're not explicitly hidden. | - |
| 4898 | QWidget *widget = q; | - |
| 4899 | QWidgetList hiddenWidgets; | - |
| 4900 | while (widget) { | - |
| 4901 | if (widget->isHidden()) { | - |
| 4902 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); | - |
| 4903 | hiddenWidgets.append(widget); | - |
| 4904 | if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) | - |
| 4905 | widget->d_func()->updateGeometry_helper(true); | - |
| 4906 | } | - |
| 4907 | widget = widget->parentWidget(); | - |
| 4908 | } | - |
| 4909 | | - |
| 4910 | // Activate top-level layout. | - |
| 4911 | if (topLevel->d_func()->layout) | - |
| 4912 | topLevel->d_func()->layout->activate(); | - |
| 4913 | | - |
| 4914 | // Adjust size if necessary. | - |
| 4915 | QTLWExtra *topLevelExtra = topLevel->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 4916 | if (topLevelExtra && !topLevelExtra->sizeAdjusted | - |
| 4917 | && !topLevel->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized)) { | - |
| 4918 | topLevel->adjustSize(); | - |
| 4919 | topLevel->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false); | - |
| 4920 | } | - |
| 4921 | | - |
| 4922 | // Activate child layouts. | - |
| 4923 | topLevel->d_func()->activateChildLayoutsRecursively(); | - |
| 4924 | | - |
| 4925 | // We're not cheating with WA_WState_Hidden anymore. | - |
| 4926 | for (int i = 0; i < hiddenWidgets.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 4927 | QWidget *widget = hiddenWidgets.at(i); | - |
| 4928 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 4929 | if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) | - |
| 4930 | widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); | - |
| 4931 | } | - |
| 4932 | } else if (isVisible) { | - |
| 4933 | q->window()->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(true, true); | - |
| 4934 | } | - |
| 4935 | | - |
| 4936 | // Calculate the region to be painted. | - |
| 4937 | QRegion toBePainted = !region.isEmpty() ? region : QRegion(q->rect()); | - |
| 4938 | if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::IgnoreMask) && extra && extra->hasMask) | - |
| 4939 | toBePainted &= extra->mask; | - |
| 4940 | return toBePainted; | - |
| 4941 | } | - |
| 4942 | | - |
| 4943 | void QWidgetPrivate::render_helper(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, const QRegion &toBePainted, | - |
| 4944 | QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags) | - |
| 4945 | { | - |
| 4946 | Q_ASSERT(painter); | - |
| 4947 | Q_ASSERT(!toBePainted.isEmpty()); | - |
| 4948 | | - |
| 4949 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 4950 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 4951 | const QTransform originalTransform = painter->worldTransform(); | - |
| 4952 | const bool useDeviceCoordinates = originalTransform.isScaling(); | - |
| 4953 | if (!useDeviceCoordinates) { | - |
| 4954 | #endif | - |
| 4955 | // Render via a pixmap. | - |
| 4956 | const QRect rect = toBePainted.boundingRect(); | - |
| 4957 | const QSize size = rect.size(); | - |
| 4958 | if (size.isNull()) | - |
| 4959 | return; | - |
| 4960 | | - |
| 4961 | QPixmap pixmap(size); | - |
| 4962 | if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) || !isOpaque) | - |
| 4963 | pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); | - |
| 4964 | q->render(&pixmap, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags); | - |
| 4965 | | - |
| 4966 | const bool restore = !(painter->renderHints() & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); | - |
| 4967 | painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, true); | - |
| 4968 | | - |
| 4969 | painter->drawPixmap(targetOffset, pixmap); | - |
| 4970 | | - |
| 4971 | if (restore) | - |
| 4972 | painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, false); | - |
| 4973 | | - |
| 4974 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 4975 | } else { | - |
| 4976 | // Render via a pixmap in device coordinates (to avoid pixmap scaling). | - |
| 4977 | QTransform transform = originalTransform; | - |
| 4978 | transform.translate(targetOffset.x(), targetOffset.y()); | - |
| 4979 | | - |
| 4980 | QPaintDevice *device = painter->device(); | - |
| 4981 | Q_ASSERT(device); | - |
| 4982 | | - |
| 4983 | // Calculate device rect. | - |
| 4984 | const QRectF rect(toBePainted.boundingRect()); | - |
| 4985 | QRect deviceRect = transform.mapRect(QRectF(0, 0, rect.width(), rect.height())).toAlignedRect(); | - |
| 4986 | deviceRect &= QRect(0, 0, device->width(), device->height()); | - |
| 4987 | | - |
| 4988 | QPixmap pixmap(deviceRect.size()); | - |
| 4989 | pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); | - |
| 4990 | | - |
| 4991 | // Create a pixmap device coordinate painter. | - |
| 4992 | QPainter pixmapPainter(&pixmap); | - |
| 4993 | pixmapPainter.setRenderHints(painter->renderHints()); | - |
| 4994 | transform *= QTransform::fromTranslate(-deviceRect.x(), -deviceRect.y()); | - |
| 4995 | pixmapPainter.setTransform(transform); | - |
| 4996 | | - |
| 4997 | q->render(&pixmapPainter, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags); | - |
| 4998 | pixmapPainter.end(); | - |
| 4999 | | - |
| 5000 | // And then draw the pixmap. | - |
| 5001 | painter->setTransform(QTransform()); | - |
| 5002 | painter->drawPixmap(deviceRect.topLeft(), pixmap); | - |
| 5003 | painter->setTransform(originalTransform); | - |
| 5004 | } | - |
| 5005 | #endif | - |
| 5006 | } | - |
| 5007 | | - |
| 5008 | void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoint &offset, int flags, | - |
| 5009 | QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore) | - |
| 5010 | { | - |
| 5011 | if (rgn.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5012 | return; | - |
| 5013 | | - |
| 5014 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5015 | if (qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget) | - |
| 5016 | dirtyOnWidget = QRegion(); | - |
| 5017 | | - |
| 5018 | // We disable the rendering of QToolBar in the backingStore if | - |
| 5019 | // it's supposed to be in the unified toolbar on Mac OS X. | - |
| 5020 | if (backingStore && isInUnifiedToolbar) | - |
| 5021 | return; | - |
| 5022 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5023 | | - |
| 5024 | | - |
| 5025 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 5026 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 5027 | if (graphicsEffect && graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) { | - |
| 5028 | QGraphicsEffectSource *source = graphicsEffect->d_func()->source; | - |
| 5029 | QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *> | - |
| 5030 | (source->d_func()); | - |
| 5031 | if (!sourced->context) { | - |
| 5032 | QWidgetPaintContext context(pdev, rgn, offset, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore); | - |
| 5033 | sourced->context = &context; | - |
| 5034 | if (!sharedPainter) { | - |
| 5035 | setSystemClip(pdev, rgn.translated(offset)); | - |
| 5036 | QPainter p(pdev); | - |
| 5037 | p.translate(offset); | - |
| 5038 | context.painter = &p; | - |
| 5039 | graphicsEffect->draw(&p); | - |
| 5040 | setSystemClip(pdev, QRegion()); | - |
| 5041 | } else { | - |
| 5042 | context.painter = sharedPainter; | - |
| 5043 | if (sharedPainter->worldTransform() != sourced->lastEffectTransform) { | - |
| 5044 | sourced->invalidateCache(); | - |
| 5045 | sourced->lastEffectTransform = sharedPainter->worldTransform(); | - |
| 5046 | } | - |
| 5047 | sharedPainter->save(); | - |
| 5048 | sharedPainter->translate(offset); | - |
| 5049 | graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter); | - |
| 5050 | sharedPainter->restore(); | - |
| 5051 | } | - |
| 5052 | sourced->context = 0; | - |
| 5053 | return; | - |
| 5054 | } | - |
| 5055 | } | - |
| 5056 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAFFICSEFFECT | - |
| 5057 | | - |
| 5058 | const bool asRoot = flags & DrawAsRoot; | - |
| 5059 | const bool alsoOnScreen = flags & DrawPaintOnScreen; | - |
| 5060 | const bool recursive = flags & DrawRecursive; | - |
| 5061 | const bool alsoInvisible = flags & DrawInvisible; | - |
| 5062 | | - |
| 5063 | Q_ASSERT(sharedPainter ? sharedPainter->isActive() : true); | - |
| 5064 | | - |
| 5065 | QRegion toBePainted(rgn); | - |
| 5066 | if (asRoot && !alsoInvisible) | - |
| 5067 | toBePainted &= clipRect(); //(rgn & visibleRegion()); | - |
| 5068 | if (!(flags & DontSubtractOpaqueChildren)) | - |
| 5069 | subtractOpaqueChildren(toBePainted, q->rect()); | - |
| 5070 | | - |
| 5071 | if (!toBePainted.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 5072 | bool onScreen = paintOnScreen(); | - |
| 5073 | if (!onScreen || alsoOnScreen) { | - |
| 5074 | //update the "in paint event" flag | - |
| 5075 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) | - |
| 5076 | qWarning("QWidget::repaint: Recursive repaint detected"); | - |
| 5077 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent); | - |
| 5078 | | - |
| 5079 | //clip away the new area | - |
| 5080 | #ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG | - |
| 5081 | bool flushed = QWidgetBackingStore::flushPaint(q, toBePainted); | - |
| 5082 | #endif | - |
| 5083 | QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine(); | - |
| 5084 | if (paintEngine) { | - |
| 5085 | setRedirected(pdev, -offset); | - |
| 5086 | | - |
| 5087 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5088 | // (Alien support) Special case for Mac when redirecting: If the paint device | - |
| 5089 | // is of the Widget type we need to set WA_WState_InPaintEvent since painting | - |
| 5090 | // outside the paint event is not supported on QWidgets. The attributeis | - |
| 5091 | // restored further down. | - |
| 5092 | if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget) | - |
| 5093 | static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent); | - |
| 5094 | | - |
| 5095 | #endif | - |
| 5096 | if (sharedPainter) | - |
| 5097 | setSystemClip(pdev, toBePainted); | - |
| 5098 | else | - |
| 5099 | paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = q->data->crect; | - |
| 5100 | | - |
| 5101 | //paint the background | - |
| 5102 | if ((asRoot || q->autoFillBackground() || onScreen || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) | - |
| 5103 | && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) { | - |
| 5104 | QPainter p(q); | - |
| 5105 | paintBackground(&p, toBePainted, (asRoot || onScreen) ? flags | DrawAsRoot : 0); | - |
| 5106 | } | - |
| 5107 | | - |
| 5108 | if (!sharedPainter) | - |
| 5109 | setSystemClip(pdev, toBePainted.translated(offset)); | - |
| 5110 | | - |
| 5111 | if (!onScreen && !asRoot && !isOpaque && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TintedBackground)) { | - |
| 5112 | QPainter p(q); | - |
| 5113 | QColor tint = q->palette().window().color(); | - |
| 5114 | tint.setAlphaF(qreal(.6)); | - |
| 5115 | p.fillRect(toBePainted.boundingRect(), tint); | - |
| 5116 | } | - |
| 5117 | } | - |
| 5118 | | - |
| 5119 | #if 0 | - |
| 5120 | qDebug() << "painting" << q << "opaque ==" << isOpaque(); | - |
| 5121 | qDebug() << "clipping to" << toBePainted << "location == " << offset | - |
| 5122 | << "geometry ==" << QRect(q->mapTo(q->window(), QPoint(0, 0)), q->size()); | - |
| 5123 | #endif | - |
| 5124 | | - |
| 5125 | //actually send the paint event | - |
| 5126 | QPaintEvent e(toBePainted); | - |
| 5127 | QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 5128 | | - |
| 5129 | // Native widgets need to be marked dirty on screen so painting will be done in correct context | - |
| 5130 | if (backingStore && !onScreen && !asRoot && (q->internalWinId() || !q->nativeParentWidget()->isWindow())) | - |
| 5131 | backingStore->markDirtyOnScreen(toBePainted, q, offset); | - |
| 5132 | | - |
| 5133 | //restore | - |
| 5134 | if (paintEngine) { | - |
| 5135 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5136 | if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget) | - |
| 5137 | static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false); | - |
| 5138 | #endif | - |
| 5139 | restoreRedirected(); | - |
| 5140 | if (!sharedPainter) | - |
| 5141 | paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = QRect(); | - |
| 5142 | else | - |
| 5143 | paintEngine->d_func()->currentClipDevice = 0; | - |
| 5144 | | - |
| 5145 | setSystemClip(pdev, QRegion()); | - |
| 5146 | } | - |
| 5147 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false); | - |
| 5148 | if (q->paintingActive()) | - |
| 5149 | qWarning("QWidget::repaint: It is dangerous to leave painters active on a widget outside of the PaintEvent"); | - |
| 5150 | | - |
| 5151 | if (paintEngine && paintEngine->autoDestruct()) { | - |
| 5152 | delete paintEngine; | - |
| 5153 | } | - |
| 5154 | | - |
| 5155 | #ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG | - |
| 5156 | if (flushed) | - |
| 5157 | QWidgetBackingStore::unflushPaint(q, toBePainted); | - |
| 5158 | #endif | - |
| 5159 | } else if (q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 5160 | QPaintEngine *engine = pdev->paintEngine(); | - |
| 5161 | if (engine) { | - |
| 5162 | QPainter p(pdev); | - |
| 5163 | p.setClipRegion(toBePainted); | - |
| 5164 | const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); | - |
| 5165 | if (bg.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) | - |
| 5166 | p.drawTiledPixmap(q->rect(), bg.texture()); | - |
| 5167 | else | - |
| 5168 | p.fillRect(q->rect(), bg); | - |
| 5169 | | - |
| 5170 | if (engine->autoDestruct()) | - |
| 5171 | delete engine; | - |
| 5172 | } | - |
| 5173 | } | - |
| 5174 | } | - |
| 5175 | | - |
| 5176 | if (recursive && !children.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 5177 | paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, children, children.size() - 1, rgn, offset, flags & ~DrawAsRoot | - |
| 5178 | , sharedPainter, backingStore); | - |
| 5179 | } | - |
| 5180 | } | - |
| 5181 | | - |
| 5182 | void QWidgetPrivate::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset, | - |
| 5183 | const QRegion &sourceRegion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags, | - |
| 5184 | bool readyToRender) | - |
| 5185 | { | - |
| 5186 | if (!target) { | - |
| 5187 | qWarning("QWidget::render: null pointer to paint device"); | - |
| 5188 | return; | - |
| 5189 | } | - |
| 5190 | | - |
| 5191 | const bool inRenderWithPainter = extra && extra->inRenderWithPainter; | - |
| 5192 | QRegion paintRegion = !inRenderWithPainter && !readyToRender | - |
| 5193 | ? prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags) | - |
| 5194 | : sourceRegion; | - |
| 5195 | if (paintRegion.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5196 | return; | - |
| 5197 | | - |
| 5198 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5199 | QPainter *oldSharedPainter = inRenderWithPainter ? sharedPainter() : 0; | - |
| 5200 | | - |
| 5201 | // Use the target's shared painter if set (typically set when doing | - |
| 5202 | // "other->render(widget);" in the widget's paintEvent. | - |
| 5203 | if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) { | - |
| 5204 | QWidgetPrivate *targetPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func(); | - |
| 5205 | if (targetPrivate->extra && targetPrivate->extra->inRenderWithPainter) { | - |
| 5206 | QPainter *targetPainter = targetPrivate->sharedPainter(); | - |
| 5207 | if (targetPainter && targetPainter->isActive()) | - |
| 5208 | setSharedPainter(targetPainter); | - |
| 5209 | } | - |
| 5210 | } | - |
| 5211 | #endif | - |
| 5212 | | - |
| 5213 | // Use the target's redirected device if set and adjust offset and paint | - |
| 5214 | // region accordingly. This is typically the case when people call render | - |
| 5215 | // from the paintEvent. | - |
| 5216 | QPoint offset = targetOffset; | - |
| 5217 | offset -= paintRegion.boundingRect().topLeft(); | - |
| 5218 | QPoint redirectionOffset; | - |
| 5219 | QPaintDevice *redirected = 0; | - |
| 5220 | | - |
| 5221 | if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) | - |
| 5222 | redirected = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func()->redirected(&redirectionOffset); | - |
| 5223 | if (!redirected) | - |
| 5224 | redirected = QPainter::redirected(target, &redirectionOffset); | - |
| 5225 | | - |
| 5226 | if (redirected) { | - |
| 5227 | target = redirected; | - |
| 5228 | offset -= redirectionOffset; | - |
| 5229 | } | - |
| 5230 | | - |
| 5231 | if (!inRenderWithPainter) { // Clip handled by shared painter (in qpainter.cpp). | - |
| 5232 | if (QPaintEngine *targetEngine = target->paintEngine()) { | - |
| 5233 | const QRegion targetSystemClip = targetEngine->systemClip(); | - |
| 5234 | if (!targetSystemClip.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5235 | paintRegion &= targetSystemClip.translated(-offset); | - |
| 5236 | } | - |
| 5237 | } | - |
| 5238 | | - |
| 5239 | // Set backingstore flags. | - |
| 5240 | int flags = DrawPaintOnScreen | DrawInvisible; | - |
| 5241 | if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) | - |
| 5242 | flags |= DrawAsRoot; | - |
| 5243 | | - |
| 5244 | if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawChildren) | - |
| 5245 | flags |= DrawRecursive; | - |
| 5246 | else | - |
| 5247 | flags |= DontSubtractOpaqueChildren; | - |
| 5248 | | - |
| 5249 | flags |= DontSetCompositionMode; | - |
| 5250 | | - |
| 5251 | if (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer) { | - |
| 5252 | QPainter p(target); | - |
| 5253 | render_helper(&p, targetOffset, paintRegion, renderFlags); | - |
| 5254 | return; | - |
| 5255 | } | - |
| 5256 | | - |
| 5257 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 5258 | // Render via backingstore. | - |
| 5259 | drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, sharedPainter()); | - |
| 5260 | | - |
| 5261 | // Restore shared painter. | - |
| 5262 | if (oldSharedPainter) | - |
| 5263 | setSharedPainter(oldSharedPainter); | - |
| 5264 | #else | - |
| 5265 | // Render via backingstore (no shared painter). | - |
| 5266 | drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, 0); | - |
| 5267 | #endif | - |
| 5268 | } | - |
| 5269 | | - |
| 5270 | void QWidgetPrivate::paintSiblingsRecursive(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QObjectList& siblings, int index, const QRegion &rgn, | - |
| 5271 | const QPoint &offset, int flags | - |
| 5272 | , QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore) | - |
| 5273 | { | - |
| 5274 | QWidget *w = 0; | - |
| 5275 | QRect boundingRect; | - |
| 5276 | bool dirtyBoundingRect = true; | - |
| 5277 | const bool exludeOpaqueChildren = (flags & DontDrawOpaqueChildren); | - |
| 5278 | const bool excludeNativeChildren = (flags & DontDrawNativeChildren); | - |
| 5279 | | - |
| 5280 | do { | - |
| 5281 | QWidget *x = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(siblings.at(index)); | - |
| 5282 | if (x && !(exludeOpaqueChildren && x->d_func()->isOpaque) && !x->isHidden() && !x->isWindow() | - |
| 5283 | && !(excludeNativeChildren && x->internalWinId())) { | - |
| 5284 | if (dirtyBoundingRect) { | - |
| 5285 | boundingRect = rgn.boundingRect(); | - |
| 5286 | dirtyBoundingRect = false; | - |
| 5287 | } | - |
| 5288 | | - |
| 5289 | if (qRectIntersects(boundingRect, x->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(x->data->crect))) { | - |
| 5290 | w = x; | - |
| 5291 | break; | - |
| 5292 | } | - |
| 5293 | } | - |
| 5294 | --index; | - |
| 5295 | } while (index >= 0); | - |
| 5296 | | - |
| 5297 | if (!w) | - |
| 5298 | return; | - |
| 5299 | | - |
| 5300 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); | - |
| 5301 | const QPoint widgetPos(w->data->crect.topLeft()); | - |
| 5302 | const bool hasMask = wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask && !wd->graphicsEffect; | - |
| 5303 | if (index > 0) { | - |
| 5304 | QRegion wr(rgn); | - |
| 5305 | if (wd->isOpaque) | - |
| 5306 | wr -= hasMask ? wd->extra->mask.translated(widgetPos) : w->data->crect; | - |
| 5307 | paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, siblings, --index, wr, offset, flags | - |
| 5308 | , sharedPainter, backingStore); | - |
| 5309 | } | - |
| 5310 | | - |
| 5311 | if (w->updatesEnabled() | - |
| 5312 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5313 | && (!w->d_func()->extra || !w->d_func()->extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 5314 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5315 | ) { | - |
| 5316 | QRegion wRegion(rgn); | - |
| 5317 | wRegion &= wd->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect); | - |
| 5318 | wRegion.translate(-widgetPos); | - |
| 5319 | if (hasMask) | - |
| 5320 | wRegion &= wd->extra->mask; | - |
| 5321 | wd->drawWidget(pdev, wRegion, offset + widgetPos, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore); | - |
| 5322 | } | - |
| 5323 | } | - |
| 5324 | | - |
| 5325 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 5326 | QRectF QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const | - |
| 5327 | { | - |
| 5328 | if (system != Qt::DeviceCoordinates) | - |
| 5329 | return m_widget->rect(); | - |
| 5330 | | - |
| 5331 | if (!context) { | - |
| 5332 | // Device coordinates without context not yet supported. | - |
| 5333 | qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect: Not yet implemented, lacking device context"); | - |
| 5334 | return QRectF(); | - |
| 5335 | } | - |
| 5336 | | - |
| 5337 | return context->painter->worldTransform().mapRect(m_widget->rect()); | - |
| 5338 | } | - |
| 5339 | | - |
| 5340 | void QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter) | - |
| 5341 | { | - |
| 5342 | if (!context || context->painter != painter) { | - |
| 5343 | m_widget->render(painter); | - |
| 5344 | return; | - |
| 5345 | } | - |
| 5346 | | - |
| 5347 | // The region saved in the context is neither clipped to the rect | - |
| 5348 | // nor the mask, so we have to clip it here before calling drawWidget. | - |
| 5349 | QRegion toBePainted = context->rgn; | - |
| 5350 | toBePainted &= m_widget->rect(); | - |
| 5351 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = qt_widget_private(m_widget); | - |
| 5352 | if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask) | - |
| 5353 | toBePainted &= wd->extra->mask; | - |
| 5354 | | - |
| 5355 | wd->drawWidget(context->pdev, toBePainted, context->offset, context->flags, | - |
| 5356 | context->sharedPainter, context->backingStore); | - |
| 5357 | } | - |
| 5358 | | - |
| 5359 | QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset, | - |
| 5360 | QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const | - |
| 5361 | { | - |
| 5362 | const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates); | - |
| 5363 | if (!context && deviceCoordinates) { | - |
| 5364 | // Device coordinates without context not yet supported. | - |
| 5365 | qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap: Not yet implemented, lacking device context"); | - |
| 5366 | return QPixmap(); | - |
| 5367 | } | - |
| 5368 | | - |
| 5369 | QPoint pixmapOffset; | - |
| 5370 | QRectF sourceRect = m_widget->rect(); | - |
| 5371 | | - |
| 5372 | if (deviceCoordinates) { | - |
| 5373 | const QTransform &painterTransform = context->painter->worldTransform(); | - |
| 5374 | sourceRect = painterTransform.mapRect(sourceRect); | - |
| 5375 | pixmapOffset = painterTransform.map(pixmapOffset); | - |
| 5376 | } | - |
| 5377 | | - |
| 5378 | QRect effectRect; | - |
| 5379 | | - |
| 5380 | if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) | - |
| 5381 | effectRect = m_widget->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect(); | - |
| 5382 | else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder) | - |
| 5383 | effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1).toAlignedRect(); | - |
| 5384 | else | - |
| 5385 | effectRect = sourceRect.toAlignedRect(); | - |
| 5386 | | - |
| 5387 | if (offset) | - |
| 5388 | *offset = effectRect.topLeft(); | - |
| 5389 | | - |
| 5390 | pixmapOffset -= effectRect.topLeft(); | - |
| 5391 | | - |
| 5392 | QPixmap pixmap(effectRect.size()); | - |
| 5393 | pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); | - |
| 5394 | m_widget->render(&pixmap, pixmapOffset, QRegion(), QWidget::DrawChildren); | - |
| 5395 | return pixmap; | - |
| 5396 | } | - |
| 5397 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT | - |
| 5398 | | - |
| 5399 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5400 | /*! | - |
| 5401 | \internal | - |
| 5402 | | - |
| 5403 | Finds the nearest widget embedded in a graphics proxy widget along the chain formed by this | - |
| 5404 | widget and its ancestors. The search starts at \a origin (inclusive). | - |
| 5405 | If successful, the function returns the proxy that embeds the widget, or 0 if no embedded | - |
| 5406 | widget was found. | - |
| 5407 | */ | - |
| 5408 | QGraphicsProxyWidget * QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(const QWidget *origin) | - |
| 5409 | { | - |
| 5410 | if (origin) { | - |
| 5411 | QWExtra *extra = origin->d_func()->extra; | - |
| 5412 | if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 5413 | return extra->proxyWidget; | - |
| 5414 | return nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(origin->parentWidget()); | - |
| 5415 | } | - |
| 5416 | return 0; | - |
| 5417 | } | - |
| 5418 | #endif | - |
| 5419 | | - |
| 5420 | /*! | - |
| 5421 | \property QWidget::locale | - |
| 5422 | \brief the widget's locale | - |
| 5423 | \since 4.3 | - |
| 5424 | | - |
| 5425 | As long as no special locale has been set, this is either | - |
| 5426 | the parent's locale or (if this widget is a top level widget), | - |
| 5427 | the default locale. | - |
| 5428 | | - |
| 5429 | If the widget displays dates or numbers, these should be formatted | - |
| 5430 | using the widget's locale. | - |
| 5431 | | - |
| 5432 | \sa QLocale, QLocale::setDefault() | - |
| 5433 | */ | - |
| 5434 | | - |
| 5435 | void QWidgetPrivate::setLocale_helper(const QLocale &loc, bool forceUpdate) | - |
| 5436 | { | - |
| 5437 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 5438 | if (locale == loc && !forceUpdate) | - |
| 5439 | return; | - |
| 5440 | | - |
| 5441 | locale = loc; | - |
| 5442 | | - |
| 5443 | if (!children.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 5444 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 5445 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 5446 | if (!w) | - |
| 5447 | continue; | - |
| 5448 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) | - |
| 5449 | continue; | - |
| 5450 | if (w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) | - |
| 5451 | continue; | - |
| 5452 | w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(loc, forceUpdate); | - |
| 5453 | } | - |
| 5454 | } | - |
| 5455 | QEvent e(QEvent::LocaleChange); | - |
| 5456 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 5457 | } | - |
| 5458 | | - |
| 5459 | void QWidget::setLocale(const QLocale &locale) | - |
| 5460 | { | - |
| 5461 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5462 | | - |
| 5463 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale); | - |
| 5464 | d->setLocale_helper(locale); | - |
| 5465 | } | - |
| 5466 | | - |
| 5467 | QLocale QWidget::locale() const | - |
| 5468 | { | - |
| 5469 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5470 | | - |
| 5471 | return d->locale; | - |
| 5472 | } | - |
| 5473 | | - |
| 5474 | void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLocale() | - |
| 5475 | { | - |
| 5476 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 5477 | | - |
| 5478 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) { | - |
| 5479 | setLocale_helper(q->isWindow() | - |
| 5480 | ? QLocale() | - |
| 5481 | : q->parentWidget()->locale()); | - |
| 5482 | } | - |
| 5483 | } | - |
| 5484 | | - |
| 5485 | void QWidget::unsetLocale() | - |
| 5486 | { | - |
| 5487 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5488 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale, false); | - |
| 5489 | d->resolveLocale(); | - |
| 5490 | } | - |
| 5491 | | - |
| 5492 | /*! | - |
| 5493 | \property QWidget::windowTitle | - |
| 5494 | \brief the window title (caption) | - |
| 5495 | | - |
| 5496 | This property only makes sense for top-level widgets, such as | - |
| 5497 | windows and dialogs. If no caption has been set, the title is based of the | - |
| 5498 | \l windowFilePath. If neither of these is set, then the title is | - |
| 5499 | an empty string. | - |
| 5500 | | - |
| 5501 | If you use the \l windowModified mechanism, the window title must | - |
| 5502 | contain a "[*]" placeholder, which indicates where the '*' should | - |
| 5503 | appear. Normally, it should appear right after the file name | - |
| 5504 | (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text Editor"). If the \l | - |
| 5505 | windowModified property is false (the default), the placeholder | - |
| 5506 | is simply removed. | - |
| 5507 | | - |
| 5508 | On some desktop platforms (including Windows and Unix), the application name | - |
| 5509 | (from QGuiApplication::applicationDisplayName) is added at the end of the | - |
| 5510 | window title, if set. This is done by the QPA plugin, so it is shown to the | - |
| 5511 | user, but isn't part of the \l windowTitle string. | - |
| 5512 | | - |
| 5513 | \sa windowIcon, windowIconText, windowModified, windowFilePath | - |
| 5514 | */ | - |
| 5515 | QString QWidget::windowTitle() const | - |
| 5516 | { | - |
| 5517 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5518 | if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) { | - |
| 5519 | if (!d->extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5520 | return d->extra->topextra->caption; | - |
| 5521 | if (!d->extra->topextra->filePath.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5522 | return QFileInfo(d->extra->topextra->filePath).fileName() + QLatin1String("[*]"); | - |
| 5523 | } | - |
| 5524 | return QString(); | - |
| 5525 | } | - |
| 5526 | | - |
| 5527 | /*! | - |
| 5528 | Returns a modified window title with the [*] place holder | - |
| 5529 | replaced according to the rules described in QWidget::setWindowTitle | - |
| 5530 | | - |
| 5531 | This function assumes that "[*]" can be quoted by another | - |
| 5532 | "[*]", so it will replace two place holders by one and | - |
| 5533 | a single last one by either "*" or nothing depending on | - |
| 5534 | the modified flag. | - |
| 5535 | | - |
| 5536 | \internal | - |
| 5537 | */ | - |
| 5538 | QString qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(const QString &title, const QWidget *widget) | - |
| 5539 | { | - |
| 5540 | Q_ASSERT(widget); | - |
| 5541 | | - |
| 5542 | #ifdef QT_EVAL | - |
| 5543 | extern QString qt_eval_adapt_window_title(const QString &title); | - |
| 5544 | QString cap = qt_eval_adapt_window_title(title); | - |
| 5545 | #else | - |
| 5546 | QString cap = title; | - |
| 5547 | #endif | - |
| 5548 | | - |
| 5549 | if (cap.isEmpty()) | - |
| 5550 | return cap; | - |
| 5551 | | - |
| 5552 | QLatin1String placeHolder("[*]"); | - |
| 5553 | int index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder); | - |
| 5554 | | - |
| 5555 | // here the magic begins | - |
| 5556 | while (index != -1) { | - |
| 5557 | index += placeHolder.size(); | - |
| 5558 | int count = 1; | - |
| 5559 | while (cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index) == index) { | - |
| 5560 | ++count; | - |
| 5561 | index += placeHolder.size(); | - |
| 5562 | } | - |
| 5563 | | - |
| 5564 | if (count%2) { // odd number of [*] -> replace last one | - |
| 5565 | int lastIndex = cap.lastIndexOf(placeHolder, index - 1); | - |
| 5566 | if (widget->isWindowModified() | - |
| 5567 | && widget->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TitleBar_ModifyNotification, 0, widget)) | - |
| 5568 | cap.replace(lastIndex, 3, QWidget::tr("*")); | - |
| 5569 | else | - |
| 5570 | cap.remove(lastIndex, 3); | - |
| 5571 | } | - |
| 5572 | | - |
| 5573 | index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index); | - |
| 5574 | } | - |
| 5575 | | - |
| 5576 | cap.replace(QLatin1String("[*][*]"), placeHolder); | - |
| 5577 | | - |
| 5578 | return cap; | - |
| 5579 | } | - |
| 5580 | | - |
| 5581 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowTitle_helper(const QString &title) | - |
| 5582 | { | - |
| 5583 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 5584 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 5585 | setWindowTitle_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q)); | - |
| 5586 | } | - |
| 5587 | | - |
| 5588 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIconText_helper(const QString &title) | - |
| 5589 | { | - |
| 5590 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 5591 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 5592 | setWindowIconText_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q)); | - |
| 5593 | } | - |
| 5594 | | - |
| 5595 | void QWidget::setWindowIconText(const QString &iconText) | - |
| 5596 | { | - |
| 5597 | if (QWidget::windowIconText() == iconText) | - |
| 5598 | return; | - |
| 5599 | | - |
| 5600 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5601 | d->topData()->iconText = iconText; | - |
| 5602 | d->setWindowIconText_helper(iconText); | - |
| 5603 | | - |
| 5604 | QEvent e(QEvent::IconTextChange); | - |
| 5605 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 5606 | } | - |
| 5607 | | - |
| 5608 | void QWidget::setWindowTitle(const QString &title) | - |
| 5609 | { | - |
| 5610 | if (QWidget::windowTitle() == title && !title.isEmpty() && !title.isNull()) | - |
| 5611 | return; | - |
| 5612 | | - |
| 5613 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5614 | d->topData()->caption = title; | - |
| 5615 | d->setWindowTitle_helper(title); | - |
| 5616 | | - |
| 5617 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowTitleChange); | - |
| 5618 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 5619 | } | - |
| 5620 | | - |
| 5621 | | - |
| 5622 | /*! | - |
| 5623 | \property QWidget::windowIcon | - |
| 5624 | \brief the widget's icon | - |
| 5625 | | - |
| 5626 | This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon | - |
| 5627 | has been set, windowIcon() returns the application icon | - |
| 5628 | (QApplication::windowIcon()). | - |
| 5629 | | - |
| 5630 | \sa windowIconText, windowTitle | - |
| 5631 | */ | - |
| 5632 | QIcon QWidget::windowIcon() const | - |
| 5633 | { | - |
| 5634 | const QWidget *w = this; | - |
| 5635 | while (w) { | - |
| 5636 | const QWidgetPrivate *d = w->d_func(); | - |
| 5637 | if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->icon) | - |
| 5638 | return *d->extra->topextra->icon; | - |
| 5639 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 5640 | } | - |
| 5641 | return QApplication::windowIcon(); | - |
| 5642 | } | - |
| 5643 | | - |
| 5644 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIcon_helper() | - |
| 5645 | { | - |
| 5646 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowIconChange); | - |
| 5647 | QApplication::sendEvent(q_func(), &e); | - |
| 5648 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 5649 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 5650 | if (w && !w->isWindow()) | - |
| 5651 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e); | - |
| 5652 | } | - |
| 5653 | } | - |
| 5654 | | - |
| 5655 | void QWidget::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon) | - |
| 5656 | { | - |
| 5657 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5658 | | - |
| 5659 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon, !icon.isNull()); | - |
| 5660 | d->createTLExtra(); | - |
| 5661 | | - |
| 5662 | if (!d->extra->topextra->icon) | - |
| 5663 | d->extra->topextra->icon = new QIcon(); | - |
| 5664 | *d->extra->topextra->icon = icon; | - |
| 5665 | | - |
| 5666 | d->setWindowIcon_sys(); | - |
| 5667 | d->setWindowIcon_helper(); | - |
| 5668 | } | - |
| 5669 | | - |
| 5670 | | - |
| 5671 | /*! | - |
| 5672 | \property QWidget::windowIconText | - |
| 5673 | \brief the widget's icon text | - |
| 5674 | | - |
| 5675 | This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon | - |
| 5676 | text has been set, this functions returns an empty string. | - |
| 5677 | | - |
| 5678 | \sa windowIcon, windowTitle | - |
| 5679 | */ | - |
| 5680 | | - |
| 5681 | QString QWidget::windowIconText() const | - |
| 5682 | { | - |
| 5683 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5684 | return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconText : QString(); | - |
| 5685 | } | - |
| 5686 | | - |
| 5687 | /*! | - |
| 5688 | \property QWidget::windowFilePath | - |
| 5689 | \since 4.4 | - |
| 5690 | \brief the file path associated with a widget | - |
| 5691 | | - |
| 5692 | This property only makes sense for windows. It associates a file path with | - |
| 5693 | a window. If you set the file path, but have not set the window title, Qt | - |
| 5694 | sets the window title to the file name of the specified path, obtained using | - |
| 5695 | QFileInfo::fileName(). | - |
| 5696 | | - |
| 5697 | If the window title is set at any point, then the window title takes precedence and | - |
| 5698 | will be shown instead of the file path string. | - |
| 5699 | | - |
| 5700 | Additionally, on Mac OS X, this has an added benefit that it sets the | - |
| 5701 | \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/XHIGWindows/chapter_17_section_3.html}{proxy icon} | - |
| 5702 | for the window, assuming that the file path exists. | - |
| 5703 | | - |
| 5704 | If no file path is set, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 5705 | | - |
| 5706 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 5707 | | - |
| 5708 | \sa windowTitle, windowIcon | - |
| 5709 | */ | - |
| 5710 | | - |
| 5711 | QString QWidget::windowFilePath() const | - |
| 5712 | { | - |
| 5713 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5714 | return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->filePath : QString(); | - |
| 5715 | } | - |
| 5716 | | - |
| 5717 | void QWidget::setWindowFilePath(const QString &filePath) | - |
| 5718 | { | - |
| 5719 | if (filePath == windowFilePath()) | - |
| 5720 | return; | - |
| 5721 | | - |
| 5722 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5723 | | - |
| 5724 | d->createTLExtra(); | - |
| 5725 | d->extra->topextra->filePath = filePath; | - |
| 5726 | d->setWindowFilePath_helper(filePath); | - |
| 5727 | } | - |
| 5728 | | - |
| 5729 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowFilePath_helper(const QString &filePath) | - |
| 5730 | { | - |
| 5731 | if (extra->topextra && extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 5732 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 5733 | setWindowTitle_helper(QFileInfo(filePath).fileName()); | - |
| 5734 | #else | - |
| 5735 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 5736 | Q_UNUSED(filePath); | - |
| 5737 | setWindowTitle_helper(q->windowTitle()); | - |
| 5738 | #endif | - |
| 5739 | } | - |
| 5740 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 5741 | setWindowFilePath_sys(filePath); | - |
| 5742 | #endif | - |
| 5743 | } | - |
| 5744 | | - |
| 5745 | /*! | - |
| 5746 | Returns the window's role, or an empty string. | - |
| 5747 | | - |
| 5748 | \sa windowIcon, windowTitle | - |
| 5749 | */ | - |
| 5750 | | - |
| 5751 | QString QWidget::windowRole() const | - |
| 5752 | { | - |
| 5753 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5754 | return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->role : QString(); | - |
| 5755 | } | - |
| 5756 | | - |
| 5757 | /*! | - |
| 5758 | Sets the window's role to \a role. This only makes sense for | - |
| 5759 | windows on X11. | - |
| 5760 | */ | - |
| 5761 | void QWidget::setWindowRole(const QString &role) | - |
| 5762 | { | - |
| 5763 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 5764 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5765 | d->topData()->role = role; | - |
| 5766 | d->setWindowRole(); | - |
| 5767 | #else | - |
| 5768 | Q_UNUSED(role) | - |
| 5769 | #endif | - |
| 5770 | } | - |
| 5771 | | - |
| 5772 | /*! | - |
| 5773 | \property QWidget::mouseTracking | - |
| 5774 | \brief whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget | - |
| 5775 | | - |
| 5776 | If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only | - |
| 5777 | receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is | - |
| 5778 | pressed while the mouse is being moved. | - |
| 5779 | | - |
| 5780 | If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move | - |
| 5781 | events even if no buttons are pressed. | - |
| 5782 | | - |
| 5783 | \sa mouseMoveEvent() | - |
| 5784 | */ | - |
| 5785 | | - |
| 5786 | | - |
| 5787 | /*! | - |
| 5788 | Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \a w. If \a w is 0, the | - |
| 5789 | function resets this widget to have no focus proxy. | - |
| 5790 | | - |
| 5791 | Some widgets can "have focus", but create a child widget, such as | - |
| 5792 | QLineEdit, to actually handle the focus. In this case, the widget | - |
| 5793 | can set the line edit to be its focus proxy. | - |
| 5794 | | - |
| 5795 | setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when | - |
| 5796 | "this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, setFocus() and | - |
| 5797 | hasFocus() operate on the focus proxy. | - |
| 5798 | | - |
| 5799 | \sa focusProxy() | - |
| 5800 | */ | - |
| 5801 | | - |
| 5802 | void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget * w) | - |
| 5803 | { | - |
| 5804 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 5805 | if (!w && !d->extra) | - |
| 5806 | return; | - |
| 5807 | | - |
| 5808 | for (QWidget* fp = w; fp; fp = fp->focusProxy()) { | - |
| 5809 | if (fp == this) { | - |
| 5810 | qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) already in focus proxy chain", metaObject()->className(), objectName().toLocal8Bit().constData()); | - |
| 5811 | return; | - |
| 5812 | } | - |
| 5813 | } | - |
| 5814 | | - |
| 5815 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 5816 | d->extra->focus_proxy = w; | - |
| 5817 | } | - |
| 5818 | | - |
| 5819 | | - |
| 5820 | /*! | - |
| 5821 | Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy. | - |
| 5822 | | - |
| 5823 | \sa setFocusProxy() | - |
| 5824 | */ | - |
| 5825 | | - |
| 5826 | QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy() const | - |
| 5827 | { | - |
| 5828 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 5829 | return d->extra ? (QWidget *)d->extra->focus_proxy : 0; | - |
| 5830 | } | - |
| 5831 | | - |
| 5832 | | - |
| 5833 | /*! | - |
| 5834 | \property QWidget::focus | - |
| 5835 | \brief whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard | - |
| 5836 | input focus | - |
| 5837 | | - |
| 5838 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 5839 | | - |
| 5840 | \note Obtaining the value of this property for a widget is effectively equivalent | - |
| 5841 | to checking whether QApplication::focusWidget() refers to the widget. | - |
| 5842 | | - |
| 5843 | \sa setFocus(), clearFocus(), setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget() | - |
| 5844 | */ | - |
| 5845 | bool QWidget::hasFocus() const | - |
| 5846 | { | - |
| 5847 | const QWidget* w = this; | - |
| 5848 | while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) | - |
| 5849 | w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; | - |
| 5850 | if (QWidget *window = w->window()) { | - |
| 5851 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5852 | QWExtra *e = window->d_func()->extra; | - |
| 5853 | if (e && e->proxyWidget && e->proxyWidget->hasFocus() && window->focusWidget() == w) | - |
| 5854 | return true; | - |
| 5855 | #endif | - |
| 5856 | } | - |
| 5857 | return (QApplication::focusWidget() == w); | - |
| 5858 | } | - |
| 5859 | | - |
| 5860 | /*! | - |
| 5861 | Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus | - |
| 5862 | proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the \l{isActiveWindow()}{active window}. The \a reason argument will | - |
| 5863 | be passed into any focus event sent from this function, it is used | - |
| 5864 | to give an explanation of what caused the widget to get focus. | - |
| 5865 | If the window is not active, the widget will be given the focus when | - |
| 5866 | the window becomes active. | - |
| 5867 | | - |
| 5868 | First, a focus about to change event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to | - |
| 5869 | tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then focus is changed, a | - |
| 5870 | focus out event is sent to the previous focus item and a focus in event is sent | - |
| 5871 | to the new item to tell it that it just received the focus. | - |
| 5872 | (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the | - |
| 5873 | same.) | - |
| 5874 | | - |
| 5875 | \note On embedded platforms, setFocus() will not cause an input panel | - |
| 5876 | to be opened by the input method. If you want this to happen, you | - |
| 5877 | have to send a QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel event to the | - |
| 5878 | widget yourself. | - |
| 5879 | | - |
| 5880 | setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy, | - |
| 5881 | but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()). | - |
| 5882 | | - |
| 5883 | Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus | - |
| 5884 | until it is shown. | - |
| 5885 | | - |
| 5886 | \warning If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be | - |
| 5887 | called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an | - |
| 5888 | infinite recursion. | - |
| 5889 | | - |
| 5890 | \sa hasFocus(), clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), | - |
| 5891 | setFocusPolicy(), focusWidget(), QApplication::focusWidget(), grabKeyboard(), | - |
| 5892 | grabMouse(), {Keyboard Focus in Widgets}, QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel | - |
| 5893 | */ | - |
| 5894 | | - |
| 5895 | void QWidget::setFocus(Qt::FocusReason reason) | - |
| 5896 | { | - |
| 5897 | if (!isEnabled()) | - |
| 5898 | return; | - |
| 5899 | | - |
| 5900 | QWidget *f = this; | - |
| 5901 | while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) | - |
| 5902 | f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; | - |
| 5903 | | - |
| 5904 | if (QApplication::focusWidget() == f | - |
| 5905 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 5906 | && GetFocus() == f->internalWinId() | - |
| 5907 | #endif | - |
| 5908 | ) | - |
| 5909 | return; | - |
| 5910 | | - |
| 5911 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5912 | QWidget *previousProxyFocus = 0; | - |
| 5913 | if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { | - |
| 5914 | if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) { | - |
| 5915 | previousProxyFocus = topData->proxyWidget->widget()->focusWidget(); | - |
| 5916 | if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus->focusProxy()) | - |
| 5917 | previousProxyFocus = previousProxyFocus->focusProxy(); | - |
| 5918 | if (previousProxyFocus == this && !topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->proxyIsGivingFocus) | - |
| 5919 | return; | - |
| 5920 | } | - |
| 5921 | } | - |
| 5922 | #endif | - |
| 5923 | | - |
| 5924 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5925 | // Update proxy state | - |
| 5926 | if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { | - |
| 5927 | if (topData->proxyWidget && !topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) { | - |
| 5928 | f->d_func()->updateFocusChild(); | - |
| 5929 | topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 1; | - |
| 5930 | topData->proxyWidget->setFocus(reason); | - |
| 5931 | topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 0; | - |
| 5932 | } | - |
| 5933 | } | - |
| 5934 | #endif | - |
| 5935 | | - |
| 5936 | if (f->isActiveWindow()) { | - |
| 5937 | QWidget *prev = QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget; | - |
| 5938 | if (prev) { | - |
| 5939 | if (reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason && reason != Qt::MenuBarFocusReason | - |
| 5940 | && prev->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { | - |
| 5941 | qApp->inputMethod()->commit(); | - |
| 5942 | } | - |
| 5943 | | - |
| 5944 | if (reason != Qt::NoFocusReason) { | - |
| 5945 | QFocusEvent focusAboutToChange(QEvent::FocusAboutToChange, reason); | - |
| 5946 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &focusAboutToChange); | - |
| 5947 | } | - |
| 5948 | } | - |
| 5949 | | - |
| 5950 | f->d_func()->updateFocusChild(); | - |
| 5951 | | - |
| 5952 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(f, reason); | - |
| 5953 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 5954 | # ifdef Q_OS_WIN | - |
| 5955 | // The negation of the condition in setFocus_sys | - |
| 5956 | if (!(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window()->windowType() != Qt::Popup && internalWinId())) | - |
| 5957 | //setFocusWidget will already post a focus event for us (that the AT client receives) on Windows | - |
| 5958 | # endif | - |
| 5959 | # ifdef Q_OS_UNIX | - |
| 5960 | // menus update the focus manually and this would create bogus events | - |
| 5961 | if (!(f->inherits("QMenuBar") || f->inherits("QMenu") || f->inherits("QMenuItem"))) | - |
| 5962 | # endif | - |
| 5963 | { | - |
| 5964 | QAccessibleEvent event(f, QAccessible::Focus); | - |
| 5965 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 5966 | } | - |
| 5967 | #endif | - |
| 5968 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5969 | if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { | - |
| 5970 | if (topData->proxyWidget) { | - |
| 5971 | if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus != f) { | - |
| 5972 | // Send event to self | - |
| 5973 | QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusOut, reason); | - |
| 5974 | QPointer<QWidget> that = previousProxyFocus; | - |
| 5975 | QApplication::sendEvent(previousProxyFocus, &event); | - |
| 5976 | if (that) | - |
| 5977 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event); | - |
| 5978 | } | - |
| 5979 | if (!isHidden()) { | - |
| 5980 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 5981 | // Update proxy state | - |
| 5982 | if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) | - |
| 5983 | if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) | - |
| 5984 | topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->updateProxyInputMethodAcceptanceFromWidget(); | - |
| 5985 | #endif | - |
| 5986 | // Send event to self | - |
| 5987 | QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusIn, reason); | - |
| 5988 | QPointer<QWidget> that = f; | - |
| 5989 | QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); | - |
| 5990 | if (that) | - |
| 5991 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event); | - |
| 5992 | } | - |
| 5993 | } | - |
| 5994 | } | - |
| 5995 | #endif | - |
| 5996 | } else { | - |
| 5997 | f->d_func()->updateFocusChild(); | - |
| 5998 | } | - |
| 5999 | | - |
| 6000 | if (QTLWExtra *extra = f->window()->d_func()->maybeTopData()) { | - |
| 6001 | if (extra->window) | - |
| 6002 | emit extra->window->focusObjectChanged(f); | - |
| 6003 | } | - |
| 6004 | } | - |
| 6005 | | - |
| 6006 | // updates focus_child on parent widgets to point into this widget | - |
| 6007 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateFocusChild() | - |
| 6008 | { | - |
| 6009 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 6010 | | - |
| 6011 | QWidget *w = q; | - |
| 6012 | if (q->isHidden()) { | - |
| 6013 | while (w && w->isHidden()) { | - |
| 6014 | w->d_func()->focus_child = q; | - |
| 6015 | w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 6016 | } | - |
| 6017 | } else { | - |
| 6018 | while (w) { | - |
| 6019 | w->d_func()->focus_child = q; | - |
| 6020 | w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 6021 | } | - |
| 6022 | } | - |
| 6023 | } | - |
| 6024 | | - |
| 6025 | /*! | - |
| 6026 | \fn void QWidget::setFocus() | - |
| 6027 | \overload | - |
| 6028 | | - |
| 6029 | Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus | - |
| 6030 | proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the | - |
| 6031 | \l{isActiveWindow()}{active window}. | - |
| 6032 | */ | - |
| 6033 | | - |
| 6034 | /*! | - |
| 6035 | Takes keyboard input focus from the widget. | - |
| 6036 | | - |
| 6037 | If the widget has active focus, a \l{focusOutEvent()}{focus out event} is sent to this widget to tell it that it has | - |
| 6038 | lost the focus. | - |
| 6039 | | - |
| 6040 | This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard | - |
| 6041 | input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy(). | - |
| 6042 | | - |
| 6043 | \sa hasFocus(), setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), | - |
| 6044 | setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget() | - |
| 6045 | */ | - |
| 6046 | | - |
| 6047 | void QWidget::clearFocus() | - |
| 6048 | { | - |
| 6049 | if (hasFocus()) { | - |
| 6050 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) | - |
| 6051 | qApp->inputMethod()->commit(); | - |
| 6052 | | - |
| 6053 | QFocusEvent focusAboutToChange(QEvent::FocusAboutToChange); | - |
| 6054 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &focusAboutToChange); | - |
| 6055 | } | - |
| 6056 | | - |
| 6057 | QWidget *w = this; | - |
| 6058 | while (w) { | - |
| 6059 | if (w->d_func()->focus_child == this) | - |
| 6060 | w->d_func()->focus_child = 0; | - |
| 6061 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 6062 | } | - |
| 6063 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 6064 | QWExtra *topData = d_func()->extra; | - |
| 6065 | if (topData && topData->proxyWidget) | - |
| 6066 | topData->proxyWidget->clearFocus(); | - |
| 6067 | #endif | - |
| 6068 | | - |
| 6069 | if (hasFocus()) { | - |
| 6070 | // Update proxy state | - |
| 6071 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::OtherFocusReason); | - |
| 6072 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 6073 | if (!(windowType() == Qt::Popup) && GetFocus() == internalWinId()) | - |
| 6074 | SetFocus(0); | - |
| 6075 | else | - |
| 6076 | #endif | - |
| 6077 | { | - |
| 6078 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 6079 | QAccessibleEvent event(this, QAccessible::Focus); | - |
| 6080 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 6081 | #endif | - |
| 6082 | } | - |
| 6083 | } | - |
| 6084 | } | - |
| 6085 | | - |
| 6086 | | - |
| 6087 | /*! | - |
| 6088 | \fn bool QWidget::focusNextChild() | - |
| 6089 | | - |
| 6090 | Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate | - |
| 6091 | for \uicontrol Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, or | - |
| 6092 | false if it can't. | - |
| 6093 | | - |
| 6094 | \sa focusPreviousChild() | - |
| 6095 | */ | - |
| 6096 | | - |
| 6097 | /*! | - |
| 6098 | \fn bool QWidget::focusPreviousChild() | - |
| 6099 | | - |
| 6100 | Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate | - |
| 6101 | for \uicontrol Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, | - |
| 6102 | or false if it can't. | - |
| 6103 | | - |
| 6104 | \sa focusNextChild() | - |
| 6105 | */ | - |
| 6106 | | - |
| 6107 | /*! | - |
| 6108 | Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate | - |
| 6109 | for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new | - |
| 6110 | widget, or false if it can't. | - |
| 6111 | | - |
| 6112 | If \a next is true, this function searches forward, if \a next | - |
| 6113 | is false, it searches backward. | - |
| 6114 | | - |
| 6115 | Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For | - |
| 6116 | example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current | - |
| 6117 | active link" forward or backward, and call | - |
| 6118 | focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or | - |
| 6119 | first link on the "page". | - |
| 6120 | | - |
| 6121 | Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets, | - |
| 6122 | but only the window that contains the child widgets decides where | - |
| 6123 | to redirect focus. By reimplementing this function for an object, | - |
| 6124 | you thus gain control of focus traversal for all child widgets. | - |
| 6125 | | - |
| 6126 | \sa focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild() | - |
| 6127 | */ | - |
| 6128 | | - |
| 6129 | bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(bool next) | - |
| 6130 | { | - |
| 6131 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6132 | QWidget* p = parentWidget(); | - |
| 6133 | bool isSubWindow = (windowType() == Qt::SubWindow); | - |
| 6134 | if (!isWindow() && !isSubWindow && p) | - |
| 6135 | return p->focusNextPrevChild(next); | - |
| 6136 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 6137 | if (d->extra && d->extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 6138 | return d->extra->proxyWidget->focusNextPrevChild(next); | - |
| 6139 | #endif | - |
| 6140 | QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(this, next); | - |
| 6141 | if (!w) return false; | - |
| 6142 | | - |
| 6143 | w->setFocus(next ? Qt::TabFocusReason : Qt::BacktabFocusReason); | - |
| 6144 | return true; | - |
| 6145 | } | - |
| 6146 | | - |
| 6147 | /*! | - |
| 6148 | Returns the last child of this widget that setFocus had been | - |
| 6149 | called on. For top level widgets this is the widget that will get | - |
| 6150 | focus in case this window gets activated | - |
| 6151 | | - |
| 6152 | This is not the same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns | - |
| 6153 | the focus widget in the currently active window. | - |
| 6154 | */ | - |
| 6155 | | - |
| 6156 | QWidget *QWidget::focusWidget() const | - |
| 6157 | { | - |
| 6158 | return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_child); | - |
| 6159 | } | - |
| 6160 | | - |
| 6161 | /*! | - |
| 6162 | Returns the next widget in this widget's focus chain. | - |
| 6163 | | - |
| 6164 | \sa previousInFocusChain() | - |
| 6165 | */ | - |
| 6166 | QWidget *QWidget::nextInFocusChain() const | - |
| 6167 | { | - |
| 6168 | return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_next); | - |
| 6169 | } | - |
| 6170 | | - |
| 6171 | /*! | - |
| 6172 | \brief The previousInFocusChain function returns the previous | - |
| 6173 | widget in this widget's focus chain. | - |
| 6174 | | - |
| 6175 | \sa nextInFocusChain() | - |
| 6176 | | - |
| 6177 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 6178 | */ | - |
| 6179 | QWidget *QWidget::previousInFocusChain() const | - |
| 6180 | { | - |
| 6181 | return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_prev); | - |
| 6182 | } | - |
| 6183 | | - |
| 6184 | /*! | - |
| 6185 | \property QWidget::isActiveWindow | - |
| 6186 | \brief whether this widget's window is the active window | - |
| 6187 | | - |
| 6188 | The active window is the window that contains the widget that has | - |
| 6189 | keyboard focus (The window may still have focus if it has no | - |
| 6190 | widgets or none of its widgets accepts keyboard focus). | - |
| 6191 | | - |
| 6192 | When popup windows are visible, this property is true for both the | - |
| 6193 | active window \e and for the popup. | - |
| 6194 | | - |
| 6195 | By default, this property is false. | - |
| 6196 | | - |
| 6197 | \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow() | - |
| 6198 | */ | - |
| 6199 | bool QWidget::isActiveWindow() const | - |
| 6200 | { | - |
| 6201 | QWidget *tlw = window(); | - |
| 6202 | if(tlw == QApplication::activeWindow() || (isVisible() && (tlw->windowType() == Qt::Popup))) | - |
| 6203 | return true; | - |
| 6204 | | - |
| 6205 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 6206 | if (QWExtra *tlwExtra = tlw->d_func()->extra) { | - |
| 6207 | if (isVisible() && tlwExtra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 6208 | return tlwExtra->proxyWidget->isActiveWindow(); | - |
| 6209 | } | - |
| 6210 | #endif | - |
| 6211 | | - |
| 6212 | if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, this)) { | - |
| 6213 | if(tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool && | - |
| 6214 | !tlw->isModal() && | - |
| 6215 | (!tlw->parentWidget() || tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow())) | - |
| 6216 | return true; | - |
| 6217 | QWidget *w = QApplication::activeWindow(); | - |
| 6218 | while(w && tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool && | - |
| 6219 | !w->isModal() && w->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 6220 | w = w->parentWidget()->window(); | - |
| 6221 | if(w == tlw) | - |
| 6222 | return true; | - |
| 6223 | } | - |
| 6224 | } | - |
| 6225 | | - |
| 6226 | // Check if platform adaptation thinks the window is active. This is necessary for | - |
| 6227 | // example in case of ActiveQt servers that are embedded into another application. | - |
| 6228 | // Those are separate processes that are not part of the parent application Qt window/widget | - |
| 6229 | // hierarchy, so they need to rely on native methods to determine if they are part of the | - |
| 6230 | // active window. | - |
| 6231 | if (const QWindow *w = tlw->windowHandle()) { | - |
| 6232 | if (w->handle()) | - |
| 6233 | return w->handle()->isActive(); | - |
| 6234 | } | - |
| 6235 | | - |
| 6236 | return false; | - |
| 6237 | } | - |
| 6238 | | - |
| 6239 | /*! | - |
| 6240 | Puts the \a second widget after the \a first widget in the focus order. | - |
| 6241 | | - |
| 6242 | Note that since the tab order of the \a second widget is changed, you | - |
| 6243 | should order a chain like this: | - |
| 6244 | | - |
| 6245 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 9 | - |
| 6246 | | - |
| 6247 | \e not like this: | - |
| 6248 | | - |
| 6249 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 10 | - |
| 6250 | | - |
| 6251 | If \a first or \a second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder() | - |
| 6252 | correctly substitutes the proxy. | - |
| 6253 | | - |
| 6254 | \sa setFocusPolicy(), setFocusProxy(), {Keyboard Focus in Widgets} | - |
| 6255 | */ | - |
| 6256 | void QWidget::setTabOrder(QWidget* first, QWidget *second) | - |
| 6257 | { | - |
| 6258 | if (!first || !second || first->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus || second->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus) | - |
| 6259 | return; | - |
| 6260 | | - |
| 6261 | if (first->window() != second->window()) { | - |
| 6262 | qWarning("QWidget::setTabOrder: 'first' and 'second' must be in the same window"); | - |
| 6263 | return; | - |
| 6264 | } | - |
| 6265 | | - |
| 6266 | QWidget *fp = first->focusProxy(); | - |
| 6267 | if (fp) { | - |
| 6268 | // If first is redirected, set first to the last child of first | - |
| 6269 | // that can take keyboard focus so that second is inserted after | - |
| 6270 | // that last child, and the focus order within first is (more | - |
| 6271 | // likely to be) preserved. | - |
| 6272 | QList<QWidget *> l = first->findChildren<QWidget *>(); | - |
| 6273 | for (int i = l.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) { | - |
| 6274 | QWidget * next = l.at(i); | - |
| 6275 | if (next->window() == fp->window()) { | - |
| 6276 | fp = next; | - |
| 6277 | if (fp->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus) | - |
| 6278 | break; | - |
| 6279 | } | - |
| 6280 | } | - |
| 6281 | first = fp; | - |
| 6282 | } | - |
| 6283 | | - |
| 6284 | if (fp == second) | - |
| 6285 | return; | - |
| 6286 | | - |
| 6287 | if (QWidget *sp = second->focusProxy()) | - |
| 6288 | second = sp; | - |
| 6289 | | - |
| 6290 | // QWidget *fp = first->d_func()->focus_prev; | - |
| 6291 | QWidget *fn = first->d_func()->focus_next; | - |
| 6292 | | - |
| 6293 | if (fn == second || first == second) | - |
| 6294 | return; | - |
| 6295 | | - |
| 6296 | QWidget *sp = second->d_func()->focus_prev; | - |
| 6297 | QWidget *sn = second->d_func()->focus_next; | - |
| 6298 | | - |
| 6299 | fn->d_func()->focus_prev = second; | - |
| 6300 | first->d_func()->focus_next = second; | - |
| 6301 | | - |
| 6302 | second->d_func()->focus_next = fn; | - |
| 6303 | second->d_func()->focus_prev = first; | - |
| 6304 | | - |
| 6305 | sp->d_func()->focus_next = sn; | - |
| 6306 | sn->d_func()->focus_prev = sp; | - |
| 6307 | | - |
| 6308 | | - |
| 6309 | Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == first); | - |
| 6310 | Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == first); | - |
| 6311 | | - |
| 6312 | Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == second); | - |
| 6313 | Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == second); | - |
| 6314 | } | - |
| 6315 | | - |
| 6316 | /*!\internal | - |
| 6317 | | - |
| 6318 | Moves the relevant subwidgets of this widget from the \a oldtlw's | - |
| 6319 | tab chain to that of the new parent, if there's anything to move and | - |
| 6320 | we're really moving | - |
| 6321 | | - |
| 6322 | This function is called from QWidget::reparent() *after* the widget | - |
| 6323 | has been reparented. | - |
| 6324 | | - |
| 6325 | \sa reparent() | - |
| 6326 | */ | - |
| 6327 | | - |
| 6328 | void QWidgetPrivate::reparentFocusWidgets(QWidget * oldtlw) | - |
| 6329 | { | - |
| 6330 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 6331 | if (oldtlw == q->window()) | - |
| 6332 | return; // nothing to do | - |
| 6333 | | - |
| 6334 | if(focus_child) | - |
| 6335 | focus_child->clearFocus(); | - |
| 6336 | | - |
| 6337 | // separate the focus chain into new (children of myself) and old (the rest) | - |
| 6338 | QWidget *firstOld = 0; | - |
| 6339 | //QWidget *firstNew = q; //invariant | - |
| 6340 | QWidget *o = 0; // last in the old list | - |
| 6341 | QWidget *n = q; // last in the new list | - |
| 6342 | | - |
| 6343 | bool prevWasNew = true; | - |
| 6344 | QWidget *w = focus_next; | - |
| 6345 | | - |
| 6346 | //Note: for efficiency, we do not maintain the list invariant inside the loop | - |
| 6347 | //we append items to the relevant list, and we optimize by not changing pointers | - |
| 6348 | //when subsequent items are going into the same list. | - |
| 6349 | while (w != q) { | - |
| 6350 | bool currentIsNew = q->isAncestorOf(w); | - |
| 6351 | if (currentIsNew) { | - |
| 6352 | if (!prevWasNew) { | - |
| 6353 | //prev was old -- append to new list | - |
| 6354 | n->d_func()->focus_next = w; | - |
| 6355 | w->d_func()->focus_prev = n; | - |
| 6356 | } | - |
| 6357 | n = w; | - |
| 6358 | } else { | - |
| 6359 | if (prevWasNew) { | - |
| 6360 | //prev was new -- append to old list, if there is one | - |
| 6361 | if (o) { | - |
| 6362 | o->d_func()->focus_next = w; | - |
| 6363 | w->d_func()->focus_prev = o; | - |
| 6364 | } else { | - |
| 6365 | // "create" the old list | - |
| 6366 | firstOld = w; | - |
| 6367 | } | - |
| 6368 | } | - |
| 6369 | o = w; | - |
| 6370 | } | - |
| 6371 | w = w->d_func()->focus_next; | - |
| 6372 | prevWasNew = currentIsNew; | - |
| 6373 | } | - |
| 6374 | | - |
| 6375 | //repair the old list: | - |
| 6376 | if (firstOld) { | - |
| 6377 | o->d_func()->focus_next = firstOld; | - |
| 6378 | firstOld->d_func()->focus_prev = o; | - |
| 6379 | } | - |
| 6380 | | - |
| 6381 | if (!q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 6382 | QWidget *topLevel = q->window(); | - |
| 6383 | //insert new chain into toplevel's chain | - |
| 6384 | | - |
| 6385 | QWidget *prev = topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev; | - |
| 6386 | | - |
| 6387 | topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev = n; | - |
| 6388 | prev->d_func()->focus_next = q; | - |
| 6389 | | - |
| 6390 | focus_prev = prev; | - |
| 6391 | n->d_func()->focus_next = topLevel; | - |
| 6392 | } else { | - |
| 6393 | //repair the new list | - |
| 6394 | n->d_func()->focus_next = q; | - |
| 6395 | focus_prev = n; | - |
| 6396 | } | - |
| 6397 | | - |
| 6398 | } | - |
| 6399 | | - |
| 6400 | /*!\internal | - |
| 6401 | | - |
| 6402 | Measures the shortest distance from a point to a rect. | - |
| 6403 | | - |
| 6404 | This function is called from QDesktopwidget::screen(QPoint) to find the | - |
| 6405 | closest screen for a point. | - |
| 6406 | In directional KeypadNavigation, it is called to find the closest | - |
| 6407 | widget to the current focus widget center. | - |
| 6408 | */ | - |
| 6409 | int QWidgetPrivate::pointToRect(const QPoint &p, const QRect &r) | - |
| 6410 | { | - |
| 6411 | int dx = 0; | - |
| 6412 | int dy = 0; | - |
| 6413 | if (p.x() < r.left()) | - |
| 6414 | dx = r.left() - p.x(); | - |
| 6415 | else if (p.x() > r.right()) | - |
| 6416 | dx = p.x() - r.right(); | - |
| 6417 | if (p.y() < r.top()) | - |
| 6418 | dy = r.top() - p.y(); | - |
| 6419 | else if (p.y() > r.bottom()) | - |
| 6420 | dy = p.y() - r.bottom(); | - |
| 6421 | return dx + dy; | - |
| 6422 | } | - |
| 6423 | | - |
| 6424 | /*! | - |
| 6425 | \property QWidget::frameSize | - |
| 6426 | \brief the size of the widget including any window frame | - |
| 6427 | | - |
| 6428 | By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's | - |
| 6429 | platform and screen geometry. | - |
| 6430 | */ | - |
| 6431 | QSize QWidget::frameSize() const | - |
| 6432 | { | - |
| 6433 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 6434 | if (isWindow() && !(windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { | - |
| 6435 | QRect fs = d->frameStrut(); | - |
| 6436 | return QSize(data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(), | - |
| 6437 | data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom()); | - |
| 6438 | } | - |
| 6439 | return data->crect.size(); | - |
| 6440 | } | - |
| 6441 | | - |
| 6442 | /*! \fn void QWidget::move(int x, int y) | - |
| 6443 | | - |
| 6444 | \overload | - |
| 6445 | | - |
| 6446 | This corresponds to move(QPoint(\a x, \a y)). | - |
| 6447 | */ | - |
| 6448 | | - |
| 6449 | void QWidget::move(const QPoint &p) | - |
| 6450 | { | - |
| 6451 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6452 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved); | - |
| 6453 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { | - |
| 6454 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 6455 | d->topData()->posIncludesFrame = false; | - |
| 6456 | d->setGeometry_sys(p.x() + geometry().x() - QWidget::x(), | - |
| 6457 | p.y() + geometry().y() - QWidget::y(), | - |
| 6458 | width(), height(), true); | - |
| 6459 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 6460 | } else { | - |
| 6461 | // no frame yet: see also QWidgetPrivate::fixPosIncludesFrame(), QWindowPrivate::PositionPolicy. | - |
| 6462 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 6463 | d->topData()->posIncludesFrame = true; | - |
| 6464 | data->crect.moveTopLeft(p); // no frame yet | - |
| 6465 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); | - |
| 6466 | } | - |
| 6467 | } | - |
| 6468 | | - |
| 6469 | /*! \fn void QWidget::resize(int w, int h) | - |
| 6470 | \overload | - |
| 6471 | | - |
| 6472 | This corresponds to resize(QSize(\a w, \a h)). | - |
| 6473 | */ | - |
| 6474 | | - |
| 6475 | void QWidget::resize(const QSize &s) | - |
| 6476 | { | - |
| 6477 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6478 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 6479 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { | - |
| 6480 | d->fixPosIncludesFrame(); | - |
| 6481 | d->setGeometry_sys(geometry().x(), geometry().y(), s.width(), s.height(), false); | - |
| 6482 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 6483 | } else { | - |
| 6484 | data->crect.setSize(s.boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize())); | - |
| 6485 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); | - |
| 6486 | } | - |
| 6487 | } | - |
| 6488 | | - |
| 6489 | void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r) | - |
| 6490 | { | - |
| 6491 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6492 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 6493 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved); | - |
| 6494 | if (isWindow()) | - |
| 6495 | d->topData()->posIncludesFrame = 0; | - |
| 6496 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { | - |
| 6497 | d->setGeometry_sys(r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), true); | - |
| 6498 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 6499 | } else { | - |
| 6500 | data->crect.setTopLeft(r.topLeft()); | - |
| 6501 | data->crect.setSize(r.size().boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize())); | - |
| 6502 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); | - |
| 6503 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); | - |
| 6504 | } | - |
| 6505 | } | - |
| 6506 | | - |
| 6507 | /*! | - |
| 6508 | \since 4.2 | - |
| 6509 | Saves the current geometry and state for top-level widgets. | - |
| 6510 | | - |
| 6511 | To save the geometry when the window closes, you can | - |
| 6512 | implement a close event like this: | - |
| 6513 | | - |
| 6514 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11 | - |
| 6515 | | - |
| 6516 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 6517 | issues with windows. | - |
| 6518 | | - |
| 6519 | Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of | - |
| 6520 | toolbars and dock widgets. | - |
| 6521 | | - |
| 6522 | \sa restoreGeometry(), QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState() | - |
| 6523 | */ | - |
| 6524 | QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const | - |
| 6525 | { | - |
| 6526 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 6527 | // We check if the window was maximized during this invocation. If so, we need to record the | - |
| 6528 | // starting position as 0,0. | - |
| 6529 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 6530 | QRect newFramePosition = frameGeometry(); | - |
| 6531 | QRect newNormalPosition = normalGeometry(); | - |
| 6532 | if(d->topData()->wasMaximized && !(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)) { | - |
| 6533 | // Change the starting position | - |
| 6534 | newFramePosition.moveTo(0, 0); | - |
| 6535 | newNormalPosition.moveTo(0, 0); | - |
| 6536 | } | - |
| 6537 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 6538 | QByteArray array; | - |
| 6539 | QDataStream stream(&array, QIODevice::WriteOnly); | - |
| 6540 | stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); | - |
| 6541 | const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB; | - |
| 6542 | quint16 majorVersion = 1; | - |
| 6543 | quint16 minorVersion = 0; | - |
| 6544 | stream << magicNumber | - |
| 6545 | << majorVersion | - |
| 6546 | << minorVersion | - |
| 6547 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 6548 | << newFramePosition | - |
| 6549 | << newNormalPosition | - |
| 6550 | #else | - |
| 6551 | << frameGeometry() | - |
| 6552 | << normalGeometry() | - |
| 6553 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 6554 | << qint32(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(this)) | - |
| 6555 | << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized) | - |
| 6556 | << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowFullScreen); | - |
| 6557 | return array; | - |
| 6558 | } | - |
| 6559 | | - |
| 6560 | /*! | - |
| 6561 | \since 4.2 | - |
| 6562 | | - |
| 6563 | Restores the geometry and state top-level widgets stored in the | - |
| 6564 | byte array \a geometry. Returns true on success; otherwise | - |
| 6565 | returns false. | - |
| 6566 | | - |
| 6567 | If the restored geometry is off-screen, it will be modified to be | - |
| 6568 | inside the available screen geometry. | - |
| 6569 | | - |
| 6570 | To restore geometry saved using QSettings, you can use code like | - |
| 6571 | this: | - |
| 6572 | | - |
| 6573 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12 | - |
| 6574 | | - |
| 6575 | See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry | - |
| 6576 | issues with windows. | - |
| 6577 | | - |
| 6578 | Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the | - |
| 6579 | state of toolbars and dock widgets. | - |
| 6580 | | - |
| 6581 | \sa saveGeometry(), QSettings, QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState() | - |
| 6582 | */ | - |
| 6583 | bool QWidget::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray &geometry) | - |
| 6584 | { | - |
| 6585 | if (geometry.size() < 4) | - |
| 6586 | return false; | - |
| 6587 | QDataStream stream(geometry); | - |
| 6588 | stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); | - |
| 6589 | | - |
| 6590 | const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB; | - |
| 6591 | quint32 storedMagicNumber; | - |
| 6592 | stream >> storedMagicNumber; | - |
| 6593 | if (storedMagicNumber != magicNumber) | - |
| 6594 | return false; | - |
| 6595 | | - |
| 6596 | const quint16 currentMajorVersion = 1; | - |
| 6597 | quint16 majorVersion = 0; | - |
| 6598 | quint16 minorVersion = 0; | - |
| 6599 | | - |
| 6600 | stream >> majorVersion >> minorVersion; | - |
| 6601 | | - |
| 6602 | if (majorVersion != currentMajorVersion) | - |
| 6603 | return false; | - |
| 6604 | // (Allow all minor versions.) | - |
| 6605 | | - |
| 6606 | QRect restoredFrameGeometry; | - |
| 6607 | QRect restoredNormalGeometry; | - |
| 6608 | qint32 restoredScreenNumber; | - |
| 6609 | quint8 maximized; | - |
| 6610 | quint8 fullScreen; | - |
| 6611 | | - |
| 6612 | stream >> restoredFrameGeometry | - |
| 6613 | >> restoredNormalGeometry | - |
| 6614 | >> restoredScreenNumber | - |
| 6615 | >> maximized | - |
| 6616 | >> fullScreen; | - |
| 6617 | | - |
| 6618 | const int frameHeight = 20; | - |
| 6619 | if (!restoredFrameGeometry.isValid()) | - |
| 6620 | restoredFrameGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0,0), sizeHint()); | - |
| 6621 | | - |
| 6622 | if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) | - |
| 6623 | restoredNormalGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0, frameHeight), sizeHint()); | - |
| 6624 | if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) { | - |
| 6625 | // use the widget's adjustedSize if the sizeHint() doesn't help | - |
| 6626 | restoredNormalGeometry.setSize(restoredNormalGeometry | - |
| 6627 | .size() | - |
| 6628 | .expandedTo(d_func()->adjustedSize())); | - |
| 6629 | } | - |
| 6630 | | - |
| 6631 | const QDesktopWidget * const desktop = QApplication::desktop(); | - |
| 6632 | if (restoredScreenNumber >= desktop->numScreens()) | - |
| 6633 | restoredScreenNumber = desktop->primaryScreen(); | - |
| 6634 | | - |
| 6635 | const QRect availableGeometry = desktop->availableGeometry(restoredScreenNumber); | - |
| 6636 | | - |
| 6637 | // Modify the restored geometry if we are about to restore to coordinates | - |
| 6638 | // that would make the window "lost". This happens if: | - |
| 6639 | // - The restored geometry is completely oustside the available geometry | - |
| 6640 | // - The title bar is outside the available geometry. | - |
| 6641 | // - (Mac only) The window is higher than the available geometry. It must | - |
| 6642 | // be possible to bring the size grip on screen by moving the window. | - |
| 6643 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 6644 | restoredFrameGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height())); | - |
| 6645 | restoredNormalGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height() - frameHeight)); | - |
| 6646 | #endif | - |
| 6647 | | - |
| 6648 | if (!restoredFrameGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) { | - |
| 6649 | restoredFrameGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom())); | - |
| 6650 | restoredFrameGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left())); | - |
| 6651 | restoredFrameGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right())); | - |
| 6652 | } | - |
| 6653 | restoredFrameGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top())); | - |
| 6654 | | - |
| 6655 | if (!restoredNormalGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) { | - |
| 6656 | restoredNormalGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom())); | - |
| 6657 | restoredNormalGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left())); | - |
| 6658 | restoredNormalGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right())); | - |
| 6659 | } | - |
| 6660 | restoredNormalGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top() + frameHeight)); | - |
| 6661 | | - |
| 6662 | if (maximized || fullScreen) { | - |
| 6663 | // set geometry before setting the window state to make | - |
| 6664 | // sure the window is maximized to the right screen. | - |
| 6665 | // Skip on windows: the window is restored into a broken | - |
| 6666 | // half-maximized state. | - |
| 6667 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN | - |
| 6668 | setGeometry(restoredNormalGeometry); | - |
| 6669 | #endif | - |
| 6670 | Qt::WindowStates ws = windowState(); | - |
| 6671 | if (maximized) | - |
| 6672 | ws |= Qt::WindowMaximized; | - |
| 6673 | if (fullScreen) | - |
| 6674 | ws |= Qt::WindowFullScreen; | - |
| 6675 | setWindowState(ws); | - |
| 6676 | d_func()->topData()->normalGeometry = restoredNormalGeometry; | - |
| 6677 | } else { | - |
| 6678 | QPoint offset; | - |
| 6679 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 6680 | if (isFullScreen()) | - |
| 6681 | offset = d_func()->topData()->fullScreenOffset; | - |
| 6682 | #endif | - |
| 6683 | setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMaximized | Qt::WindowFullScreen)); | - |
| 6684 | move(restoredFrameGeometry.topLeft() + offset); | - |
| 6685 | resize(restoredNormalGeometry.size()); | - |
| 6686 | } | - |
| 6687 | return true; | - |
| 6688 | } | - |
| 6689 | | - |
| 6690 | /*!\fn void QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h) | - |
| 6691 | \overload | - |
| 6692 | | - |
| 6693 | This corresponds to setGeometry(QRect(\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)). | - |
| 6694 | */ | - |
| 6695 | | - |
| 6696 | /*! | - |
| 6697 | Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the sizes | - |
| 6698 | \a left, \a top, \a right, and \a bottom. The margins are used by | - |
| 6699 | the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to specify the area | - |
| 6700 | to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame). | - |
| 6701 | | - |
| 6702 | Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent(). | - |
| 6703 | | - |
| 6704 | \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins() | - |
| 6705 | */ | - |
| 6706 | void QWidget::setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) | - |
| 6707 | { | - |
| 6708 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6709 | if (left == d->leftmargin && top == d->topmargin | - |
| 6710 | && right == d->rightmargin && bottom == d->bottommargin) | - |
| 6711 | return; | - |
| 6712 | d->leftmargin = left; | - |
| 6713 | d->topmargin = top; | - |
| 6714 | d->rightmargin = right; | - |
| 6715 | d->bottommargin = bottom; | - |
| 6716 | | - |
| 6717 | if (QLayout *l=d->layout) | - |
| 6718 | l->update(); //force activate; will do updateGeometry | - |
| 6719 | else | - |
| 6720 | updateGeometry(); | - |
| 6721 | | - |
| 6722 | if (isVisible()) { | - |
| 6723 | update(); | - |
| 6724 | QResizeEvent e(data->crect.size(), data->crect.size()); | - |
| 6725 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 6726 | } else { | - |
| 6727 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, true); | - |
| 6728 | } | - |
| 6729 | | - |
| 6730 | QEvent e(QEvent::ContentsRectChange); | - |
| 6731 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 6732 | } | - |
| 6733 | | - |
| 6734 | /*! | - |
| 6735 | \overload | - |
| 6736 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 6737 | | - |
| 6738 | \brief The setContentsMargins function sets the margins around the | - |
| 6739 | widget's contents. | - |
| 6740 | | - |
| 6741 | Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the | - |
| 6742 | sizes determined by \a margins. The margins are | - |
| 6743 | used by the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to | - |
| 6744 | specify the area to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame). | - |
| 6745 | | - |
| 6746 | Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent(). | - |
| 6747 | | - |
| 6748 | \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins() | - |
| 6749 | */ | - |
| 6750 | void QWidget::setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins) | - |
| 6751 | { | - |
| 6752 | setContentsMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(), | - |
| 6753 | margins.right(), margins.bottom()); | - |
| 6754 | } | - |
| 6755 | | - |
| 6756 | /*! | - |
| 6757 | Returns the widget's contents margins for \a left, \a top, \a | - |
| 6758 | right, and \a bottom. | - |
| 6759 | | - |
| 6760 | \sa setContentsMargins(), contentsRect() | - |
| 6761 | */ | - |
| 6762 | void QWidget::getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const | - |
| 6763 | { | - |
| 6764 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 6765 | if (left) | - |
| 6766 | *left = d->leftmargin; | - |
| 6767 | if (top) | - |
| 6768 | *top = d->topmargin; | - |
| 6769 | if (right) | - |
| 6770 | *right = d->rightmargin; | - |
| 6771 | if (bottom) | - |
| 6772 | *bottom = d->bottommargin; | - |
| 6773 | } | - |
| 6774 | | - |
| 6775 | /*! | - |
| 6776 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 6777 | | - |
| 6778 | \brief The contentsMargins function returns the widget's contents margins. | - |
| 6779 | | - |
| 6780 | \sa getContentsMargins(), setContentsMargins(), contentsRect() | - |
| 6781 | */ | - |
| 6782 | QMargins QWidget::contentsMargins() const | - |
| 6783 | { | - |
| 6784 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 6785 | return QMargins(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin, d->rightmargin, d->bottommargin); | - |
| 6786 | } | - |
| 6787 | | - |
| 6788 | | - |
| 6789 | /*! | - |
| 6790 | Returns the area inside the widget's margins. | - |
| 6791 | | - |
| 6792 | \sa setContentsMargins(), getContentsMargins() | - |
| 6793 | */ | - |
| 6794 | QRect QWidget::contentsRect() const | - |
| 6795 | { | - |
| 6796 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 6797 | return QRect(QPoint(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin), | - |
| 6798 | QPoint(data->crect.width() - 1 - d->rightmargin, | - |
| 6799 | data->crect.height() - 1 - d->bottommargin)); | - |
| 6800 | | - |
| 6801 | } | - |
| 6802 | | - |
| 6803 | | - |
| 6804 | | - |
| 6805 | /*! | - |
| 6806 | \fn void QWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &pos) | - |
| 6807 | | - |
| 6808 | This signal is emitted when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is | - |
| 6809 | Qt::CustomContextMenu, and the user has requested a context menu on | - |
| 6810 | the widget. The position \a pos is the position of the context menu | - |
| 6811 | event that the widget receives. Normally this is in widget | - |
| 6812 | coordinates. The exception to this rule is QAbstractScrollArea and | - |
| 6813 | its subclasses that map the context menu event to coordinates of the | - |
| 6814 | \l{QAbstractScrollArea::viewport()}{viewport()}. | - |
| 6815 | | - |
| 6816 | | - |
| 6817 | \sa mapToGlobal(), QMenu, contextMenuPolicy | - |
| 6818 | */ | - |
| 6819 | | - |
| 6820 | | - |
| 6821 | /*! | - |
| 6822 | \property QWidget::contextMenuPolicy | - |
| 6823 | \brief how the widget shows a context menu | - |
| 6824 | | - |
| 6825 | The default value of this property is Qt::DefaultContextMenu, | - |
| 6826 | which means the contextMenuEvent() handler is called. Other values | - |
| 6827 | are Qt::NoContextMenu, Qt::PreventContextMenu, | - |
| 6828 | Qt::ActionsContextMenu, and Qt::CustomContextMenu. With | - |
| 6829 | Qt::CustomContextMenu, the signal customContextMenuRequested() is | - |
| 6830 | emitted. | - |
| 6831 | | - |
| 6832 | \sa contextMenuEvent(), customContextMenuRequested(), actions() | - |
| 6833 | */ | - |
| 6834 | | - |
| 6835 | Qt::ContextMenuPolicy QWidget::contextMenuPolicy() const | - |
| 6836 | { | - |
| 6837 | return (Qt::ContextMenuPolicy)data->context_menu_policy; | - |
| 6838 | } | - |
| 6839 | | - |
| 6840 | void QWidget::setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::ContextMenuPolicy policy) | - |
| 6841 | { | - |
| 6842 | data->context_menu_policy = (uint) policy; | - |
| 6843 | } | - |
| 6844 | | - |
| 6845 | /*! | - |
| 6846 | \property QWidget::focusPolicy | - |
| 6847 | \brief the way the widget accepts keyboard focus | - |
| 6848 | | - |
| 6849 | The policy is Qt::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard | - |
| 6850 | focus by tabbing, Qt::ClickFocus if the widget accepts | - |
| 6851 | focus by clicking, Qt::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and | - |
| 6852 | Qt::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at | - |
| 6853 | all. | - |
| 6854 | | - |
| 6855 | You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes | - |
| 6856 | keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's | - |
| 6857 | constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls | - |
| 6858 | setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus). | - |
| 6859 | | - |
| 6860 | If the widget has a focus proxy, then the focus policy will | - |
| 6861 | be propagated to it. | - |
| 6862 | | - |
| 6863 | \sa focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), enabled | - |
| 6864 | */ | - |
| 6865 | | - |
| 6866 | | - |
| 6867 | Qt::FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy() const | - |
| 6868 | { | - |
| 6869 | return (Qt::FocusPolicy)data->focus_policy; | - |
| 6870 | } | - |
| 6871 | | - |
| 6872 | void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(Qt::FocusPolicy policy) | - |
| 6873 | { | - |
| 6874 | data->focus_policy = (uint) policy; | - |
| 6875 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6876 | if (d->extra && d->extra->focus_proxy) | - |
| 6877 | d->extra->focus_proxy->setFocusPolicy(policy); | - |
| 6878 | } | - |
| 6879 | | - |
| 6880 | /*! | - |
| 6881 | \property QWidget::updatesEnabled | - |
| 6882 | \brief whether updates are enabled | - |
| 6883 | | - |
| 6884 | An updates enabled widget receives paint events and has a system | - |
| 6885 | background; a disabled widget does not. This also implies that | - |
| 6886 | calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are | - |
| 6887 | disabled. | - |
| 6888 | | - |
| 6889 | By default, this property is true. | - |
| 6890 | | - |
| 6891 | setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a | - |
| 6892 | short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during | - |
| 6893 | large changes. In Qt, widgets normally do not generate screen | - |
| 6894 | flicker, but on X11 the server might erase regions on the screen | - |
| 6895 | when widgets get hidden before they can be replaced by other | - |
| 6896 | widgets. Disabling updates solves this. | - |
| 6897 | | - |
| 6898 | Example: | - |
| 6899 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 13 | - |
| 6900 | | - |
| 6901 | Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling a widget | - |
| 6902 | enables all child widgets \e except top-level widgets or those that | - |
| 6903 | have been explicitly disabled. Re-enabling updates implicitly calls | - |
| 6904 | update() on the widget. | - |
| 6905 | | - |
| 6906 | \sa paintEvent() | - |
| 6907 | */ | - |
| 6908 | void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable) | - |
| 6909 | { | - |
| 6910 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 6911 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled, !enable); | - |
| 6912 | d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable); | - |
| 6913 | } | - |
| 6914 | | - |
| 6915 | /*! | - |
| 6916 | Shows the widget and its child widgets. This function is | - |
| 6917 | equivalent to setVisible(true) in the normal case, and equivalent | - |
| 6918 | to showFullScreen() if the QStyleHints::showIsFullScreen() hint | - |
| 6919 | is true. | - |
| 6920 | | - |
| 6921 | \sa raise(), showEvent(), hide(), setVisible(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), | - |
| 6922 | showNormal(), isVisible() | - |
| 6923 | */ | - |
| 6924 | void QWidget::show() | - |
| 6925 | { | - |
| 6926 | if (isWindow() && qApp->styleHints()->showIsFullScreen()) | - |
| 6927 | showFullScreen(); | - |
| 6928 | else | - |
| 6929 | setVisible(true); | - |
| 6930 | } | - |
| 6931 | | - |
| 6932 | /*! \internal | - |
| 6933 | | - |
| 6934 | Makes the widget visible in the isVisible() meaning of the word. | - |
| 6935 | It is only called for toplevels or widgets with visible parents. | - |
| 6936 | */ | - |
| 6937 | void QWidgetPrivate::show_recursive() | - |
| 6938 | { | - |
| 6939 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 6940 | // polish if necessary | - |
| 6941 | | - |
| 6942 | if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 6943 | createRecursively(); | - |
| 6944 | q->ensurePolished(); | - |
| 6945 | | - |
| 6946 | if (!q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout && !q->parentWidget()->data->in_show) | - |
| 6947 | q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->activate(); | - |
| 6948 | // activate our layout before we and our children become visible | - |
| 6949 | if (layout) | - |
| 6950 | layout->activate(); | - |
| 6951 | | - |
| 6952 | show_helper(); | - |
| 6953 | } | - |
| 6954 | | - |
| 6955 | void QWidgetPrivate::sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(bool recursive, bool disableUpdates) | - |
| 6956 | { | - |
| 6957 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 6958 | | - |
| 6959 | disableUpdates = disableUpdates && q->updatesEnabled(); | - |
| 6960 | if (disableUpdates) | - |
| 6961 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled); | - |
| 6962 | | - |
| 6963 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent)) { | - |
| 6964 | QMoveEvent e(data.crect.topLeft(), data.crect.topLeft()); | - |
| 6965 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 6966 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent, false); | - |
| 6967 | } | - |
| 6968 | | - |
| 6969 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent)) { | - |
| 6970 | QResizeEvent e(data.crect.size(), QSize()); | - |
| 6971 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 6972 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, false); | - |
| 6973 | } | - |
| 6974 | | - |
| 6975 | if (disableUpdates) | - |
| 6976 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, false); | - |
| 6977 | | - |
| 6978 | if (!recursive) | - |
| 6979 | return; | - |
| 6980 | | - |
| 6981 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 6982 | if (QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i))) | - |
| 6983 | child->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(recursive, disableUpdates); | - |
| 6984 | } | - |
| 6985 | } | - |
| 6986 | | - |
| 6987 | void QWidgetPrivate::activateChildLayoutsRecursively() | - |
| 6988 | { | - |
| 6989 | sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(false, true); | - |
| 6990 | | - |
| 6991 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 6992 | QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 6993 | if (!child || child->isHidden() || child->isWindow()) | - |
| 6994 | continue; | - |
| 6995 | | - |
| 6996 | child->ensurePolished(); | - |
| 6997 | | - |
| 6998 | // Activate child's layout | - |
| 6999 | QWidgetPrivate *childPrivate = child->d_func(); | - |
| 7000 | if (childPrivate->layout) | - |
| 7001 | childPrivate->layout->activate(); | - |
| 7002 | | - |
| 7003 | // Pretend we're visible. | - |
| 7004 | const bool wasVisible = child->isVisible(); | - |
| 7005 | if (!wasVisible) | - |
| 7006 | child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); | - |
| 7007 | | - |
| 7008 | // Do the same for all my children. | - |
| 7009 | childPrivate->activateChildLayoutsRecursively(); | - |
| 7010 | | - |
| 7011 | // We're not cheating anymore. | - |
| 7012 | if (!wasVisible) | - |
| 7013 | child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); | - |
| 7014 | } | - |
| 7015 | } | - |
| 7016 | | - |
| 7017 | void QWidgetPrivate::show_helper() | - |
| 7018 | { | - |
| 7019 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 7020 | data.in_show = true; // qws optimization | - |
| 7021 | // make sure we receive pending move and resize events | - |
| 7022 | sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(); | - |
| 7023 | | - |
| 7024 | // become visible before showing all children | - |
| 7025 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); | - |
| 7026 | | - |
| 7027 | // finally show all children recursively | - |
| 7028 | showChildren(false); | - |
| 7029 | | - |
| 7030 | | - |
| 7031 | | - |
| 7032 | // popup handling: new popups and tools need to be raised, and | - |
| 7033 | // existing popups must be closed. Also propagate the current | - |
| 7034 | // windows's KeyboardFocusChange status. | - |
| 7035 | if (q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 7036 | if ((q->windowType() == Qt::Tool) || (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) || q->windowType() == Qt::ToolTip) { | - |
| 7037 | q->raise(); | - |
| 7038 | if (q->parentWidget() && q->parentWidget()->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange)) | - |
| 7039 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange); | - |
| 7040 | } else { | - |
| 7041 | while (QApplication::activePopupWidget()) { | - |
| 7042 | if (!QApplication::activePopupWidget()->close()) | - |
| 7043 | break; | - |
| 7044 | } | - |
| 7045 | } | - |
| 7046 | } | - |
| 7047 | | - |
| 7048 | // Automatic embedding of child windows of widgets already embedded into | - |
| 7049 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget when they are shown the first time. | - |
| 7050 | bool isEmbedded = false; | - |
| 7051 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 7052 | if (q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 7053 | isEmbedded = q->graphicsProxyWidget() ? true : false; | - |
| 7054 | if (!isEmbedded && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q)) { | - |
| 7055 | QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()); | - |
| 7056 | if (ancestorProxy) { | - |
| 7057 | isEmbedded = true; | - |
| 7058 | ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(q); | - |
| 7059 | } | - |
| 7060 | } | - |
| 7061 | } | - |
| 7062 | #else | - |
| 7063 | Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded); | - |
| 7064 | #endif | - |
| 7065 | | - |
| 7066 | // On Windows, show the popup now so that our own focus handling | - |
| 7067 | // stores the correct old focus widget even if it's stolen in the | - |
| 7068 | // showevent | - |
| 7069 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 7070 | if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) | - |
| 7071 | qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q); | - |
| 7072 | #endif | - |
| 7073 | | - |
| 7074 | // send the show event before showing the window | - |
| 7075 | QShowEvent showEvent; | - |
| 7076 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &showEvent); | - |
| 7077 | | - |
| 7078 | show_sys(); | - |
| 7079 | | - |
| 7080 | if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) | - |
| 7081 | qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q); | - |
| 7082 | | - |
| 7083 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 7084 | if (q->windowType() != Qt::ToolTip) { // Tooltips are read aloud twice in MS narrator. | - |
| 7085 | QAccessibleEvent event(q, QAccessible::ObjectShow); | - |
| 7086 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 7087 | } | - |
| 7088 | #endif | - |
| 7089 | | - |
| 7090 | if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == q) { | - |
| 7091 | QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; | - |
| 7092 | q->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason); | - |
| 7093 | } | - |
| 7094 | | - |
| 7095 | // Process events when showing a Qt::SplashScreen widget before the event loop | - |
| 7096 | // is spinnning; otherwise it might not show up on particular platforms. | - |
| 7097 | // This makes QSplashScreen behave the same on all platforms. | - |
| 7098 | if (!qApp->d_func()->in_exec && q->windowType() == Qt::SplashScreen) | - |
| 7099 | QApplication::processEvents(); | - |
| 7100 | | - |
| 7101 | data.in_show = false; // reset qws optimization | - |
| 7102 | } | - |
| 7103 | | - |
| 7104 | /*! | - |
| 7105 | Hides the widget. This function is equivalent to | - |
| 7106 | setVisible(false). | - |
| 7107 | | - |
| 7108 | | - |
| 7109 | \note If you are working with QDialog or its subclasses and you invoke | - |
| 7110 | the show() function after this function, the dialog will be displayed in | - |
| 7111 | its original position. | - |
| 7112 | | - |
| 7113 | \sa hideEvent(), isHidden(), show(), setVisible(), isVisible(), close() | - |
| 7114 | */ | - |
| 7115 | void QWidget::hide() | - |
| 7116 | { | - |
| 7117 | setVisible(false); | - |
| 7118 | } | - |
| 7119 | | - |
| 7120 | /*!\internal | - |
| 7121 | */ | - |
| 7122 | void QWidgetPrivate::hide_helper() | - |
| 7123 | { | - |
| 7124 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 7125 | | - |
| 7126 | bool isEmbedded = false; | - |
| 7127 | #if !defined QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 7128 | isEmbedded = q->isWindow() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q) && nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()) != 0; | - |
| 7129 | #else | - |
| 7130 | Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded); | - |
| 7131 | #endif | - |
| 7132 | | - |
| 7133 | if (!isEmbedded && (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)) | - |
| 7134 | qApp->d_func()->closePopup(q); | - |
| 7135 | | - |
| 7136 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 7137 | if (q->isWindow() && !(q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) && q->parentWidget() | - |
| 7138 | && !q->parentWidget()->isHidden() && q->isActiveWindow()) | - |
| 7139 | q->parentWidget()->activateWindow(); // Activate parent | - |
| 7140 | #endif | - |
| 7141 | | - |
| 7142 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false); | - |
| 7143 | hide_sys(); | - |
| 7144 | | - |
| 7145 | bool wasVisible = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); | - |
| 7146 | | - |
| 7147 | if (wasVisible) { | - |
| 7148 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); | - |
| 7149 | | - |
| 7150 | } | - |
| 7151 | | - |
| 7152 | QHideEvent hideEvent; | - |
| 7153 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &hideEvent); | - |
| 7154 | hideChildren(false); | - |
| 7155 | | - |
| 7156 | // next bit tries to move the focus if the focus widget is now | - |
| 7157 | // hidden. | - |
| 7158 | if (wasVisible) { | - |
| 7159 | qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(q); | - |
| 7160 | QWidget *fw = QApplication::focusWidget(); | - |
| 7161 | while (fw && !fw->isWindow()) { | - |
| 7162 | if (fw == q) { | - |
| 7163 | q->focusNextPrevChild(true); | - |
| 7164 | break; | - |
| 7165 | } | - |
| 7166 | fw = fw->parentWidget(); | - |
| 7167 | } | - |
| 7168 | } | - |
| 7169 | | - |
| 7170 | if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) | - |
| 7171 | bs->removeDirtyWidget(q); | - |
| 7172 | | - |
| 7173 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 7174 | if (wasVisible) { | - |
| 7175 | QAccessibleEvent event(q, QAccessible::ObjectHide); | - |
| 7176 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 7177 | } | - |
| 7178 | #endif | - |
| 7179 | } | - |
| 7180 | | - |
| 7181 | /*! | - |
| 7182 | \fn bool QWidget::isHidden() const | - |
| 7183 | | - |
| 7184 | Returns true if the widget is hidden, otherwise returns false. | - |
| 7185 | | - |
| 7186 | A hidden widget will only become visible when show() is called on | - |
| 7187 | it. It will not be automatically shown when the parent is shown. | - |
| 7188 | | - |
| 7189 | To check visibility, use !isVisible() instead (notice the exclamation mark). | - |
| 7190 | | - |
| 7191 | isHidden() implies !isVisible(), but a widget can be not visible | - |
| 7192 | and not hidden at the same time. This is the case for widgets that are children of | - |
| 7193 | widgets that are not visible. | - |
| 7194 | | - |
| 7195 | | - |
| 7196 | Widgets are hidden if: | - |
| 7197 | \list | - |
| 7198 | \li they were created as independent windows, | - |
| 7199 | \li they were created as children of visible widgets, | - |
| 7200 | \li hide() or setVisible(false) was called. | - |
| 7201 | \endlist | - |
| 7202 | */ | - |
| 7203 | | - |
| 7204 | | - |
| 7205 | void QWidget::setVisible(bool visible) | - |
| 7206 | { | - |
| 7207 | if (visible) { // show | - |
| 7208 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) | - |
| 7209 | return; | - |
| 7210 | | - |
| 7211 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 7212 | | - |
| 7213 | // Designer uses a trick to make grabWidget work without showing | - |
| 7214 | if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isVisible() | - |
| 7215 | && !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 7216 | parentWidget()->window()->d_func()->createRecursively(); | - |
| 7217 | | - |
| 7218 | //we have to at least create toplevels before applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments | - |
| 7219 | //but not children of non-visible parents | - |
| 7220 | QWidget *pw = parentWidget(); | - |
| 7221 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) | - |
| 7222 | && (isWindow() || pw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))) { | - |
| 7223 | create(); | - |
| 7224 | } | - |
| 7225 | | - |
| 7226 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 7227 | if (windowType() == Qt::Window) | - |
| 7228 | QApplicationPrivate::applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments(this); | - |
| 7229 | #endif | - |
| 7230 | | - |
| 7231 | bool wasResized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 7232 | Qt::WindowStates initialWindowState = windowState(); | - |
| 7233 | | - |
| 7234 | // polish if necessary | - |
| 7235 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 7236 | | - |
| 7237 | // remember that show was called explicitly | - |
| 7238 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide); | - |
| 7239 | // whether we need to inform the parent widget immediately | - |
| 7240 | bool needUpdateGeometry = !isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 7241 | // we are no longer hidden | - |
| 7242 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); | - |
| 7243 | | - |
| 7244 | if (needUpdateGeometry) | - |
| 7245 | d->updateGeometry_helper(true); | - |
| 7246 | | - |
| 7247 | // activate our layout before we and our children become visible | - |
| 7248 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 7249 | d->layout->activate(); | - |
| 7250 | | - |
| 7251 | if (!isWindow()) { | - |
| 7252 | QWidget *parent = parentWidget(); | - |
| 7253 | while (parent && parent->isVisible() && parent->d_func()->layout && !parent->data->in_show) { | - |
| 7254 | parent->d_func()->layout->activate(); | - |
| 7255 | if (parent->isWindow()) | - |
| 7256 | break; | - |
| 7257 | parent = parent->parentWidget(); | - |
| 7258 | } | - |
| 7259 | if (parent) | - |
| 7260 | parent->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 7261 | } | - |
| 7262 | | - |
| 7263 | // adjust size if necessary | - |
| 7264 | if (!wasResized | - |
| 7265 | && (isWindow() || !parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)) { | - |
| 7266 | if (isWindow()) { | - |
| 7267 | adjustSize(); | - |
| 7268 | if (windowState() != initialWindowState) | - |
| 7269 | setWindowState(initialWindowState); | - |
| 7270 | } else { | - |
| 7271 | adjustSize(); | - |
| 7272 | } | - |
| 7273 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false); | - |
| 7274 | } | - |
| 7275 | | - |
| 7276 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange, false); | - |
| 7277 | | - |
| 7278 | if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) { | - |
| 7279 | d->show_helper(); | - |
| 7280 | | - |
| 7281 | qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); | - |
| 7282 | } | - |
| 7283 | | - |
| 7284 | QEvent showToParentEvent(QEvent::ShowToParent); | - |
| 7285 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &showToParentEvent); | - |
| 7286 | } else { // hide | - |
| 7287 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) | - |
| 7288 | return; | - |
| 7289 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 7290 | // reset WS_DISABLED style in a Blocked window | - |
| 7291 | if(isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) | - |
| 7292 | && QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(this)) | - |
| 7293 | { | - |
| 7294 | LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE); | - |
| 7295 | dwStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED; | - |
| 7296 | SetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); | - |
| 7297 | } | - |
| 7298 | #endif | - |
| 7299 | if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == this) | - |
| 7300 | QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; | - |
| 7301 | | - |
| 7302 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 7303 | | - |
| 7304 | // hw: The test on getOpaqueRegion() needs to be more intelligent | - |
| 7305 | // currently it doesn't work if the widget is hidden (the region will | - |
| 7306 | // be clipped). The real check should be testing the cached region | - |
| 7307 | // (and dirty flag) directly. | - |
| 7308 | if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) // && !d->getOpaqueRegion().isEmpty()) | - |
| 7309 | parentWidget()->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 7310 | | - |
| 7311 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 7312 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide); | - |
| 7313 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 7314 | d->hide_helper(); | - |
| 7315 | | - |
| 7316 | // invalidate layout similar to updateGeometry() | - |
| 7317 | if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) { | - |
| 7318 | if (parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) | - |
| 7319 | parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); | - |
| 7320 | else if (parentWidget()->isVisible()) | - |
| 7321 | QApplication::postEvent(parentWidget(), new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest)); | - |
| 7322 | } | - |
| 7323 | | - |
| 7324 | QEvent hideToParentEvent(QEvent::HideToParent); | - |
| 7325 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &hideToParentEvent); | - |
| 7326 | } | - |
| 7327 | } | - |
| 7328 | | - |
| 7329 | /*! | - |
| 7330 | Convenience function, equivalent to setVisible(!\a hidden). | - |
| 7331 | */ | - |
| 7332 | void QWidget::setHidden(bool hidden) | - |
| 7333 | { | - |
| 7334 | setVisible(!hidden); | - |
| 7335 | } | - |
| 7336 | | - |
| 7337 | void QWidgetPrivate::_q_showIfNotHidden() | - |
| 7338 | { | - |
| 7339 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 7340 | if ( !(q->isHidden() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) ) | - |
| 7341 | q->setVisible(true); | - |
| 7342 | } | - |
| 7343 | | - |
| 7344 | void QWidgetPrivate::showChildren(bool spontaneous) | - |
| 7345 | { | - |
| 7346 | QList<QObject*> childList = children; | - |
| 7347 | for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 7348 | QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i)); | - |
| 7349 | if (!widget | - |
| 7350 | || widget->isWindow() | - |
| 7351 | || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) | - |
| 7352 | continue; | - |
| 7353 | if (spontaneous) { | - |
| 7354 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped); | - |
| 7355 | widget->d_func()->showChildren(true); | - |
| 7356 | QShowEvent e; | - |
| 7357 | QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e); | - |
| 7358 | } else { | - |
| 7359 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) | - |
| 7360 | widget->d_func()->show_recursive(); | - |
| 7361 | else | - |
| 7362 | widget->show(); | - |
| 7363 | } | - |
| 7364 | } | - |
| 7365 | } | - |
| 7366 | | - |
| 7367 | void QWidgetPrivate::hideChildren(bool spontaneous) | - |
| 7368 | { | - |
| 7369 | QList<QObject*> childList = children; | - |
| 7370 | for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 7371 | QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i)); | - |
| 7372 | if (!widget || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) | - |
| 7373 | continue; | - |
| 7374 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 7375 | // Before doing anything we need to make sure that we don't leave anything in a non-consistent state. | - |
| 7376 | // When hiding a widget we need to make sure that no mouse_down events are active, because | - |
| 7377 | // the mouse_up event will never be received by a hidden widget or one of its descendants. | - |
| 7378 | // The solution is simple, before going through with this we check if there are any mouse_down events in | - |
| 7379 | // progress, if so we check if it is related to this widget or not. If so, we just reset the mouse_down and | - |
| 7380 | // then we continue. | - |
| 7381 | // In X11 and Windows we send a mouse_release event, however we don't do that here because we were already | - |
| 7382 | // ignoring that from before. I.e. Carbon did not send the mouse release event, so we will not send the | - |
| 7383 | // mouse release event. There are two ways to interpret this: | - |
| 7384 | // 1. If we don't send the mouse release event, the widget might get into an inconsistent state, i.e. it | - |
| 7385 | // might be waiting for a release event that will never arrive. | - |
| 7386 | // 2. If we send the mouse release event, then the widget might decide to trigger an action that is not | - |
| 7387 | // supposed to trigger because it is not visible. | - |
| 7388 | if(widget == qt_button_down) | - |
| 7389 | qt_button_down = 0; | - |
| 7390 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 7391 | if (spontaneous) | - |
| 7392 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false); | - |
| 7393 | else | - |
| 7394 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); | - |
| 7395 | widget->d_func()->hideChildren(spontaneous); | - |
| 7396 | QHideEvent e; | - |
| 7397 | if (spontaneous) { | - |
| 7398 | QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e); | - |
| 7399 | } else { | - |
| 7400 | QApplication::sendEvent(widget, &e); | - |
| 7401 | if (widget->internalWinId() | - |
| 7402 | && widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) { | - |
| 7403 | // hide_sys() on an ancestor won't have any affect on this | - |
| 7404 | // widget, so it needs an explicit hide_sys() of its own | - |
| 7405 | widget->d_func()->hide_sys(); | - |
| 7406 | } | - |
| 7407 | } | - |
| 7408 | qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(widget); | - |
| 7409 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 7410 | if (!spontaneous) { | - |
| 7411 | QAccessibleEvent event(widget, QAccessible::ObjectHide); | - |
| 7412 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 7413 | } | - |
| 7414 | #endif | - |
| 7415 | } | - |
| 7416 | } | - |
| 7417 | | - |
| 7418 | bool QWidgetPrivate::close_helper(CloseMode mode) | - |
| 7419 | { | - |
| 7420 | if (data.is_closing) | - |
| 7421 | return true; | - |
| 7422 | | - |
| 7423 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 7424 | data.is_closing = 1; | - |
| 7425 | | - |
| 7426 | QPointer<QWidget> that = q; | - |
| 7427 | QPointer<QWidget> parentWidget = q->parentWidget(); | - |
| 7428 | | - |
| 7429 | bool quitOnClose = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); | - |
| 7430 | if (mode != CloseNoEvent) { | - |
| 7431 | QCloseEvent e; | - |
| 7432 | if (mode == CloseWithSpontaneousEvent) | - |
| 7433 | QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 7434 | else | - |
| 7435 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); | - |
| 7436 | if (!that.isNull() && !e.isAccepted()) { | - |
| 7437 | data.is_closing = 0; | - |
| 7438 | return false; | - |
| 7439 | } | - |
| 7440 | } | - |
| 7441 | | - |
| 7442 | if (!that.isNull() && !q->isHidden()) | - |
| 7443 | q->hide(); | - |
| 7444 | | - |
| 7445 | // Attempt to close the application only if this has WA_QuitOnClose set and a non-visible parent | - |
| 7446 | quitOnClose = quitOnClose && (parentWidget.isNull() || !parentWidget->isVisible()); | - |
| 7447 | | - |
| 7448 | if (quitOnClose) { | - |
| 7449 | /* if there is no non-withdrawn primary window left (except | - |
| 7450 | the ones without QuitOnClose), we emit the lastWindowClosed | - |
| 7451 | signal */ | - |
| 7452 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets(); | - |
| 7453 | bool lastWindowClosed = true; | - |
| 7454 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 7455 | QWidget *w = list.at(i); | - |
| 7456 | if (!w->isVisible() || w->parentWidget() || !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose)) | - |
| 7457 | continue; | - |
| 7458 | lastWindowClosed = false; | - |
| 7459 | break; | - |
| 7460 | } | - |
| 7461 | if (lastWindowClosed) { | - |
| 7462 | QGuiApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed(); | - |
| 7463 | QCoreApplicationPrivate *applicationPrivate = static_cast<QCoreApplicationPrivate*>(QObjectPrivate::get(QCoreApplication::instance())); | - |
| 7464 | applicationPrivate->maybeQuit(); | - |
| 7465 | } | - |
| 7466 | } | - |
| 7467 | | - |
| 7468 | | - |
| 7469 | if (!that.isNull()) { | - |
| 7470 | data.is_closing = 0; | - |
| 7471 | if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose)) { | - |
| 7472 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false); | - |
| 7473 | q->deleteLater(); | - |
| 7474 | } | - |
| 7475 | } | - |
| 7476 | return true; | - |
| 7477 | } | - |
| 7478 | | - |
| 7479 | | - |
| 7480 | /*! | - |
| 7481 | Closes this widget. Returns true if the widget was closed; | - |
| 7482 | otherwise returns false. | - |
| 7483 | | - |
| 7484 | First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is | - |
| 7485 | \l{hide()}{hidden} if it \l{QCloseEvent::accept()}{accepts} | - |
| 7486 | the close event. If it \l{QCloseEvent::ignore()}{ignores} | - |
| 7487 | the event, nothing happens. The default | - |
| 7488 | implementation of QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event. | - |
| 7489 | | - |
| 7490 | If the widget has the Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose flag, the widget | - |
| 7491 | is also deleted. A close events is delivered to the widget no | - |
| 7492 | matter if the widget is visible or not. | - |
| 7493 | | - |
| 7494 | The \l QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the | - |
| 7495 | last visible primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the | - |
| 7496 | Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute set is closed. By default this | - |
| 7497 | attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such as | - |
| 7498 | splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus. | - |
| 7499 | | - |
| 7500 | */ | - |
| 7501 | | - |
| 7502 | bool QWidget::close() | - |
| 7503 | { | - |
| 7504 | return d_func()->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseWithEvent); | - |
| 7505 | } | - |
| 7506 | | - |
| 7507 | /*! | - |
| 7508 | \property QWidget::visible | - |
| 7509 | \brief whether the widget is visible | - |
| 7510 | | - |
| 7511 | Calling setVisible(true) or show() sets the widget to visible | - |
| 7512 | status if all its parent widgets up to the window are visible. If | - |
| 7513 | an ancestor is not visible, the widget won't become visible until | - |
| 7514 | all its ancestors are shown. If its size or position has changed, | - |
| 7515 | Qt guarantees that a widget gets move and resize events just | - |
| 7516 | before it is shown. If the widget has not been resized yet, Qt | - |
| 7517 | will adjust the widget's size to a useful default using | - |
| 7518 | adjustSize(). | - |
| 7519 | | - |
| 7520 | Calling setVisible(false) or hide() hides a widget explicitly. An | - |
| 7521 | explicitly hidden widget will never become visible, even if all | - |
| 7522 | its ancestors become visible, unless you show it. | - |
| 7523 | | - |
| 7524 | A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status | - |
| 7525 | changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to | - |
| 7526 | waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user. | - |
| 7527 | A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new | - |
| 7528 | frames. | - |
| 7529 | | - |
| 7530 | A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the | - |
| 7531 | screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified | - |
| 7532 | windows and windows that exist on another virtual | - |
| 7533 | desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget | - |
| 7534 | receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status | - |
| 7535 | is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event | - |
| 7536 | when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event | - |
| 7537 | when the window is restored again. | - |
| 7538 | | - |
| 7539 | You almost never have to reimplement the setVisible() function. If | - |
| 7540 | you need to change some settings before a widget is shown, use | - |
| 7541 | showEvent() instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization | - |
| 7542 | use the Polish event delivered to the event() function. | - |
| 7543 | | - |
| 7544 | \sa show(), hide(), isHidden(), isVisibleTo(), isMinimized(), | - |
| 7545 | showEvent(), hideEvent() | - |
| 7546 | */ | - |
| 7547 | | - |
| 7548 | | - |
| 7549 | /*! | - |
| 7550 | Returns true if this widget would become visible if \a ancestor is | - |
| 7551 | shown; otherwise returns false. | - |
| 7552 | | - |
| 7553 | The true case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent | - |
| 7554 | up to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly hidden. | - |
| 7555 | | - |
| 7556 | This function will still return true if the widget is obscured by | - |
| 7557 | other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it | - |
| 7558 | or they were to be moved. | - |
| 7559 | | - |
| 7560 | isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible(). | - |
| 7561 | | - |
| 7562 | \sa show(), hide(), isVisible() | - |
| 7563 | */ | - |
| 7564 | | - |
| 7565 | bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(const QWidget *ancestor) const | - |
| 7566 | { | - |
| 7567 | if (!ancestor) | - |
| 7568 | return isVisible(); | - |
| 7569 | const QWidget * w = this; | - |
| 7570 | while (!w->isHidden() | - |
| 7571 | && !w->isWindow() | - |
| 7572 | && w->parentWidget() | - |
| 7573 | && w->parentWidget() != ancestor) | - |
| 7574 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 7575 | return !w->isHidden(); | - |
| 7576 | } | - |
| 7577 | | - |
| 7578 | | - |
| 7579 | /*! | - |
| 7580 | Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur. | - |
| 7581 | | - |
| 7582 | For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not | - |
| 7583 | covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region. | - |
| 7584 | | - |
| 7585 | The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in | - |
| 7586 | general you do not need to call it. | - |
| 7587 | | - |
| 7588 | */ | - |
| 7589 | QRegion QWidget::visibleRegion() const | - |
| 7590 | { | - |
| 7591 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 7592 | | - |
| 7593 | QRect clipRect = d->clipRect(); | - |
| 7594 | if (clipRect.isEmpty()) | - |
| 7595 | return QRegion(); | - |
| 7596 | QRegion r(clipRect); | - |
| 7597 | d->subtractOpaqueChildren(r, clipRect); | - |
| 7598 | d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(r); | - |
| 7599 | return r; | - |
| 7600 | } | - |
| 7601 | | - |
| 7602 | | - |
| 7603 | QSize QWidgetPrivate::adjustedSize() const | - |
| 7604 | { | - |
| 7605 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 7606 | | - |
| 7607 | QSize s = q->sizeHint(); | - |
| 7608 | | - |
| 7609 | if (q->isWindow()) { | - |
| 7610 | Qt::Orientations exp; | - |
| 7611 | if (layout) { | - |
| 7612 | if (layout->hasHeightForWidth()) | - |
| 7613 | s.setHeight(layout->totalHeightForWidth(s.width())); | - |
| 7614 | exp = layout->expandingDirections(); | - |
| 7615 | } else | - |
| 7616 | { | - |
| 7617 | if (q->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth()) | - |
| 7618 | s.setHeight(q->heightForWidth(s.width())); | - |
| 7619 | exp = q->sizePolicy().expandingDirections(); | - |
| 7620 | } | - |
| 7621 | if (exp & Qt::Horizontal) | - |
| 7622 | s.setWidth(qMax(s.width(), 200)); | - |
| 7623 | if (exp & Qt::Vertical) | - |
| 7624 | s.setHeight(qMax(s.height(), 100)); | - |
| 7625 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 7626 | QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->x11Info().screen()); | - |
| 7627 | #else // all others | - |
| 7628 | QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->pos()); | - |
| 7629 | #endif | - |
| 7630 | #if defined (Q_OS_WINCE) | - |
| 7631 | s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width())); | - |
| 7632 | s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height())); | - |
| 7633 | #else | - |
| 7634 | s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()*2/3)); | - |
| 7635 | s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()*2/3)); | - |
| 7636 | #endif | - |
| 7637 | if (QTLWExtra *extra = maybeTopData()) | - |
| 7638 | extra->sizeAdjusted = true; | - |
| 7639 | } | - |
| 7640 | | - |
| 7641 | if (!s.isValid()) { | - |
| 7642 | QRect r = q->childrenRect(); // get children rectangle | - |
| 7643 | if (r.isNull()) | - |
| 7644 | return s; | - |
| 7645 | s = r.size() + QSize(2 * r.x(), 2 * r.y()); | - |
| 7646 | } | - |
| 7647 | | - |
| 7648 | return s; | - |
| 7649 | } | - |
| 7650 | | - |
| 7651 | /*! | - |
| 7652 | Adjusts the size of the widget to fit its contents. | - |
| 7653 | | - |
| 7654 | This function uses sizeHint() if it is valid, i.e., the size hint's width | - |
| 7655 | and height are \>= 0. Otherwise, it sets the size to the children | - |
| 7656 | rectangle that covers all child widgets (the union of all child widget | - |
| 7657 | rectangles). | - |
| 7658 | | - |
| 7659 | For windows, the screen size is also taken into account. If the sizeHint() | - |
| 7660 | is less than (200, 100) and the size policy is \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding} | - |
| 7661 | {expanding}, the window will be at least (200, 100). The maximum size of | - |
| 7662 | a window is 2/3 of the screen's width and height. | - |
| 7663 | | - |
| 7664 | \sa sizeHint(), childrenRect() | - |
| 7665 | */ | - |
| 7666 | | - |
| 7667 | void QWidget::adjustSize() | - |
| 7668 | { | - |
| 7669 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 7670 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 7671 | QSize s = d->adjustedSize(); | - |
| 7672 | | - |
| 7673 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 7674 | d->layout->activate(); | - |
| 7675 | | - |
| 7676 | if (s.isValid()) | - |
| 7677 | resize(s); | - |
| 7678 | } | - |
| 7679 | | - |
| 7680 | | - |
| 7681 | /*! | - |
| 7682 | \property QWidget::sizeHint | - |
| 7683 | \brief the recommended size for the widget | - |
| 7684 | | - |
| 7685 | If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is | - |
| 7686 | recommended. | - |
| 7687 | | - |
| 7688 | The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size | - |
| 7689 | if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's | - |
| 7690 | preferred size otherwise. | - |
| 7691 | | - |
| 7692 | \sa QSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint(), sizePolicy(), | - |
| 7693 | setMinimumSize(), updateGeometry() | - |
| 7694 | */ | - |
| 7695 | | - |
| 7696 | QSize QWidget::sizeHint() const | - |
| 7697 | { | - |
| 7698 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 7699 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 7700 | return d->layout->totalSizeHint(); | - |
| 7701 | return QSize(-1, -1); | - |
| 7702 | } | - |
| 7703 | | - |
| 7704 | /*! | - |
| 7705 | \property QWidget::minimumSizeHint | - |
| 7706 | \brief the recommended minimum size for the widget | - |
| 7707 | | - |
| 7708 | If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size | - |
| 7709 | is recommended. | - |
| 7710 | | - |
| 7711 | The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid | - |
| 7712 | size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the | - |
| 7713 | layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement | - |
| 7714 | minimumSizeHint(). | - |
| 7715 | | - |
| 7716 | \l QLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than the | - |
| 7717 | minimum size hint unless minimumSize() is set or the size policy is | - |
| 7718 | set to QSizePolicy::Ignore. If minimumSize() is set, the minimum | - |
| 7719 | size hint will be ignored. | - |
| 7720 | | - |
| 7721 | \sa QSize::isValid(), resize(), setMinimumSize(), sizePolicy() | - |
| 7722 | */ | - |
| 7723 | QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint() const | - |
| 7724 | { | - |
| 7725 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 7726 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 7727 | return d->layout->totalMinimumSize(); | - |
| 7728 | return QSize(-1, -1); | - |
| 7729 | } | - |
| 7730 | | - |
| 7731 | | - |
| 7732 | /*! | - |
| 7733 | \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget() const | - |
| 7734 | | - |
| 7735 | Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any | - |
| 7736 | parent widget. | - |
| 7737 | */ | - |
| 7738 | | - |
| 7739 | | - |
| 7740 | /*! | - |
| 7741 | Returns true if this widget is a parent, (or grandparent and so on | - |
| 7742 | to any level), of the given \a child, and both widgets are within | - |
| 7743 | the same window; otherwise returns false. | - |
| 7744 | */ | - |
| 7745 | | - |
| 7746 | bool QWidget::isAncestorOf(const QWidget *child) const | - |
| 7747 | { | - |
| 7748 | while (child) { | - |
| 7749 | if (child == this) | - |
| 7750 | return true; | - |
| 7751 | if (child->isWindow()) | - |
| 7752 | return false; | - |
| 7753 | child = child->parentWidget(); | - |
| 7754 | } | - |
| 7755 | return false; | - |
| 7756 | } | - |
| 7757 | | - |
| 7758 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 7759 | inline void setDisabledStyle(QWidget *w, bool setStyle) | - |
| 7760 | { | - |
| 7761 | // set/reset WS_DISABLED style. | - |
| 7762 | if(w && w->isWindow() && w->isVisible() && w->isEnabled()) { | - |
| 7763 | LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE); | - |
| 7764 | LONG newStyle = dwStyle; | - |
| 7765 | if (setStyle) | - |
| 7766 | newStyle |= WS_DISABLED; | - |
| 7767 | else | - |
| 7768 | newStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED; | - |
| 7769 | if (newStyle != dwStyle) { | - |
| 7770 | SetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE, newStyle); | - |
| 7771 | // we might need to repaint in some situations (eg. menu) | - |
| 7772 | w->repaint(); | - |
| 7773 | } | - |
| 7774 | } | - |
| 7775 | } | - |
| 7776 | #endif | - |
| 7777 | | - |
| 7778 | /***************************************************************************** | - |
| 7779 | QWidget event handling | - |
| 7780 | *****************************************************************************/ | - |
| 7781 | | - |
| 7782 | /*! | - |
| 7783 | This is the main event handler; it handles event \a event. You can | - |
| 7784 | reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using | - |
| 7785 | one of the specialized event handlers instead. | - |
| 7786 | | - |
| 7787 | Key press and release events are treated differently from other | - |
| 7788 | events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the | - |
| 7789 | focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to | - |
| 7790 | (or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls | - |
| 7791 | keyPressEvent(). | - |
| 7792 | | - |
| 7793 | Mouse and tablet event handling is also slightly special: only | - |
| 7794 | when the widget is \l enabled, event() will call the specialized | - |
| 7795 | handlers such as mousePressEvent(); otherwise it will discard the | - |
| 7796 | event. | - |
| 7797 | | - |
| 7798 | This function returns true if the event was recognized, otherwise | - |
| 7799 | it returns false. If the recognized event was accepted (see \l | - |
| 7800 | QEvent::accepted), any further processing such as event | - |
| 7801 | propagation to the parent widget stops. | - |
| 7802 | | - |
| 7803 | \sa closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(), | - |
| 7804 | keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(), | - |
| 7805 | mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(), | - |
| 7806 | mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(), | - |
| 7807 | QObject::event(), QObject::timerEvent() | - |
| 7808 | */ | - |
| 7809 | | - |
| 7810 | bool QWidget::event(QEvent *event) | - |
| 7811 | { | - |
| 7812 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 7813 | | - |
| 7814 | // ignore mouse and key events when disabled | - |
| 7815 | if (!isEnabled()) { | - |
| 7816 | switch(event->type()) { | - |
| 7817 | case QEvent::TabletPress: | - |
| 7818 | case QEvent::TabletRelease: | - |
| 7819 | case QEvent::TabletMove: | - |
| 7820 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: | - |
| 7821 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: | - |
| 7822 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: | - |
| 7823 | case QEvent::MouseMove: | - |
| 7824 | case QEvent::TouchBegin: | - |
| 7825 | case QEvent::TouchUpdate: | - |
| 7826 | case QEvent::TouchEnd: | - |
| 7827 | case QEvent::TouchCancel: | - |
| 7828 | case QEvent::ContextMenu: | - |
| 7829 | case QEvent::KeyPress: | - |
| 7830 | case QEvent::KeyRelease: | - |
| 7831 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT | - |
| 7832 | case QEvent::Wheel: | - |
| 7833 | #endif | - |
| 7834 | return false; | - |
| 7835 | default: | - |
| 7836 | break; | - |
| 7837 | } | - |
| 7838 | } | - |
| 7839 | switch (event->type()) { | - |
| 7840 | case QEvent::MouseMove: | - |
| 7841 | mouseMoveEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); | - |
| 7842 | break; | - |
| 7843 | | - |
| 7844 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: | - |
| 7845 | mousePressEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); | - |
| 7846 | break; | - |
| 7847 | | - |
| 7848 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: | - |
| 7849 | mouseReleaseEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); | - |
| 7850 | break; | - |
| 7851 | | - |
| 7852 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: | - |
| 7853 | mouseDoubleClickEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); | - |
| 7854 | break; | - |
| 7855 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT | - |
| 7856 | case QEvent::Wheel: | - |
| 7857 | wheelEvent((QWheelEvent*)event); | - |
| 7858 | break; | - |
| 7859 | #endif | - |
| 7860 | #ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT | - |
| 7861 | case QEvent::TabletMove: | - |
| 7862 | case QEvent::TabletPress: | - |
| 7863 | case QEvent::TabletRelease: | - |
| 7864 | tabletEvent((QTabletEvent*)event); | - |
| 7865 | break; | - |
| 7866 | #endif | - |
| 7867 | case QEvent::KeyPress: { | - |
| 7868 | QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)event; | - |
| 7869 | bool res = false; | - |
| 7870 | if (!(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier))) { //### Add MetaModifier? | - |
| 7871 | if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab | - |
| 7872 | || (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab && (k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))) | - |
| 7873 | res = focusNextPrevChild(false); | - |
| 7874 | else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) | - |
| 7875 | res = focusNextPrevChild(true); | - |
| 7876 | if (res) | - |
| 7877 | break; | - |
| 7878 | } | - |
| 7879 | keyPressEvent(k); | - |
| 7880 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION | - |
| 7881 | if (!k->isAccepted() && QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() | - |
| 7882 | && !(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))) { | - |
| 7883 | if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder) { | - |
| 7884 | if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up) | - |
| 7885 | res = focusNextPrevChild(false); | - |
| 7886 | else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) | - |
| 7887 | res = focusNextPrevChild(true); | - |
| 7888 | } else if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional) { | - |
| 7889 | if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up) | - |
| 7890 | res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth); | - |
| 7891 | else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Right) | - |
| 7892 | res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast); | - |
| 7893 | else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) | - |
| 7894 | res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth); | - |
| 7895 | else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Left) | - |
| 7896 | res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest); | - |
| 7897 | } | - |
| 7898 | if (res) { | - |
| 7899 | k->accept(); | - |
| 7900 | break; | - |
| 7901 | } | - |
| 7902 | } | - |
| 7903 | #endif | - |
| 7904 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS | - |
| 7905 | if (!k->isAccepted() | - |
| 7906 | && k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier && k->key() == Qt::Key_F1 | - |
| 7907 | && d->whatsThis.size()) { | - |
| 7908 | QWhatsThis::showText(mapToGlobal(inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorRectangle).toRect().center()), d->whatsThis, this); | - |
| 7909 | k->accept(); | - |
| 7910 | } | - |
| 7911 | #endif | - |
| 7912 | } | - |
| 7913 | break; | - |
| 7914 | | - |
| 7915 | case QEvent::KeyRelease: | - |
| 7916 | keyReleaseEvent((QKeyEvent*)event); | - |
| 7917 | // fall through | - |
| 7918 | case QEvent::ShortcutOverride: | - |
| 7919 | break; | - |
| 7920 | | - |
| 7921 | case QEvent::InputMethod: | - |
| 7922 | inputMethodEvent((QInputMethodEvent *) event); | - |
| 7923 | break; | - |
| 7924 | | - |
| 7925 | case QEvent::InputMethodQuery: | - |
| 7926 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { | - |
| 7927 | QInputMethodQueryEvent *query = static_cast<QInputMethodQueryEvent *>(event); | - |
| 7928 | Qt::InputMethodQueries queries = query->queries(); | - |
| 7929 | for (uint i = 0; i < 32; ++i) { | - |
| 7930 | Qt::InputMethodQuery q = (Qt::InputMethodQuery)(int)(queries & (1<<i)); | - |
| 7931 | if (q) { | - |
| 7932 | QVariant v = inputMethodQuery(q); | - |
| 7933 | if (q == Qt::ImEnabled && !v.isValid() && isEnabled()) | - |
| 7934 | v = QVariant(true); // special case for Qt4 compatibility | - |
| 7935 | query->setValue(q, v); | - |
| 7936 | } | - |
| 7937 | } | - |
| 7938 | query->accept(); | - |
| 7939 | } | - |
| 7940 | break; | - |
| 7941 | | - |
| 7942 | case QEvent::PolishRequest: | - |
| 7943 | ensurePolished(); | - |
| 7944 | break; | - |
| 7945 | | - |
| 7946 | case QEvent::Polish: { | - |
| 7947 | style()->polish(this); | - |
| 7948 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished); | - |
| 7949 | if (!QApplication::font(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) | - |
| 7950 | d->resolveFont(); | - |
| 7951 | if (!QApplication::palette(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) | - |
| 7952 | d->resolvePalette(); | - |
| 7953 | } | - |
| 7954 | break; | - |
| 7955 | | - |
| 7956 | case QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange: | - |
| 7957 | if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) { | - |
| 7958 | d->setWindowIcon_sys(); | - |
| 7959 | d->setWindowIcon_helper(); | - |
| 7960 | } | - |
| 7961 | break; | - |
| 7962 | case QEvent::FocusIn: | - |
| 7963 | focusInEvent((QFocusEvent*)event); | - |
| 7964 | d->updateWidgetTransform(); | - |
| 7965 | break; | - |
| 7966 | | - |
| 7967 | case QEvent::FocusOut: | - |
| 7968 | focusOutEvent((QFocusEvent*)event); | - |
| 7969 | break; | - |
| 7970 | | - |
| 7971 | case QEvent::Enter: | - |
| 7972 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP | - |
| 7973 | if (d->statusTip.size()) { | - |
| 7974 | QStatusTipEvent tip(d->statusTip); | - |
| 7975 | QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip); | - |
| 7976 | } | - |
| 7977 | #endif | - |
| 7978 | enterEvent(event); | - |
| 7979 | break; | - |
| 7980 | | - |
| 7981 | case QEvent::Leave: | - |
| 7982 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP | - |
| 7983 | if (d->statusTip.size()) { | - |
| 7984 | QString empty; | - |
| 7985 | QStatusTipEvent tip(empty); | - |
| 7986 | QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip); | - |
| 7987 | } | - |
| 7988 | #endif | - |
| 7989 | leaveEvent(event); | - |
| 7990 | break; | - |
| 7991 | | - |
| 7992 | case QEvent::HoverEnter: | - |
| 7993 | case QEvent::HoverLeave: | - |
| 7994 | update(); | - |
| 7995 | break; | - |
| 7996 | | - |
| 7997 | case QEvent::Paint: | - |
| 7998 | // At this point the event has to be delivered, regardless | - |
| 7999 | // whether the widget isVisible() or not because it | - |
| 8000 | // already went through the filters | - |
| 8001 | paintEvent((QPaintEvent*)event); | - |
| 8002 | break; | - |
| 8003 | | - |
| 8004 | case QEvent::Move: | - |
| 8005 | moveEvent((QMoveEvent*)event); | - |
| 8006 | d->updateWidgetTransform(); | - |
| 8007 | break; | - |
| 8008 | | - |
| 8009 | case QEvent::Resize: | - |
| 8010 | resizeEvent((QResizeEvent*)event); | - |
| 8011 | d->updateWidgetTransform(); | - |
| 8012 | break; | - |
| 8013 | | - |
| 8014 | case QEvent::Close: | - |
| 8015 | closeEvent((QCloseEvent *)event); | - |
| 8016 | break; | - |
| 8017 | | - |
| 8018 | #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU | - |
| 8019 | case QEvent::ContextMenu: | - |
| 8020 | switch (data->context_menu_policy) { | - |
| 8021 | case Qt::PreventContextMenu: | - |
| 8022 | break; | - |
| 8023 | case Qt::DefaultContextMenu: | - |
| 8024 | contextMenuEvent(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)); | - |
| 8025 | break; | - |
| 8026 | case Qt::CustomContextMenu: | - |
| 8027 | emit customContextMenuRequested(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->pos()); | - |
| 8028 | break; | - |
| 8029 | #ifndef QT_NO_MENU | - |
| 8030 | case Qt::ActionsContextMenu: | - |
| 8031 | if (d->actions.count()) { | - |
| 8032 | QMenu::exec(d->actions, static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), | - |
| 8033 | 0, this); | - |
| 8034 | break; | - |
| 8035 | } | - |
| 8036 | // fall through | - |
| 8037 | #endif | - |
| 8038 | default: | - |
| 8039 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8040 | break; | - |
| 8041 | } | - |
| 8042 | break; | - |
| 8043 | #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU | - |
| 8044 | | - |
| 8045 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP | - |
| 8046 | case QEvent::Drop: | - |
| 8047 | dropEvent((QDropEvent*) event); | - |
| 8048 | break; | - |
| 8049 | | - |
| 8050 | case QEvent::DragEnter: | - |
| 8051 | dragEnterEvent((QDragEnterEvent*) event); | - |
| 8052 | break; | - |
| 8053 | | - |
| 8054 | case QEvent::DragMove: | - |
| 8055 | dragMoveEvent((QDragMoveEvent*) event); | - |
| 8056 | break; | - |
| 8057 | | - |
| 8058 | case QEvent::DragLeave: | - |
| 8059 | dragLeaveEvent((QDragLeaveEvent*) event); | - |
| 8060 | break; | - |
| 8061 | #endif | - |
| 8062 | | - |
| 8063 | case QEvent::Show: | - |
| 8064 | showEvent((QShowEvent*) event); | - |
| 8065 | break; | - |
| 8066 | | - |
| 8067 | case QEvent::Hide: | - |
| 8068 | hideEvent((QHideEvent*) event); | - |
| 8069 | break; | - |
| 8070 | | - |
| 8071 | case QEvent::ShowWindowRequest: | - |
| 8072 | if (!isHidden()) | - |
| 8073 | d->show_sys(); | - |
| 8074 | break; | - |
| 8075 | | - |
| 8076 | case QEvent::ApplicationFontChange: | - |
| 8077 | d->resolveFont(); | - |
| 8078 | break; | - |
| 8079 | case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange: | - |
| 8080 | if (!(windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) | - |
| 8081 | d->resolvePalette(); | - |
| 8082 | break; | - |
| 8083 | | - |
| 8084 | case QEvent::ToolBarChange: | - |
| 8085 | case QEvent::ActivationChange: | - |
| 8086 | case QEvent::EnabledChange: | - |
| 8087 | case QEvent::FontChange: | - |
| 8088 | case QEvent::StyleChange: | - |
| 8089 | case QEvent::PaletteChange: | - |
| 8090 | case QEvent::WindowTitleChange: | - |
| 8091 | case QEvent::IconTextChange: | - |
| 8092 | case QEvent::ModifiedChange: | - |
| 8093 | case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange: | - |
| 8094 | case QEvent::ParentChange: | - |
| 8095 | case QEvent::WindowStateChange: | - |
| 8096 | case QEvent::LocaleChange: | - |
| 8097 | case QEvent::MacSizeChange: | - |
| 8098 | case QEvent::ContentsRectChange: | - |
| 8099 | case QEvent::ThemeChange: | - |
| 8100 | changeEvent(event); | - |
| 8101 | break; | - |
| 8102 | | - |
| 8103 | case QEvent::WindowActivate: | - |
| 8104 | case QEvent::WindowDeactivate: { | - |
| 8105 | if (isVisible() && !palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive)) | - |
| 8106 | update(); | - |
| 8107 | QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; | - |
| 8108 | for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 8109 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i)); | - |
| 8110 | if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow()) | - |
| 8111 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, event); | - |
| 8112 | } | - |
| 8113 | break; } | - |
| 8114 | | - |
| 8115 | case QEvent::LanguageChange: | - |
| 8116 | changeEvent(event); | - |
| 8117 | { | - |
| 8118 | QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; | - |
| 8119 | for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 8120 | QObject *o = childList.at(i); | - |
| 8121 | if (o) | - |
| 8122 | QApplication::sendEvent(o, event); | - |
| 8123 | } | - |
| 8124 | } | - |
| 8125 | update(); | - |
| 8126 | break; | - |
| 8127 | | - |
| 8128 | case QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange: | - |
| 8129 | d->resolveLayoutDirection(); | - |
| 8130 | break; | - |
| 8131 | | - |
| 8132 | case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange: | - |
| 8133 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 8134 | d->layout->invalidate(); | - |
| 8135 | update(); | - |
| 8136 | changeEvent(event); | - |
| 8137 | break; | - |
| 8138 | case QEvent::UpdateRequest: | - |
| 8139 | d->syncBackingStore(); | - |
| 8140 | break; | - |
| 8141 | case QEvent::UpdateLater: | - |
| 8142 | update(static_cast<QUpdateLaterEvent*>(event)->region()); | - |
| 8143 | break; | - |
| 8144 | case QEvent::StyleAnimationUpdate: | - |
| 8145 | update(); | - |
| 8146 | break; | - |
| 8147 | | - |
| 8148 | case QEvent::WindowBlocked: | - |
| 8149 | case QEvent::WindowUnblocked: | - |
| 8150 | if (!d->children.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 8151 | QWidget *modalWidget = QApplication::activeModalWidget(); | - |
| 8152 | for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 8153 | QObject *o = d->children.at(i); | - |
| 8154 | if (o && o != modalWidget && o->isWidgetType()) { | - |
| 8155 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(o); | - |
| 8156 | // do not forward the event to child windows; QApplication does this for us | - |
| 8157 | if (!w->isWindow()) | - |
| 8158 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, event); | - |
| 8159 | } | - |
| 8160 | } | - |
| 8161 | } | - |
| 8162 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) | - |
| 8163 | setDisabledStyle(this, (event->type() == QEvent::WindowBlocked)); | - |
| 8164 | #endif | - |
| 8165 | break; | - |
| 8166 | #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP | - |
| 8167 | case QEvent::ToolTip: | - |
| 8168 | if (!d->toolTip.isEmpty()) | - |
| 8169 | QToolTip::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(event)->globalPos(), d->toolTip, this); | - |
| 8170 | else | - |
| 8171 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8172 | break; | - |
| 8173 | #endif | - |
| 8174 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS | - |
| 8175 | case QEvent::WhatsThis: | - |
| 8176 | if (d->whatsThis.size()) | - |
| 8177 | QWhatsThis::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), d->whatsThis, this); | - |
| 8178 | else | - |
| 8179 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8180 | break; | - |
| 8181 | case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis: | - |
| 8182 | if (d->whatsThis.isEmpty()) | - |
| 8183 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8184 | break; | - |
| 8185 | #endif | - |
| 8186 | case QEvent::EmbeddingControl: | - |
| 8187 | d->topData()->frameStrut.setCoords(0 ,0, 0, 0); | - |
| 8188 | data->fstrut_dirty = false; | - |
| 8189 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) | - |
| 8190 | d->topData()->embedded = 1; | - |
| 8191 | #endif | - |
| 8192 | break; | - |
| 8193 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACTION | - |
| 8194 | case QEvent::ActionAdded: | - |
| 8195 | case QEvent::ActionRemoved: | - |
| 8196 | case QEvent::ActionChanged: | - |
| 8197 | actionEvent((QActionEvent*)event); | - |
| 8198 | break; | - |
| 8199 | #endif | - |
| 8200 | | - |
| 8201 | case QEvent::KeyboardLayoutChange: | - |
| 8202 | { | - |
| 8203 | changeEvent(event); | - |
| 8204 | | - |
| 8205 | // inform children of the change | - |
| 8206 | QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; | - |
| 8207 | for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 8208 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i)); | - |
| 8209 | if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow()) | - |
| 8210 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, event); | - |
| 8211 | } | - |
| 8212 | break; | - |
| 8213 | } | - |
| 8214 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 8215 | case QEvent::MacGLWindowChange: | - |
| 8216 | d->needWindowChange = false; | - |
| 8217 | break; | - |
| 8218 | #endif | - |
| 8219 | case QEvent::TouchBegin: | - |
| 8220 | case QEvent::TouchUpdate: | - |
| 8221 | case QEvent::TouchEnd: | - |
| 8222 | case QEvent::TouchCancel: | - |
| 8223 | { | - |
| 8224 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8225 | break; | - |
| 8226 | } | - |
| 8227 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES | - |
| 8228 | case QEvent::Gesture: | - |
| 8229 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8230 | break; | - |
| 8231 | #endif | - |
| 8232 | #ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES | - |
| 8233 | case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange: { | - |
| 8234 | const QByteArray &propName = static_cast<QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent *>(event)->propertyName(); | - |
| 8235 | if (!qstrncmp(propName, "_q_customDpi", 12) && propName.length() == 13) { | - |
| 8236 | uint value = property(propName.constData()).toUInt(); | - |
| 8237 | if (!d->extra) | - |
| 8238 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 8239 | const char axis = propName.at(12); | - |
| 8240 | if (axis == 'X') | - |
| 8241 | d->extra->customDpiX = value; | - |
| 8242 | else if (axis == 'Y') | - |
| 8243 | d->extra->customDpiY = value; | - |
| 8244 | d->updateFont(d->data.fnt); | - |
| 8245 | } | - |
| 8246 | // fall through | - |
| 8247 | } | - |
| 8248 | #endif | - |
| 8249 | default: | - |
| 8250 | return QObject::event(event); | - |
| 8251 | } | - |
| 8252 | return true; | - |
| 8253 | } | - |
| 8254 | | - |
| 8255 | /*! | - |
| 8256 | This event handler can be reimplemented to handle state changes. | - |
| 8257 | | - |
| 8258 | The state being changed in this event can be retrieved through the \a event | - |
| 8259 | supplied. | - |
| 8260 | | - |
| 8261 | Change events include: QEvent::ToolBarChange, | - |
| 8262 | QEvent::ActivationChange, QEvent::EnabledChange, QEvent::FontChange, | - |
| 8263 | QEvent::StyleChange, QEvent::PaletteChange, | - |
| 8264 | QEvent::WindowTitleChange, QEvent::IconTextChange, | - |
| 8265 | QEvent::ModifiedChange, QEvent::MouseTrackingChange, | - |
| 8266 | QEvent::ParentChange, QEvent::WindowStateChange, | - |
| 8267 | QEvent::LanguageChange, QEvent::LocaleChange, | - |
| 8268 | QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange. | - |
| 8269 | | - |
| 8270 | */ | - |
| 8271 | void QWidget::changeEvent(QEvent * event) | - |
| 8272 | { | - |
| 8273 | switch(event->type()) { | - |
| 8274 | case QEvent::EnabledChange: { | - |
| 8275 | update(); | - |
| 8276 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 8277 | QAccessible::State s; | - |
| 8278 | s.disabled = true; | - |
| 8279 | QAccessibleStateChangeEvent event(this, s); | - |
| 8280 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 8281 | #endif | - |
| 8282 | break; | - |
| 8283 | } | - |
| 8284 | | - |
| 8285 | case QEvent::FontChange: | - |
| 8286 | case QEvent::StyleChange: { | - |
| 8287 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 8288 | update(); | - |
| 8289 | updateGeometry(); | - |
| 8290 | if (d->layout) | - |
| 8291 | d->layout->invalidate(); | - |
| 8292 | break; | - |
| 8293 | } | - |
| 8294 | | - |
| 8295 | case QEvent::PaletteChange: | - |
| 8296 | update(); | - |
| 8297 | break; | - |
| 8298 | | - |
| 8299 | case QEvent::ThemeChange: | - |
| 8300 | if (QApplication::desktopSettingsAware() && windowType() != Qt::Desktop | - |
| 8301 | && qApp && !QApplication::closingDown()) { | - |
| 8302 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) | - |
| 8303 | QApplication::style()->unpolish(this); | - |
| 8304 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) | - |
| 8305 | QApplication::style()->polish(this); | - |
| 8306 | QEvent styleChangedEvent(QEvent::StyleChange); | - |
| 8307 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &styleChangedEvent); | - |
| 8308 | if (isVisible()) | - |
| 8309 | update(); | - |
| 8310 | } | - |
| 8311 | break; | - |
| 8312 | | - |
| 8313 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 8314 | case QEvent::MacSizeChange: | - |
| 8315 | updateGeometry(); | - |
| 8316 | break; | - |
| 8317 | #elif defined Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 8318 | case QEvent::ToolTipChange: | - |
| 8319 | case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange: | - |
| 8320 | qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this); | - |
| 8321 | break; | - |
| 8322 | #endif | - |
| 8323 | | - |
| 8324 | default: | - |
| 8325 | break; | - |
| 8326 | } | - |
| 8327 | } | - |
| 8328 | | - |
| 8329 | /*! | - |
| 8330 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8331 | subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget. | - |
| 8332 | | - |
| 8333 | If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if | - |
| 8334 | a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse | - |
| 8335 | tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse | - |
| 8336 | button is pressed. | - |
| 8337 | | - |
| 8338 | QMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor, | - |
| 8339 | relative to this widget. For press and release events, the | - |
| 8340 | position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse | - |
| 8341 | move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes. | - |
| 8342 | This is a feature of the underlying window system, not Qt. | - |
| 8343 | | - |
| 8344 | If you want to show a tooltip immediately, while the mouse is | - |
| 8345 | moving (e.g., to get the mouse coordinates with QMouseEvent::pos() | - |
| 8346 | and show them as a tooltip), you must first enable mouse tracking | - |
| 8347 | as described above. Then, to ensure that the tooltip is updated | - |
| 8348 | immediately, you must call QToolTip::showText() instead of | - |
| 8349 | setToolTip() in your implementation of mouseMoveEvent(). | - |
| 8350 | | - |
| 8351 | \sa setMouseTracking(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), | - |
| 8352 | mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} | - |
| 8353 | */ | - |
| 8354 | | - |
| 8355 | void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) | - |
| 8356 | { | - |
| 8357 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8358 | } | - |
| 8359 | | - |
| 8360 | /*! | - |
| 8361 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8362 | subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget. | - |
| 8363 | | - |
| 8364 | If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the | - |
| 8365 | mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on | - |
| 8366 | the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets' | - |
| 8367 | location and maybe more. | - |
| 8368 | | - |
| 8369 | The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets | - |
| 8370 | when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does | - |
| 8371 | nothing. | - |
| 8372 | | - |
| 8373 | \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), | - |
| 8374 | mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} | - |
| 8375 | */ | - |
| 8376 | | - |
| 8377 | void QWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) | - |
| 8378 | { | - |
| 8379 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8380 | if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { | - |
| 8381 | event->accept(); | - |
| 8382 | QWidget* w; | - |
| 8383 | while ((w = QApplication::activePopupWidget()) && w != this){ | - |
| 8384 | w->close(); | - |
| 8385 | if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w) // widget does not want to disappear | - |
| 8386 | w->hide(); // hide at least | - |
| 8387 | } | - |
| 8388 | if (!rect().contains(event->pos())){ | - |
| 8389 | close(); | - |
| 8390 | } | - |
| 8391 | } | - |
| 8392 | } | - |
| 8393 | | - |
| 8394 | /*! | - |
| 8395 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8396 | subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget. | - |
| 8397 | | - |
| 8398 | \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), | - |
| 8399 | mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} | - |
| 8400 | */ | - |
| 8401 | | - |
| 8402 | void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) | - |
| 8403 | { | - |
| 8404 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8405 | } | - |
| 8406 | | - |
| 8407 | /*! | - |
| 8408 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8409 | subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget. | - |
| 8410 | | - |
| 8411 | The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event. | - |
| 8412 | | - |
| 8413 | \note The widget will also receive mouse press and mouse release | - |
| 8414 | events in addition to the double click event. It is up to the | - |
| 8415 | developer to ensure that the application interprets these events | - |
| 8416 | correctly. | - |
| 8417 | | - |
| 8418 | \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), | - |
| 8419 | event(), QMouseEvent | - |
| 8420 | */ | - |
| 8421 | | - |
| 8422 | void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) | - |
| 8423 | { | - |
| 8424 | Q_UNUSED(event);->ignore(); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): event->ignore(); | - |
| 8425 | } executed: }Execution Count:12 | 12 |
| 8426 | | - |
| 8427 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT | - |
| 8428 | /*! | - |
| 8429 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8430 | subclass to receive wheel events for the widget. | - |
| 8431 | | - |
| 8432 | If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you | - |
| 8433 | \l{QWheelEvent}{ignore()} the event if you do not handle | - |
| 8434 | it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. | - |
| 8435 | | - |
| 8436 | The default implementation ignores the event. | - |
| 8437 | | - |
| 8438 | \sa QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(), | - |
| 8439 | QWheelEvent | - |
| 8440 | */ | - |
| 8441 | | - |
| 8442 | void QWidget::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) | - |
| 8443 | { | - |
| 8444 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8445 | } | - |
| 8446 | #endif // QT_NO_WHEELEVENT | - |
| 8447 | | - |
| 8448 | #ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT | - |
| 8449 | /*! | - |
| 8450 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8451 | subclass to receive tablet events for the widget. | - |
| 8452 | | - |
| 8453 | If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you | - |
| 8454 | \l{QTabletEvent}{ignore()} the event if you do not handle | - |
| 8455 | it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. | - |
| 8456 | | - |
| 8457 | The default implementation ignores the event. | - |
| 8458 | | - |
| 8459 | \sa QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(), | - |
| 8460 | QTabletEvent | - |
| 8461 | */ | - |
| 8462 | | - |
| 8463 | void QWidget::tabletEvent(QTabletEvent *event) | - |
| 8464 | { | - |
| 8465 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8466 | } | - |
| 8467 | #endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT | - |
| 8468 | | - |
| 8469 | /*! | - |
| 8470 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8471 | subclass to receive key press events for the widget. | - |
| 8472 | | - |
| 8473 | A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and | - |
| 8474 | have focus in order to receive a key press event. | - |
| 8475 | | - |
| 8476 | If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you | - |
| 8477 | call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key. | - |
| 8478 | | - |
| 8479 | The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user | - |
| 8480 | presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored, so that the widget's | - |
| 8481 | parent can interpret it. | - |
| 8482 | | - |
| 8483 | Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not | - |
| 8484 | need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class | - |
| 8485 | implementation if you act upon the key. | - |
| 8486 | | - |
| 8487 | \sa keyReleaseEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), | - |
| 8488 | focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent, {Tetrix Example} | - |
| 8489 | */ | - |
| 8490 | | - |
| 8491 | void QWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) | - |
| 8492 | { | - |
| 8493 | if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup) && event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) { | - |
| 8494 | event->accept(); | - |
| 8495 | close(); | - |
| 8496 | } else { | - |
| 8497 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8498 | } | - |
| 8499 | } | - |
| 8500 | | - |
| 8501 | /*! | - |
| 8502 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8503 | subclass to receive key release events for the widget. | - |
| 8504 | | - |
| 8505 | A widget must \l{setFocusPolicy()}{accept focus} | - |
| 8506 | initially and \l{hasFocus()}{have focus} in order to | - |
| 8507 | receive a key release event. | - |
| 8508 | | - |
| 8509 | If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you | - |
| 8510 | call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key. | - |
| 8511 | | - |
| 8512 | The default implementation ignores the event, so that the widget's | - |
| 8513 | parent can interpret it. | - |
| 8514 | | - |
| 8515 | Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not | - |
| 8516 | need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class | - |
| 8517 | implementation if you act upon the key. | - |
| 8518 | | - |
| 8519 | \sa keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(), | - |
| 8520 | focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent | - |
| 8521 | */ | - |
| 8522 | | - |
| 8523 | void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event) | - |
| 8524 | { | - |
| 8525 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8526 | } | - |
| 8527 | | - |
| 8528 | /*! | - |
| 8529 | \fn void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event) | - |
| 8530 | | - |
| 8531 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8532 | keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget. The event | - |
| 8533 | is passed in the \a event parameter | - |
| 8534 | | - |
| 8535 | A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than | - |
| 8536 | Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the | - |
| 8537 | application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even | - |
| 8538 | those that do not normally accept focus.) | - |
| 8539 | | - |
| 8540 | The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows | - |
| 8541 | that do not specify a focusPolicy()). | - |
| 8542 | | - |
| 8543 | \sa focusOutEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(), | - |
| 8544 | keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent | - |
| 8545 | */ | - |
| 8546 | | - |
| 8547 | void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *) | - |
| 8548 | { | - |
| 8549 | if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) { | - |
| 8550 | update(); | - |
| 8551 | } | - |
| 8552 | } | - |
| 8553 | | - |
| 8554 | /*! | - |
| 8555 | \fn void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *event) | - |
| 8556 | | - |
| 8557 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8558 | keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget. The events is | - |
| 8559 | passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8560 | | - |
| 8561 | A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than | - |
| 8562 | Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the | - |
| 8563 | application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even | - |
| 8564 | those that do not normally accept focus.) | - |
| 8565 | | - |
| 8566 | The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows | - |
| 8567 | that do not specify a focusPolicy()). | - |
| 8568 | | - |
| 8569 | \sa focusInEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(), | - |
| 8570 | keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent | - |
| 8571 | */ | - |
| 8572 | | - |
| 8573 | void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *) | - |
| 8574 | { | - |
| 8575 | if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) | - |
| 8576 | update(); | - |
| 8577 | } | - |
| 8578 | | - |
| 8579 | /*! | - |
| 8580 | \fn void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *event) | - |
| 8581 | | - |
| 8582 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8583 | widget enter events which are passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8584 | | - |
| 8585 | An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the | - |
| 8586 | widget. | - |
| 8587 | | - |
| 8588 | \sa leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event() | - |
| 8589 | */ | - |
| 8590 | | - |
| 8591 | void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *) | - |
| 8592 | { | - |
| 8593 | } | - |
| 8594 | | - |
| 8595 | // ### Qt 6: void QWidget::enterEvent(QEnterEvent *). | - |
| 8596 | | - |
| 8597 | /*! | - |
| 8598 | \fn void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *event) | - |
| 8599 | | - |
| 8600 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8601 | widget leave events which are passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8602 | | - |
| 8603 | A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves | - |
| 8604 | the widget. | - |
| 8605 | | - |
| 8606 | \sa enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event() | - |
| 8607 | */ | - |
| 8608 | | - |
| 8609 | void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *) | - |
| 8610 | { | - |
| 8611 | } | - |
| 8612 | | - |
| 8613 | /*! | - |
| 8614 | \fn void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) | - |
| 8615 | | - |
| 8616 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint | - |
| 8617 | events passed in \a event. | - |
| 8618 | | - |
| 8619 | A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of a widget. It can | - |
| 8620 | happen for one of the following reasons: | - |
| 8621 | | - |
| 8622 | \list | - |
| 8623 | \li repaint() or update() was invoked, | - |
| 8624 | \li the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or | - |
| 8625 | \li many other reasons. | - |
| 8626 | \endlist | - |
| 8627 | | - |
| 8628 | Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but | - |
| 8629 | some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region: | - |
| 8630 | QPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result, | - |
| 8631 | as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. QListView | - |
| 8632 | and QTableView do this, for example. | - |
| 8633 | | - |
| 8634 | Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint events into | - |
| 8635 | one. When update() is called several times or the window system sends | - |
| 8636 | several paint events, Qt merges these events into one event with a larger | - |
| 8637 | region (see QRegion::united()). The repaint() function does not permit this | - |
| 8638 | optimization, so we suggest using update() whenever possible. | - |
| 8639 | | - |
| 8640 | When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been erased, so | - |
| 8641 | you are painting on the widget's background. | - |
| 8642 | | - |
| 8643 | The background can be set using setBackgroundRole() and setPalette(). | - |
| 8644 | | - |
| 8645 | Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there | - |
| 8646 | is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid flicker. | - |
| 8647 | | - |
| 8648 | \b{Note for the X11 platform}: It is possible to toggle global double | - |
| 8649 | buffering by calling \c qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(). For example, | - |
| 8650 | | - |
| 8651 | \snippet code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 14 | - |
| 8652 | | - |
| 8653 | \note Generally, you should refrain from calling update() or repaint() | - |
| 8654 | \b{inside} a paintEvent(). For example, calling update() or repaint() on | - |
| 8655 | children inside a paintevent() results in undefined behavior; the child may | - |
| 8656 | or may not get a paint event. | - |
| 8657 | | - |
| 8658 | \warning If you are using a custom paint engine without Qt's backingstore, | - |
| 8659 | Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen must be set. Otherwise, QWidget::paintEngine() will | - |
| 8660 | never be called; the backingstore will be used instead. | - |
| 8661 | | - |
| 8662 | \sa event(), repaint(), update(), QPainter, QPixmap, QPaintEvent, | - |
| 8663 | {Analog Clock Example} | - |
| 8664 | */ | - |
| 8665 | | - |
| 8666 | void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) | - |
| 8667 | { | - |
| 8668 | } | - |
| 8669 | | - |
| 8670 | | - |
| 8671 | /*! | - |
| 8672 | \fn void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *event) | - |
| 8673 | | - |
| 8674 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8675 | widget move events which are passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8676 | When the widget receives this event, it is already at the new | - |
| 8677 | position. | - |
| 8678 | | - |
| 8679 | The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos(). | - |
| 8680 | | - |
| 8681 | \sa resizeEvent(), event(), move(), QMoveEvent | - |
| 8682 | */ | - |
| 8683 | | - |
| 8684 | void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *) | - |
| 8685 | { | - |
| 8686 | } | - |
| 8687 | | - |
| 8688 | | - |
| 8689 | /*! | - |
| 8690 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8691 | widget resize events which are passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8692 | When resizeEvent() is called, the widget already has its new | - |
| 8693 | geometry. The old size is accessible through | - |
| 8694 | QResizeEvent::oldSize(). | - |
| 8695 | | - |
| 8696 | The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately | - |
| 8697 | after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should | - |
| 8698 | be) done inside this handler. | - |
| 8699 | | - |
| 8700 | | - |
| 8701 | \sa moveEvent(), event(), resize(), QResizeEvent, paintEvent(), | - |
| 8702 | {Scribble Example} | - |
| 8703 | */ | - |
| 8704 | | - |
| 8705 | void QWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent * /* event */) | - |
| 8706 | { | - |
| 8707 | } | - |
| 8708 | | - |
| 8709 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACTION | - |
| 8710 | /*! | - |
| 8711 | \fn void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *event) | - |
| 8712 | | - |
| 8713 | This event handler is called with the given \a event whenever the | - |
| 8714 | widget's actions are changed. | - |
| 8715 | | - |
| 8716 | \sa addAction(), insertAction(), removeAction(), actions(), QActionEvent | - |
| 8717 | */ | - |
| 8718 | void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *) | - |
| 8719 | { | - |
| 8720 | | - |
| 8721 | } | - |
| 8722 | #endif | - |
| 8723 | | - |
| 8724 | /*! | - |
| 8725 | This event handler is called with the given \a event when Qt receives a window | - |
| 8726 | close request for a top-level widget from the window system. | - |
| 8727 | | - |
| 8728 | By default, the event is accepted and the widget is closed. You can reimplement | - |
| 8729 | this function to change the way the widget responds to window close requests. | - |
| 8730 | For example, you can prevent the window from closing by calling \l{QEvent::}{ignore()} | - |
| 8731 | on all events. | - |
| 8732 | | - |
| 8733 | Main window applications typically use reimplementations of this function to check | - |
| 8734 | whether the user's work has been saved and ask for permission before closing. | - |
| 8735 | For example, the \l{Application Example} uses a helper function to determine whether | - |
| 8736 | or not to close the window: | - |
| 8737 | | - |
| 8738 | \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 3 | - |
| 8739 | \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 4 | - |
| 8740 | | - |
| 8741 | \sa event(), hide(), close(), QCloseEvent, {Application Example} | - |
| 8742 | */ | - |
| 8743 | | - |
| 8744 | void QWidget::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) | - |
| 8745 | { | - |
| 8746 | event->accept(); | - |
| 8747 | } | - |
| 8748 | | - |
| 8749 | #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU | - |
| 8750 | /*! | - |
| 8751 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8752 | subclass to receive widget context menu events. | - |
| 8753 | | - |
| 8754 | The handler is called when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is | - |
| 8755 | Qt::DefaultContextMenu. | - |
| 8756 | | - |
| 8757 | The default implementation ignores the context event. | - |
| 8758 | See the \l QContextMenuEvent documentation for more details. | - |
| 8759 | | - |
| 8760 | \sa event(), QContextMenuEvent, customContextMenuRequested() | - |
| 8761 | */ | - |
| 8762 | | - |
| 8763 | void QWidget::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) | - |
| 8764 | { | - |
| 8765 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8766 | } | - |
| 8767 | #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU | - |
| 8768 | | - |
| 8769 | | - |
| 8770 | /*! | - |
| 8771 | This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a | - |
| 8772 | subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler | - |
| 8773 | is called when the state of the input method changes. | - |
| 8774 | | - |
| 8775 | Note that when creating custom text editing widgets, the | - |
| 8776 | Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled window attribute must be set explicitly | - |
| 8777 | (using the setAttribute() function) in order to receive input | - |
| 8778 | method events. | - |
| 8779 | | - |
| 8780 | The default implementation calls event->ignore(), which rejects the | - |
| 8781 | Input Method event. See the \l QInputMethodEvent documentation for more | - |
| 8782 | details. | - |
| 8783 | | - |
| 8784 | \sa event(), QInputMethodEvent | - |
| 8785 | */ | - |
| 8786 | void QWidget::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *event) | - |
| 8787 | { | - |
| 8788 | event->ignore(); | - |
| 8789 | } | - |
| 8790 | | - |
| 8791 | /*! | - |
| 8792 | This method is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by the | - |
| 8793 | input method to query a set of properties of the widget to be | - |
| 8794 | able to support complex input method operations as support for | - |
| 8795 | surrounding text and reconversions. | - |
| 8796 | | - |
| 8797 | \a query specifies which property is queried. | - |
| 8798 | | - |
| 8799 | \sa inputMethodEvent(), QInputMethodEven, inputMethodHints | - |
| 8800 | */ | - |
| 8801 | QVariant QWidget::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const | - |
| 8802 | { | - |
| 8803 | switch(query) { | - |
| 8804 | case Qt::ImCursorRectangle: | - |
| 8805 | return QRect(width()/2, 0, 1, height()); | - |
| 8806 | case Qt::ImFont: | - |
| 8807 | return font(); | - |
| 8808 | case Qt::ImAnchorPosition: | - |
| 8809 | // Fallback. | - |
| 8810 | return inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition); | - |
| 8811 | case Qt::ImHints: | - |
| 8812 | return (int)inputMethodHints(); | - |
| 8813 | default: | - |
| 8814 | return QVariant(); | - |
| 8815 | } | - |
| 8816 | } | - |
| 8817 | | - |
| 8818 | /*! | - |
| 8819 | \property QWidget::inputMethodHints | - |
| 8820 | \brief What input method specific hints the widget has. | - |
| 8821 | | - |
| 8822 | This is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by | - |
| 8823 | the input method to retrieve hints as to how the input method | - |
| 8824 | should operate. For example, if the Qt::ImhFormattedNumbersOnly flag | - |
| 8825 | is set, the input method may change its visual components to reflect | - |
| 8826 | that only numbers can be entered. | - |
| 8827 | | - |
| 8828 | \note The flags are only hints, so the particular input method | - |
| 8829 | implementation is free to ignore them. If you want to be | - |
| 8830 | sure that a certain type of characters are entered, | - |
| 8831 | you should also set a QValidator on the widget. | - |
| 8832 | | - |
| 8833 | The default value is Qt::ImhNone. | - |
| 8834 | | - |
| 8835 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 8836 | | - |
| 8837 | \sa inputMethodQuery() | - |
| 8838 | */ | - |
| 8839 | Qt::InputMethodHints QWidget::inputMethodHints() const | - |
| 8840 | { | - |
| 8841 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 8842 | const QWidgetPrivate *priv = d_func(); | - |
| 8843 | while (priv->inheritsInputMethodHints) { | - |
| 8844 | priv = priv->q_func()->parentWidget()->d_func(); | - |
| 8845 | Q_ASSERT(priv); | - |
| 8846 | } | - |
| 8847 | return priv->imHints; | - |
| 8848 | #else //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 8849 | return 0; | - |
| 8850 | #endif //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 8851 | } | - |
| 8852 | | - |
| 8853 | void QWidget::setInputMethodHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints) | - |
| 8854 | { | - |
| 8855 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 8856 | Q_D(QWidget); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): QWidgetPrivate * const d = d_func(); | - |
| 8857 | if (d->imHints == hints) evaluated: d->imHints == hints| yes Evaluation Count:2782 | yes Evaluation Count:461 |
| 461-2782 |
| 8858 | return; executed: return;Execution Count:2782 | 2782 |
| 8859 | d->imHints = hints; executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): d->imHints = hints; | - |
| 8860 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImHints); executed (the execution status of this line is deduced): (static_cast<QApplication *>(QCoreApplication::instance()))->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImHints); | - |
| 8861 | #endif //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 8862 | } executed: }Execution Count:461 | 461 |
| 8863 | | - |
| 8864 | | - |
| 8865 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP | - |
| 8866 | | - |
| 8867 | /*! | - |
| 8868 | \fn void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) | - |
| 8869 | | - |
| 8870 | This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the | - |
| 8871 | mouse enters this widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8872 | | - |
| 8873 | If the event is ignored, the widget won't receive any \l{dragMoveEvent()}{drag | - |
| 8874 | move events}. | - |
| 8875 | | - |
| 8876 | See the \l{dnd.html}{Drag-and-drop documentation} for an | - |
| 8877 | overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. | - |
| 8878 | | - |
| 8879 | \sa QDrag, QDragEnterEvent | - |
| 8880 | */ | - |
| 8881 | void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *) | - |
| 8882 | { | - |
| 8883 | } | - |
| 8884 | | - |
| 8885 | /*! | - |
| 8886 | \fn void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event) | - |
| 8887 | | - |
| 8888 | This event handler is called if a drag is in progress, and when | - |
| 8889 | any of the following conditions occur: the cursor enters this widget, | - |
| 8890 | the cursor moves within this widget, or a modifier key is pressed on | - |
| 8891 | the keyboard while this widget has the focus. The event is passed | - |
| 8892 | in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8893 | | - |
| 8894 | See the \l{dnd.html}{Drag-and-drop documentation} for an | - |
| 8895 | overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. | - |
| 8896 | | - |
| 8897 | \sa QDrag, QDragMoveEvent | - |
| 8898 | */ | - |
| 8899 | void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *) | - |
| 8900 | { | - |
| 8901 | } | - |
| 8902 | | - |
| 8903 | /*! | - |
| 8904 | \fn void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *event) | - |
| 8905 | | - |
| 8906 | This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the | - |
| 8907 | mouse leaves this widget. The event is passed in the \a event | - |
| 8908 | parameter. | - |
| 8909 | | - |
| 8910 | See the \l{dnd.html}{Drag-and-drop documentation} for an | - |
| 8911 | overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. | - |
| 8912 | | - |
| 8913 | \sa QDrag, QDragLeaveEvent | - |
| 8914 | */ | - |
| 8915 | void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *) | - |
| 8916 | { | - |
| 8917 | } | - |
| 8918 | | - |
| 8919 | /*! | - |
| 8920 | \fn void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) | - |
| 8921 | | - |
| 8922 | This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this | - |
| 8923 | widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8924 | | - |
| 8925 | See the \l{dnd.html}{Drag-and-drop documentation} for an | - |
| 8926 | overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. | - |
| 8927 | | - |
| 8928 | \sa QDrag, QDropEvent | - |
| 8929 | */ | - |
| 8930 | void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *) | - |
| 8931 | { | - |
| 8932 | } | - |
| 8933 | | - |
| 8934 | #endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP | - |
| 8935 | | - |
| 8936 | /*! | - |
| 8937 | \fn void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *event) | - |
| 8938 | | - |
| 8939 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8940 | widget show events which are passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8941 | | - |
| 8942 | Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately | - |
| 8943 | before they are shown. The spontaneous show events of windows are | - |
| 8944 | delivered afterwards. | - |
| 8945 | | - |
| 8946 | Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its | - |
| 8947 | mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous | - |
| 8948 | hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous | - |
| 8949 | show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a | - |
| 8950 | spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in | - |
| 8951 | the sense of isVisible(). | - |
| 8952 | | - |
| 8953 | \sa visible, event(), QShowEvent | - |
| 8954 | */ | - |
| 8955 | void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *) | - |
| 8956 | { | - |
| 8957 | } | - |
| 8958 | | - |
| 8959 | /*! | - |
| 8960 | \fn void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *event) | - |
| 8961 | | - |
| 8962 | This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive | - |
| 8963 | widget hide events. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. | - |
| 8964 | | - |
| 8965 | Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been | - |
| 8966 | hidden. | - |
| 8967 | | - |
| 8968 | Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its | - |
| 8969 | mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous | - |
| 8970 | hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous | - |
| 8971 | show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a | - |
| 8972 | spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in | - |
| 8973 | the sense of isVisible(). | - |
| 8974 | | - |
| 8975 | \sa visible, event(), QHideEvent | - |
| 8976 | */ | - |
| 8977 | void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *) | - |
| 8978 | { | - |
| 8979 | } | - |
| 8980 | | - |
| 8981 | /*! | - |
| 8982 | This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to | - |
| 8983 | receive native platform events identified by \a eventType | - |
| 8984 | which are passed in the \a message parameter. | - |
| 8985 | | - |
| 8986 | In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the | - |
| 8987 | event being handled by Qt, return true and set \a result. | - |
| 8988 | If you return false, this native event is passed back to Qt, | - |
| 8989 | which translates the event into a Qt event and sends it to the widget. | - |
| 8990 | | - |
| 8991 | \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is | - |
| 8992 | has a native Window handle. | - |
| 8993 | | - |
| 8994 | \note This function superseedes the event filter functions | - |
| 8995 | x11Event(), winEvent() and macEvent() of Qt 4. | - |
| 8996 | | - |
| 8997 | \table | - |
| 8998 | \header \li Platform \li Event Type Identifier \li Message Type \li Result Type | - |
| 8999 | \row \li Windows \li "windows_generic_MSG" \li MSG * \li LRESULT | - |
| 9000 | \endtable | - |
| 9001 | */ | - |
| 9002 | | - |
| 9003 | bool QWidget::nativeEvent(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) | - |
| 9004 | { | - |
| 9005 | Q_UNUSED(eventType); | - |
| 9006 | Q_UNUSED(message); | - |
| 9007 | Q_UNUSED(result); | - |
| 9008 | return false; | - |
| 9009 | } | - |
| 9010 | | - |
| 9011 | /*! | - |
| 9012 | Ensures that the widget has been polished by QStyle (i.e., has a | - |
| 9013 | proper font and palette). | - |
| 9014 | | - |
| 9015 | QWidget calls this function after it has been fully constructed | - |
| 9016 | but before it is shown the very first time. You can call this | - |
| 9017 | function if you want to ensure that the widget is polished before | - |
| 9018 | doing an operation, e.g., the correct font size might be needed in | - |
| 9019 | the widget's sizeHint() reimplementation. Note that this function | - |
| 9020 | \e is called from the default implementation of sizeHint(). | - |
| 9021 | | - |
| 9022 | Polishing is useful for final initialization that must happen after | - |
| 9023 | all constructors (from base classes as well as from subclasses) | - |
| 9024 | have been called. | - |
| 9025 | | - |
| 9026 | If you need to change some settings when a widget is polished, | - |
| 9027 | reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type. | - |
| 9028 | | - |
| 9029 | \b{Note:} The function is declared const so that it can be called from | - |
| 9030 | other const functions (e.g., sizeHint()). | - |
| 9031 | | - |
| 9032 | \sa event() | - |
| 9033 | */ | - |
| 9034 | void QWidget::ensurePolished() const | - |
| 9035 | { | - |
| 9036 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 9037 | | - |
| 9038 | const QMetaObject *m = metaObject(); | - |
| 9039 | if (m == d->polished) | - |
| 9040 | return; | - |
| 9041 | d->polished = m; | - |
| 9042 | | - |
| 9043 | QEvent e(QEvent::Polish); | - |
| 9044 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &e); | - |
| 9045 | | - |
| 9046 | // polish children after 'this' | - |
| 9047 | QList<QObject*> children = d->children; | - |
| 9048 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 9049 | QObject *o = children.at(i); | - |
| 9050 | if(!o->isWidgetType()) | - |
| 9051 | continue; | - |
| 9052 | if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o)) | - |
| 9053 | w->ensurePolished(); | - |
| 9054 | } | - |
| 9055 | | - |
| 9056 | if (d->parent && d->sendChildEvents) { | - |
| 9057 | QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, const_cast<QWidget *>(this)); | - |
| 9058 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(d->parent, &e); | - |
| 9059 | } | - |
| 9060 | } | - |
| 9061 | | - |
| 9062 | /*! | - |
| 9063 | Returns the mask currently set on a widget. If no mask is set the | - |
| 9064 | return value will be an empty region. | - |
| 9065 | | - |
| 9066 | \sa setMask(), clearMask(), QRegion::isEmpty(), {Shaped Clock Example} | - |
| 9067 | */ | - |
| 9068 | QRegion QWidget::mask() const | - |
| 9069 | { | - |
| 9070 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 9071 | return d->extra ? d->extra->mask : QRegion(); | - |
| 9072 | } | - |
| 9073 | | - |
| 9074 | /*! | - |
| 9075 | Returns the layout manager that is installed on this widget, or 0 | - |
| 9076 | if no layout manager is installed. | - |
| 9077 | | - |
| 9078 | The layout manager sets the geometry of the widget's children | - |
| 9079 | that have been added to the layout. | - |
| 9080 | | - |
| 9081 | \sa setLayout(), sizePolicy(), {Layout Management} | - |
| 9082 | */ | - |
| 9083 | QLayout *QWidget::layout() const | - |
| 9084 | { | - |
| 9085 | return d_func()->layout; | - |
| 9086 | } | - |
| 9087 | | - |
| 9088 | | - |
| 9089 | /*! | - |
| 9090 | \fn void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *layout) | - |
| 9091 | | - |
| 9092 | Sets the layout manager for this widget to \a layout. | - |
| 9093 | | - |
| 9094 | If there already is a layout manager installed on this widget, | - |
| 9095 | QWidget won't let you install another. You must first delete the | - |
| 9096 | existing layout manager (returned by layout()) before you can | - |
| 9097 | call setLayout() with the new layout. | - |
| 9098 | | - |
| 9099 | If \a layout is the layout manger on a different widget, setLayout() | - |
| 9100 | will reparent the layout and make it the layout manager for this widget. | - |
| 9101 | | - |
| 9102 | Example: | - |
| 9103 | | - |
| 9104 | \snippet layouts/layouts.cpp 24 | - |
| 9105 | | - |
| 9106 | An alternative to calling this function is to pass this widget to | - |
| 9107 | the layout's constructor. | - |
| 9108 | | - |
| 9109 | The QWidget will take ownership of \a layout. | - |
| 9110 | | - |
| 9111 | \sa layout(), {Layout Management} | - |
| 9112 | */ | - |
| 9113 | | - |
| 9114 | void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *l) | - |
| 9115 | { | - |
| 9116 | if (!l) { | - |
| 9117 | qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Cannot set layout to 0"); | - |
| 9118 | return; | - |
| 9119 | } | - |
| 9120 | if (layout()) { | - |
| 9121 | if (layout() != l) | - |
| 9122 | qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", which already has a" | - |
| 9123 | " layout", l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(), | - |
| 9124 | objectName().toLocal8Bit().data()); | - |
| 9125 | return; | - |
| 9126 | } | - |
| 9127 | | - |
| 9128 | QObject *oldParent = l->parent(); | - |
| 9129 | if (oldParent && oldParent != this) { | - |
| 9130 | if (oldParent->isWidgetType()) { | - |
| 9131 | // Steal the layout off a widget parent. Takes effect when | - |
| 9132 | // morphing laid-out container widgets in Designer. | - |
| 9133 | QWidget *oldParentWidget = static_cast<QWidget *>(oldParent); | - |
| 9134 | oldParentWidget->takeLayout(); | - |
| 9135 | } else { | - |
| 9136 | qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", when the QLayout already has a parent", | - |
| 9137 | l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(), | - |
| 9138 | objectName().toLocal8Bit().data()); | - |
| 9139 | return; | - |
| 9140 | } | - |
| 9141 | } | - |
| 9142 | | - |
| 9143 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9144 | l->d_func()->topLevel = true; | - |
| 9145 | d->layout = l; | - |
| 9146 | if (oldParent != this) { | - |
| 9147 | l->setParent(this); | - |
| 9148 | l->d_func()->reparentChildWidgets(this); | - |
| 9149 | l->invalidate(); | - |
| 9150 | } | - |
| 9151 | | - |
| 9152 | if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) | - |
| 9153 | d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false; | - |
| 9154 | } | - |
| 9155 | | - |
| 9156 | /*! | - |
| 9157 | \fn QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout() | - |
| 9158 | | - |
| 9159 | Remove the layout from the widget. | - |
| 9160 | \since 4.5 | - |
| 9161 | */ | - |
| 9162 | | - |
| 9163 | QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout() | - |
| 9164 | { | - |
| 9165 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9166 | QLayout *l = layout(); | - |
| 9167 | if (!l) | - |
| 9168 | return 0; | - |
| 9169 | d->layout = 0; | - |
| 9170 | l->setParent(0); | - |
| 9171 | return l; | - |
| 9172 | } | - |
| 9173 | | - |
| 9174 | /*! | - |
| 9175 | \property QWidget::sizePolicy | - |
| 9176 | \brief the default layout behavior of the widget | - |
| 9177 | | - |
| 9178 | If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the | - |
| 9179 | size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such | - |
| 9180 | QLayout, the result of this function is used. | - |
| 9181 | | - |
| 9182 | The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the | - |
| 9183 | widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size | - |
| 9184 | sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to | - |
| 9185 | specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed | - |
| 9186 | vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as | - |
| 9187 | QLineEdit, QSpinBox or an editable QComboBox) and other | - |
| 9188 | horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar). | - |
| 9189 | QToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both | - |
| 9190 | directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as | - |
| 9191 | QSlider, QScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the | - |
| 9192 | respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scroll bars | - |
| 9193 | (usually subclasses of QScrollArea) tend to specify that they can | - |
| 9194 | use additional space, and that they can make do with less than | - |
| 9195 | sizeHint(). | - |
| 9196 | | - |
| 9197 | \sa sizeHint(), QLayout, QSizePolicy, updateGeometry() | - |
| 9198 | */ | - |
| 9199 | QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy() const | - |
| 9200 | { | - |
| 9201 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 9202 | return d->size_policy; | - |
| 9203 | } | - |
| 9204 | | - |
| 9205 | void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy policy) | - |
| 9206 | { | - |
| 9207 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9208 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy); | - |
| 9209 | if (policy == d->size_policy) | - |
| 9210 | return; | - |
| 9211 | d->size_policy = policy; | - |
| 9212 | | - |
| 9213 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 9214 | if (QWExtra *extra = d->extra) { | - |
| 9215 | if (extra->proxyWidget) | - |
| 9216 | extra->proxyWidget->setSizePolicy(policy); | - |
| 9217 | } | - |
| 9218 | #endif | - |
| 9219 | | - |
| 9220 | updateGeometry(); | - |
| 9221 | | - |
| 9222 | if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) | - |
| 9223 | d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false; | - |
| 9224 | } | - |
| 9225 | | - |
| 9226 | /*! | - |
| 9227 | \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy horizontal, QSizePolicy::Policy vertical) | - |
| 9228 | \overload | - |
| 9229 | | - |
| 9230 | Sets the size policy of the widget to \a horizontal and \a | - |
| 9231 | vertical, with standard stretch and no height-for-width. | - |
| 9232 | | - |
| 9233 | \sa QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy() | - |
| 9234 | */ | - |
| 9235 | | - |
| 9236 | /*! | - |
| 9237 | Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \a w. | - |
| 9238 | | - |
| 9239 | If this widget has a layout, the default implementation returns | - |
| 9240 | the layout's preferred height. if there is no layout, the default | - |
| 9241 | implementation returns -1 indicating that the preferred height | - |
| 9242 | does not depend on the width. | - |
| 9243 | */ | - |
| 9244 | | - |
| 9245 | int QWidget::heightForWidth(int w) const | - |
| 9246 | { | - |
| 9247 | if (layout() && layout()->hasHeightForWidth()) | - |
| 9248 | return layout()->totalHeightForWidth(w); | - |
| 9249 | return -1; | - |
| 9250 | } | - |
| 9251 | | - |
| 9252 | | - |
| 9253 | /*! | - |
| 9254 | \since 5.0 | - |
| 9255 | | - |
| 9256 | Returns true if the widget's preferred height depends on its width; otherwise returns false. | - |
| 9257 | */ | - |
| 9258 | bool QWidget::hasHeightForWidth() const | - |
| 9259 | { | - |
| 9260 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 9261 | return d->layout ? d->layout->hasHeightForWidth() : d->size_policy.hasHeightForWidth(); | - |
| 9262 | } | - |
| 9263 | | - |
| 9264 | /*! | - |
| 9265 | \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y) const | - |
| 9266 | | - |
| 9267 | Returns the visible child widget at the position (\a{x}, \a{y}) | - |
| 9268 | in the widget's coordinate system. If there is no visible child | - |
| 9269 | widget at the specified position, the function returns 0. | - |
| 9270 | */ | - |
| 9271 | | - |
| 9272 | /*! | - |
| 9273 | \overload | - |
| 9274 | | - |
| 9275 | Returns the visible child widget at point \a p in the widget's own | - |
| 9276 | coordinate system. | - |
| 9277 | */ | - |
| 9278 | | - |
| 9279 | QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p) const | - |
| 9280 | { | - |
| 9281 | return d_func()->childAt_helper(p, false); | - |
| 9282 | } | - |
| 9283 | | - |
| 9284 | QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAt_helper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor) const | - |
| 9285 | { | - |
| 9286 | if (children.isEmpty()) | - |
| 9287 | return 0; | - |
| 9288 | | - |
| 9289 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9290 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 9291 | // Unified tool bars on the Mac require special handling since they live outside | - |
| 9292 | // QMainWindow's geometry(). See commit: 35667fd45ada49269a5987c235fdedfc43e92bb8 | - |
| 9293 | bool includeFrame = q->isWindow() && qobject_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q) | - |
| 9294 | && static_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(); | - |
| 9295 | if (includeFrame) | - |
| 9296 | return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor, includeFrame); | - |
| 9297 | #endif | - |
| 9298 | | - |
| 9299 | if (!pointInsideRectAndMask(p)) | - |
| 9300 | return 0; | - |
| 9301 | return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor); | - |
| 9302 | } | - |
| 9303 | | - |
| 9304 | QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAtRecursiveHelper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor, bool includeFrame) const | - |
| 9305 | { | - |
| 9306 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9307 | Q_UNUSED(includeFrame); | - |
| 9308 | #endif | - |
| 9309 | for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { | - |
| 9310 | QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 9311 | if (!child || child->isWindow() || child->isHidden() || child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents) | - |
| 9312 | || (ignoreChildrenInDestructor && child->data->in_destructor)) { | - |
| 9313 | continue; | - |
| 9314 | } | - |
| 9315 | | - |
| 9316 | // Map the point 'p' from parent coordinates to child coordinates. | - |
| 9317 | QPoint childPoint = p; | - |
| 9318 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9319 | // 'includeFrame' is true if the child's parent is a top-level QMainWindow with an unified tool bar. | - |
| 9320 | // An unified tool bar on the Mac lives outside QMainWindow's geometry(), so a normal | - |
| 9321 | // QWidget::mapFromParent won't do the trick. | - |
| 9322 | if (includeFrame && qobject_cast<QToolBar *>(child)) | - |
| 9323 | childPoint = qt_mac_nativeMapFromParent(child, p); | - |
| 9324 | else | - |
| 9325 | #endif | - |
| 9326 | childPoint -= child->data->crect.topLeft(); | - |
| 9327 | | - |
| 9328 | // Check if the point hits the child. | - |
| 9329 | if (!child->d_func()->pointInsideRectAndMask(childPoint)) | - |
| 9330 | continue; | - |
| 9331 | | - |
| 9332 | // Do the same for the child's descendants. | - |
| 9333 | if (QWidget *w = child->d_func()->childAtRecursiveHelper(childPoint, ignoreChildrenInDestructor)) | - |
| 9334 | return w; | - |
| 9335 | | - |
| 9336 | // We have found our target; namely the child at position 'p'. | - |
| 9337 | return child; | - |
| 9338 | } | - |
| 9339 | return 0; | - |
| 9340 | } | - |
| 9341 | | - |
| 9342 | void QWidgetPrivate::updateGeometry_helper(bool forceUpdate) | - |
| 9343 | { | - |
| 9344 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 9345 | if (widgetItem) | - |
| 9346 | widgetItem->invalidateSizeCache(); | - |
| 9347 | QWidget *parent; | - |
| 9348 | if (forceUpdate || !extra || extra->minw != extra->maxw || extra->minh != extra->maxh) { | - |
| 9349 | if (!q->isWindow() && !q->isHidden() && (parent = q->parentWidget())) { | - |
| 9350 | if (parent->d_func()->layout) | - |
| 9351 | parent->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); | - |
| 9352 | else if (parent->isVisible()) | - |
| 9353 | QApplication::postEvent(parent, new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest)); | - |
| 9354 | } | - |
| 9355 | } | - |
| 9356 | } | - |
| 9357 | | - |
| 9358 | /*! | - |
| 9359 | Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may | - |
| 9360 | need to change geometry. | - |
| 9361 | | - |
| 9362 | Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed. | - |
| 9363 | | - |
| 9364 | For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The | - |
| 9365 | layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown. | - |
| 9366 | */ | - |
| 9367 | | - |
| 9368 | void QWidget::updateGeometry() | - |
| 9369 | { | - |
| 9370 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9371 | d->updateGeometry_helper(false); | - |
| 9372 | } | - |
| 9373 | | - |
| 9374 | /*! \property QWidget::windowFlags | - |
| 9375 | | - |
| 9376 | Window flags are a combination of a type (e.g. Qt::Dialog) and | - |
| 9377 | zero or more hints to the window system (e.g. | - |
| 9378 | Qt::FramelessWindowHint). | - |
| 9379 | | - |
| 9380 | If the widget had type Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow and becomes a | - |
| 9381 | window (Qt::Window, Qt::Dialog, etc.), it is put at position (0, | - |
| 9382 | 0) on the desktop. If the widget is a window and becomes a | - |
| 9383 | Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow, it is put at position (0, 0) | - |
| 9384 | relative to its parent widget. | - |
| 9385 | | - |
| 9386 | \note This function calls setParent() when changing the flags for | - |
| 9387 | a window, causing the widget to be hidden. You must call show() to make | - |
| 9388 | the widget visible again.. | - |
| 9389 | | - |
| 9390 | \sa windowType(), {Window Flags Example} | - |
| 9391 | */ | - |
| 9392 | void QWidget::setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags) | - |
| 9393 | { | - |
| 9394 | if (data->window_flags == flags) | - |
| 9395 | return; | - |
| 9396 | | - |
| 9397 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9398 | | - |
| 9399 | if ((data->window_flags | flags) & Qt::Window) { | - |
| 9400 | // the old type was a window and/or the new type is a window | - |
| 9401 | QPoint oldPos = pos(); | - |
| 9402 | bool visible = isVisible(); | - |
| 9403 | setParent(parentWidget(), flags); | - |
| 9404 | | - |
| 9405 | // if both types are windows or neither of them are, we restore | - |
| 9406 | // the old position | - |
| 9407 | if (!((data->window_flags ^ flags) & Qt::Window) | - |
| 9408 | && (visible || testAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved))) { | - |
| 9409 | move(oldPos); | - |
| 9410 | } | - |
| 9411 | // for backward-compatibility we change Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute value only when the window was recreated. | - |
| 9412 | d->adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute(); | - |
| 9413 | } else { | - |
| 9414 | data->window_flags = flags; | - |
| 9415 | } | - |
| 9416 | } | - |
| 9417 | | - |
| 9418 | /*! | - |
| 9419 | Sets the window flags for the widget to \a flags, | - |
| 9420 | \e without telling the window system. | - |
| 9421 | | - |
| 9422 | \warning Do not call this function unless you really know what | - |
| 9423 | you're doing. | - |
| 9424 | | - |
| 9425 | \sa setWindowFlags() | - |
| 9426 | */ | - |
| 9427 | void QWidget::overrideWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags) | - |
| 9428 | { | - |
| 9429 | data->window_flags = flags; | - |
| 9430 | } | - |
| 9431 | | - |
| 9432 | /*! | - |
| 9433 | \fn Qt::WindowType QWidget::windowType() const | - |
| 9434 | | - |
| 9435 | Returns the window type of this widget. This is identical to | - |
| 9436 | windowFlags() & Qt::WindowType_Mask. | - |
| 9437 | | - |
| 9438 | \sa windowFlags | - |
| 9439 | */ | - |
| 9440 | | - |
| 9441 | /*! | - |
| 9442 | Sets the parent of the widget to \a parent, and resets the window | - |
| 9443 | flags. The widget is moved to position (0, 0) in its new parent. | - |
| 9444 | | - |
| 9445 | If the new parent widget is in a different window, the | - |
| 9446 | reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the | - |
| 9447 | \l{setFocusPolicy()}{tab chain} of the new parent | - |
| 9448 | widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved | - |
| 9449 | widgets had keyboard focus, setParent() calls clearFocus() for that | - |
| 9450 | widget. | - |
| 9451 | | - |
| 9452 | If the new parent widget is in the same window as the | - |
| 9453 | old parent, setting the parent doesn't change the tab order or | - |
| 9454 | keyboard focus. | - |
| 9455 | | - |
| 9456 | If the "new" parent widget is the old parent widget, this function | - |
| 9457 | does nothing. | - |
| 9458 | | - |
| 9459 | \note The widget becomes invisible as part of changing its parent, | - |
| 9460 | even if it was previously visible. You must call show() to make the | - |
| 9461 | widget visible again. | - |
| 9462 | | - |
| 9463 | \warning It is very unlikely that you will ever need this | - |
| 9464 | function. If you have a widget that changes its content | - |
| 9465 | dynamically, it is far easier to use \l QStackedWidget. | - |
| 9466 | | - |
| 9467 | \sa setWindowFlags() | - |
| 9468 | */ | - |
| 9469 | void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent) | - |
| 9470 | { | - |
| 9471 | if (parent == parentWidget()) | - |
| 9472 | return; | - |
| 9473 | setParent((QWidget*)parent, windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowType_Mask); | - |
| 9474 | } | - |
| 9475 | | - |
| 9476 | /*! | - |
| 9477 | \overload | - |
| 9478 | | - |
| 9479 | This function also takes widget flags, \a f as an argument. | - |
| 9480 | */ | - |
| 9481 | | - |
| 9482 | void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) | - |
| 9483 | { | - |
| 9484 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9485 | bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); | - |
| 9486 | bool wasCreated = testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); | - |
| 9487 | QWidget *oldtlw = window(); | - |
| 9488 | | - |
| 9489 | QWidget *desktopWidget = 0; | - |
| 9490 | if (parent && parent->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) | - |
| 9491 | desktopWidget = parent; | - |
| 9492 | bool newParent = (parent != parentWidget()) || !wasCreated || desktopWidget; | - |
| 9493 | | - |
| 9494 | if (newParent && parent && !desktopWidget) { | - |
| 9495 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) | - |
| 9496 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9497 | // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with | - |
| 9498 | // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case | - |
| 9499 | && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isWindow() | - |
| 9500 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9501 | ) | - |
| 9502 | parent->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren(); | - |
| 9503 | else if (parent->d_func()->nativeChildrenForced() || parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) | - |
| 9504 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 9505 | } | - |
| 9506 | | - |
| 9507 | if (wasCreated) { | - |
| 9508 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) { | - |
| 9509 | hide(); | - |
| 9510 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide, false); | - |
| 9511 | } | - |
| 9512 | if (newParent) { | - |
| 9513 | QEvent e(QEvent::ParentAboutToChange); | - |
| 9514 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 9515 | } | - |
| 9516 | } | - |
| 9517 | if (newParent && isAncestorOf(focusWidget())) | - |
| 9518 | focusWidget()->clearFocus(); | - |
| 9519 | | - |
| 9520 | QTLWExtra *oldTopExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9521 | QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *oldBsTracker = oldTopExtra ? &oldTopExtra->backingStoreTracker : 0; | - |
| 9522 | | - |
| 9523 | d->setParent_sys(parent, f); | - |
| 9524 | | - |
| 9525 | QTLWExtra *topExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9526 | QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *bsTracker = topExtra ? &topExtra->backingStoreTracker : 0; | - |
| 9527 | if (oldBsTracker && oldBsTracker != bsTracker) | - |
| 9528 | oldBsTracker->unregisterWidgetSubtree(this); | - |
| 9529 | | - |
| 9530 | if (desktopWidget) | - |
| 9531 | parent = 0; | - |
| 9532 | | - |
| 9533 | if (QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore()) { | - |
| 9534 | if (newParent) | - |
| 9535 | oldBs->removeDirtyWidget(this); | - |
| 9536 | // Move the widget and all its static children from | - |
| 9537 | // the old backing store to the new one. | - |
| 9538 | oldBs->moveStaticWidgets(this); | - |
| 9539 | } | - |
| 9540 | | - |
| 9541 | if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation) && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 9542 | create(); | - |
| 9543 | | - |
| 9544 | d->reparentFocusWidgets(oldtlw); | - |
| 9545 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); | - |
| 9546 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) | - |
| 9547 | && (!parent || !parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet))) { | - |
| 9548 | d->resolveFont(); | - |
| 9549 | d->resolvePalette(); | - |
| 9550 | } | - |
| 9551 | d->resolveLayoutDirection(); | - |
| 9552 | d->resolveLocale(); | - |
| 9553 | | - |
| 9554 | // Note: GL widgets under WGL or EGL will always need a ParentChange | - |
| 9555 | // event to handle recreation/rebinding of the GL context, hence the | - |
| 9556 | // (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) clause (which is set on QGLWidgets on all | - |
| 9557 | // platforms). | - |
| 9558 | if (newParent | - |
| 9559 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(QT_OPENGL_ES) | - |
| 9560 | || (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) | - |
| 9561 | #endif | - |
| 9562 | ) { | - |
| 9563 | // propagate enabled updates enabled state to non-windows | - |
| 9564 | if (!isWindow()) { | - |
| 9565 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)) | - |
| 9566 | d->setEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->isEnabled() : true); | - |
| 9567 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled)) | - |
| 9568 | d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->updatesEnabled() : true); | - |
| 9569 | } | - |
| 9570 | d->inheritStyle(); | - |
| 9571 | | - |
| 9572 | // send and post remaining QObject events | - |
| 9573 | if (parent && d->sendChildEvents) { | - |
| 9574 | QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildAdded, this); | - |
| 9575 | QApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e); | - |
| 9576 | } | - |
| 9577 | | - |
| 9578 | //### already hidden above ---> must probably do something smart on the mac | - |
| 9579 | // #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9580 | // extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp | - |
| 9581 | // if(!qt_mac_is_macdrawer(q)) //special case | - |
| 9582 | // q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 9583 | // #else | - |
| 9584 | // q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); | - |
| 9585 | //#endif | - |
| 9586 | | - |
| 9587 | if (parent && d->sendChildEvents && d->polished) { | - |
| 9588 | QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, this); | - |
| 9589 | QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e); | - |
| 9590 | } | - |
| 9591 | | - |
| 9592 | QEvent e(QEvent::ParentChange); | - |
| 9593 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 9594 | } | - |
| 9595 | | - |
| 9596 | if (!wasCreated) { | - |
| 9597 | if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) | - |
| 9598 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, true); | - |
| 9599 | else if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) | - |
| 9600 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); | - |
| 9601 | } | - |
| 9602 | | - |
| 9603 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 9604 | | - |
| 9605 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 9606 | // Embed the widget into a proxy if the parent is embedded. | - |
| 9607 | // ### Doesn't handle reparenting out of an embedded widget. | - |
| 9608 | if (oldtlw->graphicsProxyWidget()) { | - |
| 9609 | if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(oldtlw)) | - |
| 9610 | ancestorProxy->d_func()->unembedSubWindow(this); | - |
| 9611 | } | - |
| 9612 | if (isWindow() && parent && !graphicsProxyWidget() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { | - |
| 9613 | if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(parent)) | - |
| 9614 | ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(this); | - |
| 9615 | } | - |
| 9616 | #endif | - |
| 9617 | } | - |
| 9618 | | - |
| 9619 | /*! | - |
| 9620 | Scrolls the widget including its children \a dx pixels to the | - |
| 9621 | right and \a dy downward. Both \a dx and \a dy may be negative. | - |
| 9622 | | - |
| 9623 | After scrolling, the widgets will receive paint events for | - |
| 9624 | the areas that need to be repainted. For widgets that Qt knows to | - |
| 9625 | be opaque, this is only the newly exposed parts. | - |
| 9626 | For example, if an opaque widget is scrolled 8 pixels to the left, | - |
| 9627 | only an 8-pixel wide stripe at the right edge needs updating. | - |
| 9628 | | - |
| 9629 | Since widgets propagate the contents of their parents by default, | - |
| 9630 | you need to set the \l autoFillBackground property, or use | - |
| 9631 | setAttribute() to set the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent attribute, to make | - |
| 9632 | a widget opaque. | - |
| 9633 | | - |
| 9634 | For widgets that use contents propagation, a scroll will cause an | - |
| 9635 | update of the entire scroll area. | - |
| 9636 | | - |
| 9637 | \sa {Transparency and Double Buffering} | - |
| 9638 | */ | - |
| 9639 | | - |
| 9640 | void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy) | - |
| 9641 | { | - |
| 9642 | if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible()) | - |
| 9643 | return; | - |
| 9644 | if (dx == 0 && dy == 0) | - |
| 9645 | return; | - |
| 9646 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9647 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 9648 | if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { | - |
| 9649 | // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects; | - |
| 9650 | // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must | - |
| 9651 | // separately add a translated dirty region. | - |
| 9652 | if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 9653 | foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy)).rects()) | - |
| 9654 | proxy->update(rect); | - |
| 9655 | } | - |
| 9656 | proxy->scroll(dx, dy, proxy->subWidgetRect(this)); | - |
| 9657 | return; | - |
| 9658 | } | - |
| 9659 | #endif | - |
| 9660 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 9661 | d->scroll_sys(dx, dy); | - |
| 9662 | } | - |
| 9663 | | - |
| 9664 | /*! | - |
| 9665 | \overload | - |
| 9666 | | - |
| 9667 | This version only scrolls \a r and does not move the children of | - |
| 9668 | the widget. | - |
| 9669 | | - |
| 9670 | If \a r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined. | - |
| 9671 | | - |
| 9672 | \sa QScrollArea | - |
| 9673 | */ | - |
| 9674 | void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy, const QRect &r) | - |
| 9675 | { | - |
| 9676 | | - |
| 9677 | if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible()) | - |
| 9678 | return; | - |
| 9679 | if (dx == 0 && dy == 0) | - |
| 9680 | return; | - |
| 9681 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9682 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 9683 | if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { | - |
| 9684 | // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects; | - |
| 9685 | // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must | - |
| 9686 | // separately add a translated dirty region. | - |
| 9687 | if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 9688 | foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy) & r).rects()) | - |
| 9689 | proxy->update(rect); | - |
| 9690 | } | - |
| 9691 | proxy->scroll(dx, dy, r.translated(proxy->subWidgetRect(this).topLeft().toPoint())); | - |
| 9692 | return; | - |
| 9693 | } | - |
| 9694 | #endif | - |
| 9695 | d->scroll_sys(dx, dy, r); | - |
| 9696 | } | - |
| 9697 | | - |
| 9698 | /*! | - |
| 9699 | Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately, | - |
| 9700 | unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. | - |
| 9701 | | - |
| 9702 | We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint, | - |
| 9703 | for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update() | - |
| 9704 | is better, as it permits Qt to optimize for speed and minimize | - |
| 9705 | flicker. | - |
| 9706 | | - |
| 9707 | \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be | - |
| 9708 | called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The | - |
| 9709 | update() function never causes recursion. | - |
| 9710 | | - |
| 9711 | \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled() | - |
| 9712 | */ | - |
| 9713 | | - |
| 9714 | void QWidget::repaint() | - |
| 9715 | { | - |
| 9716 | repaint(rect()); | - |
| 9717 | } | - |
| 9718 | | - |
| 9719 | /*! \overload | - |
| 9720 | | - |
| 9721 | This version repaints a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside | - |
| 9722 | the widget. | - |
| 9723 | | - |
| 9724 | If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}, and if | - |
| 9725 | \a h is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}. | - |
| 9726 | */ | - |
| 9727 | void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h) | - |
| 9728 | { | - |
| 9729 | if (x > data->crect.width() || y > data->crect.height()) | - |
| 9730 | return; | - |
| 9731 | | - |
| 9732 | if (w < 0) | - |
| 9733 | w = data->crect.width() - x; | - |
| 9734 | if (h < 0) | - |
| 9735 | h = data->crect.height() - y; | - |
| 9736 | | - |
| 9737 | repaint(QRect(x, y, w, h)); | - |
| 9738 | } | - |
| 9739 | | - |
| 9740 | /*! \overload | - |
| 9741 | | - |
| 9742 | This version repaints a rectangle \a rect inside the widget. | - |
| 9743 | */ | - |
| 9744 | void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &rect) | - |
| 9745 | { | - |
| 9746 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9747 | | - |
| 9748 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) { | - |
| 9749 | update(rect); | - |
| 9750 | return; | - |
| 9751 | } | - |
| 9752 | | - |
| 9753 | if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty()) | - |
| 9754 | return; | - |
| 9755 | | - |
| 9756 | if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { | - |
| 9757 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9758 | if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { | - |
| 9759 | qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); | - |
| 9760 | return; | - |
| 9761 | } | - |
| 9762 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9763 | QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9764 | if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) { | - |
| 9765 | tlwExtra->inRepaint = true; | - |
| 9766 | tlwExtra->backingStoreTracker->markDirty(rect, this, true); | - |
| 9767 | tlwExtra->inRepaint = false; | - |
| 9768 | } | - |
| 9769 | } else { | - |
| 9770 | d->repaint_sys(rect); | - |
| 9771 | } | - |
| 9772 | } | - |
| 9773 | | - |
| 9774 | /*! | - |
| 9775 | \overload | - |
| 9776 | | - |
| 9777 | This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget. | - |
| 9778 | */ | - |
| 9779 | void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn) | - |
| 9780 | { | - |
| 9781 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9782 | | - |
| 9783 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) { | - |
| 9784 | update(rgn); | - |
| 9785 | return; | - |
| 9786 | } | - |
| 9787 | | - |
| 9788 | if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty()) | - |
| 9789 | return; | - |
| 9790 | | - |
| 9791 | if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { | - |
| 9792 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9793 | if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { | - |
| 9794 | qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); | - |
| 9795 | return; | - |
| 9796 | } | - |
| 9797 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9798 | QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9799 | if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) { | - |
| 9800 | tlwExtra->inRepaint = true; | - |
| 9801 | tlwExtra->backingStoreTracker->markDirty(rgn, this, true); | - |
| 9802 | tlwExtra->inRepaint = false; | - |
| 9803 | } | - |
| 9804 | } else { | - |
| 9805 | d->repaint_sys(rgn); | - |
| 9806 | } | - |
| 9807 | } | - |
| 9808 | | - |
| 9809 | /*! | - |
| 9810 | Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is | - |
| 9811 | hidden. | - |
| 9812 | | - |
| 9813 | This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it | - |
| 9814 | schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main | - |
| 9815 | event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less | - |
| 9816 | flicker than a call to repaint() does. | - |
| 9817 | | - |
| 9818 | Calling update() several times normally results in just one | - |
| 9819 | paintEvent() call. | - |
| 9820 | | - |
| 9821 | Qt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call. | - |
| 9822 | If the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute is set, the widget is | - |
| 9823 | responsible for painting all its pixels with an opaque color. | - |
| 9824 | | - |
| 9825 | \sa repaint(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), {Analog Clock Example} | - |
| 9826 | */ | - |
| 9827 | void QWidget::update() | - |
| 9828 | { | - |
| 9829 | update(rect()); | - |
| 9830 | } | - |
| 9831 | | - |
| 9832 | /*! \fn void QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h) | - |
| 9833 | \overload | - |
| 9834 | | - |
| 9835 | This version updates a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside | - |
| 9836 | the widget. | - |
| 9837 | */ | - |
| 9838 | | - |
| 9839 | /*! | - |
| 9840 | \overload | - |
| 9841 | | - |
| 9842 | This version updates a rectangle \a rect inside the widget. | - |
| 9843 | */ | - |
| 9844 | void QWidget::update(const QRect &rect) | - |
| 9845 | { | - |
| 9846 | if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty()) | - |
| 9847 | return; | - |
| 9848 | | - |
| 9849 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) { | - |
| 9850 | QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rect)); | - |
| 9851 | return; | - |
| 9852 | } | - |
| 9853 | | - |
| 9854 | if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { | - |
| 9855 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9856 | if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { | - |
| 9857 | qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); | - |
| 9858 | return; | - |
| 9859 | } | - |
| 9860 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9861 | QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9862 | if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) | - |
| 9863 | tlwExtra->backingStoreTracker->markDirty(rect, this); | - |
| 9864 | } else { | - |
| 9865 | d_func()->repaint_sys(rect); | - |
| 9866 | } | - |
| 9867 | } | - |
| 9868 | | - |
| 9869 | /*! | - |
| 9870 | \overload | - |
| 9871 | | - |
| 9872 | This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget. | - |
| 9873 | */ | - |
| 9874 | void QWidget::update(const QRegion &rgn) | - |
| 9875 | { | - |
| 9876 | if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty()) | - |
| 9877 | return; | - |
| 9878 | | - |
| 9879 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) { | - |
| 9880 | QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rgn)); | - |
| 9881 | return; | - |
| 9882 | } | - |
| 9883 | | - |
| 9884 | if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { | - |
| 9885 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9886 | if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { | - |
| 9887 | qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); | - |
| 9888 | return; | - |
| 9889 | } | - |
| 9890 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9891 | QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 9892 | if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) | - |
| 9893 | tlwExtra->backingStoreTracker->markDirty(rgn, this); | - |
| 9894 | } else { | - |
| 9895 | d_func()->repaint_sys(rgn); | - |
| 9896 | } | - |
| 9897 | } | - |
| 9898 | | - |
| 9899 | | - |
| 9900 | /*! | - |
| 9901 | \internal | - |
| 9902 | | - |
| 9903 | This just sets the corresponding attribute bit to 1 or 0 | - |
| 9904 | */ | - |
| 9905 | static void setAttribute_internal(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on, QWidgetData *data, | - |
| 9906 | QWidgetPrivate *d) | - |
| 9907 | { | - |
| 9908 | if (attribute < int(8*sizeof(uint))) { | - |
| 9909 | if (on) | - |
| 9910 | data->widget_attributes |= (1<<attribute); | - |
| 9911 | else | - |
| 9912 | data->widget_attributes &= ~(1<<attribute); | - |
| 9913 | } else { | - |
| 9914 | const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint); | - |
| 9915 | const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint)); | - |
| 9916 | if (on) | - |
| 9917 | d->high_attributes[int_off] |= (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))); | - |
| 9918 | else | - |
| 9919 | d->high_attributes[int_off] &= ~(1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))); | - |
| 9920 | } | - |
| 9921 | } | - |
| 9922 | | - |
| 9923 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 9924 | void QWidgetPrivate::macUpdateSizeAttribute() | - |
| 9925 | { | - |
| 9926 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 9927 | QEvent event(QEvent::MacSizeChange); | - |
| 9928 | QApplication::sendEvent(q, &event); | - |
| 9929 | for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 9930 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); | - |
| 9931 | if (w && (!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) | - |
| 9932 | && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacMiniSize) // no attribute set? inherit from parent | - |
| 9933 | && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacSmallSize) | - |
| 9934 | && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacNormalSize)) | - |
| 9935 | w->d_func()->macUpdateSizeAttribute(); | - |
| 9936 | } | - |
| 9937 | resolveFont(); | - |
| 9938 | } | - |
| 9939 | #endif | - |
| 9940 | | - |
| 9941 | /*! | - |
| 9942 | Sets the attribute \a attribute on this widget if \a on is true; | - |
| 9943 | otherwise clears the attribute. | - |
| 9944 | | - |
| 9945 | \sa testAttribute() | - |
| 9946 | */ | - |
| 9947 | void QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on) | - |
| 9948 | { | - |
| 9949 | if (testAttribute(attribute) == on) | - |
| 9950 | return; | - |
| 9951 | | - |
| 9952 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 9953 | Q_ASSERT_X(sizeof(d->high_attributes)*8 >= (Qt::WA_AttributeCount - sizeof(uint)*8), | - |
| 9954 | "QWidget::setAttribute(WidgetAttribute, bool)", | - |
| 9955 | "QWidgetPrivate::high_attributes[] too small to contain all attributes in WidgetAttribute"); | - |
| 9956 | #ifdef Q_OS_WIN | - |
| 9957 | // ### Don't use PaintOnScreen+paintEngine() to do native painting in some future release | - |
| 9958 | if (attribute == Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen && on && windowType() != Qt::Desktop && !inherits("QGLWidget")) { | - |
| 9959 | // see qwidget_qpa.cpp, ::paintEngine for details | - |
| 9960 | paintEngine(); | - |
| 9961 | if (d->noPaintOnScreen) | - |
| 9962 | return; | - |
| 9963 | } | - |
| 9964 | #endif | - |
| 9965 | | - |
| 9966 | setAttribute_internal(attribute, on, data, d); | - |
| 9967 | | - |
| 9968 | switch (attribute) { | - |
| 9969 | | - |
| 9970 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP | - |
| 9971 | case Qt::WA_AcceptDrops: { | - |
| 9972 | if (on && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)) | - |
| 9973 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true); | - |
| 9974 | else if (!on && (isWindow() || !parentWidget() || !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))) | - |
| 9975 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, false); | - |
| 9976 | QEvent e(QEvent::AcceptDropsChange); | - |
| 9977 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 9978 | break; | - |
| 9979 | } | - |
| 9980 | case Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered: { | - |
| 9981 | d->registerDropSite(on); | - |
| 9982 | for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { | - |
| 9983 | QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); | - |
| 9984 | if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops) && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) != on) | - |
| 9985 | w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, on); | - |
| 9986 | } | - |
| 9987 | break; | - |
| 9988 | } | - |
| 9989 | #endif | - |
| 9990 | | - |
| 9991 | case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsForParent: | - |
| 9992 | d->sendChildEvents = !on; | - |
| 9993 | break; | - |
| 9994 | case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren: | - |
| 9995 | d->receiveChildEvents = !on; | - |
| 9996 | break; | - |
| 9997 | case Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal: | - |
| 9998 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 9999 | d->setStyle_helper(style(), false, true); // Make sure things get unpolished/polished correctly. | - |
| 10000 | // fall through since changing the metal attribute affects the opaque size grip. | - |
| 10001 | case Qt::WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip: | - |
| 10002 | d->macUpdateOpaqueSizeGrip(); | - |
| 10003 | break; | - |
| 10004 | case Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect: | - |
| 10005 | if (hasFocus()) { | - |
| 10006 | clearFocus(); | - |
| 10007 | setFocus(); | - |
| 10008 | } | - |
| 10009 | break; | - |
| 10010 | case Qt::WA_Hover: | - |
| 10011 | qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this); | - |
| 10012 | break; | - |
| 10013 | #endif | - |
| 10014 | case Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow: | - |
| 10015 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 10016 | d->macUpdateHideOnSuspend(); | - |
| 10017 | #endif | - |
| 10018 | break; | - |
| 10019 | case Qt::WA_MacNormalSize: | - |
| 10020 | case Qt::WA_MacSmallSize: | - |
| 10021 | case Qt::WA_MacMiniSize: | - |
| 10022 | #ifdef Q_OS_MAC | - |
| 10023 | { | - |
| 10024 | // We can only have one of these set at a time | - |
| 10025 | const Qt::WidgetAttribute MacSizes[] = { Qt::WA_MacNormalSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize, | - |
| 10026 | Qt::WA_MacMiniSize }; | - |
| 10027 | for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { | - |
| 10028 | if (MacSizes[i] != attribute) | - |
| 10029 | setAttribute_internal(MacSizes[i], false, data, d); | - |
| 10030 | } | - |
| 10031 | d->macUpdateSizeAttribute(); | - |
| 10032 | } | - |
| 10033 | #endif | - |
| 10034 | break; | - |
| 10035 | case Qt::WA_ShowModal: | - |
| 10036 | if (!on) { | - |
| 10037 | // reset modality type to NonModal when clearing WA_ShowModal | - |
| 10038 | data->window_modality = Qt::NonModal; | - |
| 10039 | } else if (data->window_modality == Qt::NonModal) { | - |
| 10040 | // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set prior | - |
| 10041 | // to setting WA_ShowModal. set the default to WindowModal | - |
| 10042 | // if we are the child of a group leader; otherwise use | - |
| 10043 | // ApplicationModal. | - |
| 10044 | QWidget *w = parentWidget(); | - |
| 10045 | if (w) | - |
| 10046 | w = w->window(); | - |
| 10047 | while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) { | - |
| 10048 | w = w->parentWidget(); | - |
| 10049 | if (w) | - |
| 10050 | w = w->window(); | - |
| 10051 | } | - |
| 10052 | data->window_modality = (w && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) | - |
| 10053 | ? Qt::WindowModal | - |
| 10054 | : Qt::ApplicationModal; | - |
| 10055 | // Some window managers do not allow us to enter modality after the | - |
| 10056 | // window is visible.The window must be hidden before changing the | - |
| 10057 | // windowModality property and then reshown. | - |
| 10058 | } | - |
| 10059 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { | - |
| 10060 | // don't call setModal_sys() before create_sys() | - |
| 10061 | d->setModal_sys(); | - |
| 10062 | } | - |
| 10063 | break; | - |
| 10064 | case Qt::WA_MouseTracking: { | - |
| 10065 | QEvent e(QEvent::MouseTrackingChange); | - |
| 10066 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 10067 | break; } | - |
| 10068 | case Qt::WA_NativeWindow: { | - |
| 10069 | d->createTLExtra(); | - |
| 10070 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 10071 | QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget(); | - |
| 10072 | if (on && !internalWinId() && hasFocus() | - |
| 10073 | && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { | - |
| 10074 | qApp->inputMethod()->commit(); | - |
| 10075 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImEnabled); | - |
| 10076 | } | - |
| 10077 | if (!qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) && parentWidget() | - |
| 10078 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 10079 | // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with | - |
| 10080 | // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case | - |
| 10081 | && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget()->isWindow() | - |
| 10082 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 10083 | ) | - |
| 10084 | parentWidget()->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren(); | - |
| 10085 | if (on && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10086 | d->createWinId(); | - |
| 10087 | if (isEnabled() && focusWidget->isEnabled() | - |
| 10088 | && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { | - |
| 10089 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImEnabled); | - |
| 10090 | } | - |
| 10091 | #endif //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 10092 | break; | - |
| 10093 | } | - |
| 10094 | case Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen: | - |
| 10095 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 10096 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 10097 | // Recreate the widget if it's already created as an alien widget and | - |
| 10098 | // WA_PaintOnScreen is enabled. Paint on screen widgets must have win id. | - |
| 10099 | // So must their children. | - |
| 10100 | if (on) { | - |
| 10101 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); | - |
| 10102 | d->enforceNativeChildren(); | - |
| 10103 | } | - |
| 10104 | #endif | - |
| 10105 | // fall through | - |
| 10106 | case Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent: | - |
| 10107 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 10108 | break; | - |
| 10109 | case Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground: | - |
| 10110 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 10111 | // fall through... | - |
| 10112 | case Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled: | - |
| 10113 | d->updateSystemBackground(); | - |
| 10114 | break; | - |
| 10115 | case Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents: | - |
| 10116 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 10117 | d->macUpdateIgnoreMouseEvents(); | - |
| 10118 | #endif | - |
| 10119 | break; | - |
| 10120 | case Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled: { | - |
| 10121 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM | - |
| 10122 | if (qApp->focusObject() == this) { | - |
| 10123 | if (!on) | - |
| 10124 | qApp->inputMethod()->commit(); | - |
| 10125 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImEnabled); | - |
| 10126 | } | - |
| 10127 | #endif //QT_NO_IM | - |
| 10128 | break; | - |
| 10129 | } | - |
| 10130 | case Qt::WA_WindowPropagation: | - |
| 10131 | d->resolvePalette(); | - |
| 10132 | d->resolveFont(); | - |
| 10133 | d->resolveLocale(); | - |
| 10134 | break; | - |
| 10135 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 10136 | case Qt::WA_NoX11EventCompression: | - |
| 10137 | if (!d->extra) | - |
| 10138 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 10139 | d->extra->compress_events = on; | - |
| 10140 | break; | - |
| 10141 | case Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay: | - |
| 10142 | d->updateIsOpaque(); | - |
| 10143 | break; | - |
| 10144 | case Qt::WA_X11DoNotAcceptFocus: | - |
| 10145 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10146 | d->updateX11AcceptFocus(); | - |
| 10147 | break; | - |
| 10148 | #endif | - |
| 10149 | case Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen: { | - |
| 10150 | if (on && isVisible()) { | - |
| 10151 | // Make sure we keep the current state and only hide the widget | - |
| 10152 | // from the desktop. show_sys will only update platform specific | - |
| 10153 | // attributes at this point. | - |
| 10154 | d->hide_sys(); | - |
| 10155 | d->show_sys(); | - |
| 10156 | } | - |
| 10157 | break; | - |
| 10158 | } | - |
| 10159 | | - |
| 10160 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11 | - |
| 10161 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop: | - |
| 10162 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock: | - |
| 10163 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar: | - |
| 10164 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu: | - |
| 10165 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility: | - |
| 10166 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash: | - |
| 10167 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog: | - |
| 10168 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu: | - |
| 10169 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu: | - |
| 10170 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip: | - |
| 10171 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification: | - |
| 10172 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo: | - |
| 10173 | case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND: | - |
| 10174 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10175 | d->setNetWmWindowTypes(); | - |
| 10176 | break; | - |
| 10177 | #endif | - |
| 10178 | | - |
| 10179 | case Qt::WA_StaticContents: | - |
| 10180 | if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) { | - |
| 10181 | if (on) | - |
| 10182 | bs->addStaticWidget(this); | - |
| 10183 | else | - |
| 10184 | bs->removeStaticWidget(this); | - |
| 10185 | } | - |
| 10186 | break; | - |
| 10187 | case Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground: | - |
| 10188 | if (on) { | - |
| 10189 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground); | - |
| 10190 | d->updateIsTranslucent(); | - |
| 10191 | } | - |
| 10192 | | - |
| 10193 | break; | - |
| 10194 | case Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents: | - |
| 10195 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) | - |
| 10196 | if (on) | - |
| 10197 | d->registerTouchWindow(); | - |
| 10198 | #endif | - |
| 10199 | break; | - |
| 10200 | default: | - |
| 10201 | break; | - |
| 10202 | } | - |
| 10203 | } | - |
| 10204 | | - |
| 10205 | /*! \fn bool QWidget::testAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const | - |
| 10206 | | - |
| 10207 | Returns true if attribute \a attribute is set on this widget; | - |
| 10208 | otherwise returns false. | - |
| 10209 | | - |
| 10210 | \sa setAttribute() | - |
| 10211 | */ | - |
| 10212 | bool QWidget::testAttribute_helper(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const | - |
| 10213 | { | - |
| 10214 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10215 | const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint); | - |
| 10216 | const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint)); | - |
| 10217 | return (d->high_attributes[int_off] & (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))))); | - |
| 10218 | } | - |
| 10219 | | - |
| 10220 | /*! | - |
| 10221 | \property QWidget::windowOpacity | - |
| 10222 | | - |
| 10223 | \brief The level of opacity for the window. | - |
| 10224 | | - |
| 10225 | The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to | - |
| 10226 | 0.0 (completely transparent). | - |
| 10227 | | - |
| 10228 | By default the value of this property is 1.0. | - |
| 10229 | | - |
| 10230 | This feature is available on Embedded Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, | - |
| 10231 | and X11 platforms that support the Composite extension. | - |
| 10232 | | - |
| 10233 | This feature is not available on Windows CE. | - |
| 10234 | | - |
| 10235 | Note that under X11 you need to have a composite manager running, | - |
| 10236 | and the X11 specific _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY atom needs to be | - |
| 10237 | supported by the window manager you are using. | - |
| 10238 | | - |
| 10239 | \warning Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a | - |
| 10240 | paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed | - |
| 10241 | correctly. This affects mainly the use of QPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note | - |
| 10242 | that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantly slower than | - |
| 10243 | opaque windows. | - |
| 10244 | | - |
| 10245 | \sa setMask() | - |
| 10246 | */ | - |
| 10247 | qreal QWidget::windowOpacity() const | - |
| 10248 | { | - |
| 10249 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10250 | return (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) ? d->maybeTopData()->opacity / 255. : 1.0; | - |
| 10251 | } | - |
| 10252 | | - |
| 10253 | void QWidget::setWindowOpacity(qreal opacity) | - |
| 10254 | { | - |
| 10255 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10256 | if (!isWindow()) | - |
| 10257 | return; | - |
| 10258 | | - |
| 10259 | opacity = qBound(qreal(0.0), opacity, qreal(1.0)); | - |
| 10260 | QTLWExtra *extra = d->topData(); | - |
| 10261 | extra->opacity = uint(opacity * 255); | - |
| 10262 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet); | - |
| 10263 | d->setWindowOpacity_sys(opacity); | - |
| 10264 | | - |
| 10265 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10266 | return; | - |
| 10267 | | - |
| 10268 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 10269 | if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = graphicsProxyWidget()) { | - |
| 10270 | // Avoid invalidating the cache if set. | - |
| 10271 | if (proxy->cacheMode() == QGraphicsItem::NoCache) | - |
| 10272 | proxy->update(); | - |
| 10273 | else if (QGraphicsScene *scene = proxy->scene()) | - |
| 10274 | scene->update(proxy->sceneBoundingRect()); | - |
| 10275 | return; | - |
| 10276 | } | - |
| 10277 | #endif | - |
| 10278 | } | - |
| 10279 | | - |
| 10280 | /*! | - |
| 10281 | \property QWidget::windowModified | - |
| 10282 | \brief whether the document shown in the window has unsaved changes | - |
| 10283 | | - |
| 10284 | A modified window is a window whose content has changed but has | - |
| 10285 | not been saved to disk. This flag will have different effects | - |
| 10286 | varied by the platform. On Mac OS X the close button will have a | - |
| 10287 | modified look; on other platforms, the window title will have an | - |
| 10288 | '*' (asterisk). | - |
| 10289 | | - |
| 10290 | The window title must contain a "[*]" placeholder, which | - |
| 10291 | indicates where the '*' should appear. Normally, it should appear | - |
| 10292 | right after the file name (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text | - |
| 10293 | Editor"). If the window isn't modified, the placeholder is simply | - |
| 10294 | removed. | - |
| 10295 | | - |
| 10296 | Note that if a widget is set as modified, all its ancestors will | - |
| 10297 | also be set as modified. However, if you call \c | - |
| 10298 | {setWindowModified(false)} on a widget, this will not propagate to | - |
| 10299 | its parent because other children of the parent might have been | - |
| 10300 | modified. | - |
| 10301 | | - |
| 10302 | \sa windowTitle, {Application Example}, {SDI Example}, {MDI Example} | - |
| 10303 | */ | - |
| 10304 | bool QWidget::isWindowModified() const | - |
| 10305 | { | - |
| 10306 | return testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified); | - |
| 10307 | } | - |
| 10308 | | - |
| 10309 | void QWidget::setWindowModified(bool mod) | - |
| 10310 | { | - |
| 10311 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10312 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified, mod); | - |
| 10313 | | - |
| 10314 | d->setWindowModified_helper(); | - |
| 10315 | | - |
| 10316 | QEvent e(QEvent::ModifiedChange); | - |
| 10317 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 10318 | } | - |
| 10319 | | - |
| 10320 | void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowModified_helper() | - |
| 10321 | { | - |
| 10322 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 10323 | QWindow *window = q->windowHandle(); | - |
| 10324 | if (!window) | - |
| 10325 | return; | - |
| 10326 | QPlatformWindow *platformWindow = window->handle(); | - |
| 10327 | if (!platformWindow) | - |
| 10328 | return; | - |
| 10329 | bool on = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified); | - |
| 10330 | if (!platformWindow->setWindowModified(on)) { | - |
| 10331 | if (!q->windowTitle().contains(QLatin1String("[*]")) && on) | - |
| 10332 | qWarning("QWidget::setWindowModified: The window title does not contain a '[*]' placeholder"); | - |
| 10333 | setWindowTitle_helper(q->windowTitle()); | - |
| 10334 | setWindowIconText_helper(q->windowIconText()); | - |
| 10335 | } | - |
| 10336 | } | - |
| 10337 | | - |
| 10338 | #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP | - |
| 10339 | /*! | - |
| 10340 | \property QWidget::toolTip | - |
| 10341 | | - |
| 10342 | \brief the widget's tooltip | - |
| 10343 | | - |
| 10344 | Note that by default tooltips are only shown for widgets that are | - |
| 10345 | children of the active window. You can change this behavior by | - |
| 10346 | setting the attribute Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips on the \e window, | - |
| 10347 | not on the widget with the tooltip. | - |
| 10348 | | - |
| 10349 | If you want to control a tooltip's behavior, you can intercept the | - |
| 10350 | event() function and catch the QEvent::ToolTip event (e.g., if you | - |
| 10351 | want to customize the area for which the tooltip should be shown). | - |
| 10352 | | - |
| 10353 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 10354 | | - |
| 10355 | \sa QToolTip, statusTip, whatsThis | - |
| 10356 | */ | - |
| 10357 | void QWidget::setToolTip(const QString &s) | - |
| 10358 | { | - |
| 10359 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10360 | d->toolTip = s; | - |
| 10361 | | - |
| 10362 | QEvent event(QEvent::ToolTipChange); | - |
| 10363 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); | - |
| 10364 | } | - |
| 10365 | | - |
| 10366 | QString QWidget::toolTip() const | - |
| 10367 | { | - |
| 10368 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10369 | return d->toolTip; | - |
| 10370 | } | - |
| 10371 | #endif // QT_NO_TOOLTIP | - |
| 10372 | | - |
| 10373 | | - |
| 10374 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP | - |
| 10375 | /*! | - |
| 10376 | \property QWidget::statusTip | - |
| 10377 | \brief the widget's status tip | - |
| 10378 | | - |
| 10379 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 10380 | | - |
| 10381 | \sa toolTip, whatsThis | - |
| 10382 | */ | - |
| 10383 | void QWidget::setStatusTip(const QString &s) | - |
| 10384 | { | - |
| 10385 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10386 | d->statusTip = s; | - |
| 10387 | } | - |
| 10388 | | - |
| 10389 | QString QWidget::statusTip() const | - |
| 10390 | { | - |
| 10391 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10392 | return d->statusTip; | - |
| 10393 | } | - |
| 10394 | #endif // QT_NO_STATUSTIP | - |
| 10395 | | - |
| 10396 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS | - |
| 10397 | /*! | - |
| 10398 | \property QWidget::whatsThis | - |
| 10399 | | - |
| 10400 | \brief the widget's What's This help text. | - |
| 10401 | | - |
| 10402 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 10403 | | - |
| 10404 | \sa QWhatsThis, QWidget::toolTip, QWidget::statusTip | - |
| 10405 | */ | - |
| 10406 | void QWidget::setWhatsThis(const QString &s) | - |
| 10407 | { | - |
| 10408 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10409 | d->whatsThis = s; | - |
| 10410 | } | - |
| 10411 | | - |
| 10412 | QString QWidget::whatsThis() const | - |
| 10413 | { | - |
| 10414 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10415 | return d->whatsThis; | - |
| 10416 | } | - |
| 10417 | #endif // QT_NO_WHATSTHIS | - |
| 10418 | | - |
| 10419 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 10420 | /*! | - |
| 10421 | \property QWidget::accessibleName | - |
| 10422 | | - |
| 10423 | \brief the widget's name as seen by assistive technologies | - |
| 10424 | | - |
| 10425 | This property is used by accessible clients to identify, find, or announce | - |
| 10426 | the widget for accessible clients. | - |
| 10427 | | - |
| 10428 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 10429 | | - |
| 10430 | \sa QAccessibleInterface::text() | - |
| 10431 | */ | - |
| 10432 | void QWidget::setAccessibleName(const QString &name) | - |
| 10433 | { | - |
| 10434 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10435 | d->accessibleName = name; | - |
| 10436 | QAccessibleEvent event(this, QAccessible::NameChanged); | - |
| 10437 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 10438 | } | - |
| 10439 | | - |
| 10440 | QString QWidget::accessibleName() const | - |
| 10441 | { | - |
| 10442 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10443 | return d->accessibleName; | - |
| 10444 | } | - |
| 10445 | | - |
| 10446 | /*! | - |
| 10447 | \property QWidget::accessibleDescription | - |
| 10448 | | - |
| 10449 | \brief the widget's description as seen by assistive technologies | - |
| 10450 | | - |
| 10451 | By default, this property contains an empty string. | - |
| 10452 | | - |
| 10453 | \sa QAccessibleInterface::text() | - |
| 10454 | */ | - |
| 10455 | void QWidget::setAccessibleDescription(const QString &description) | - |
| 10456 | { | - |
| 10457 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10458 | d->accessibleDescription = description; | - |
| 10459 | QAccessibleEvent event(this, QAccessible::DescriptionChanged); | - |
| 10460 | QAccessible::updateAccessibility(&event); | - |
| 10461 | } | - |
| 10462 | | - |
| 10463 | QString QWidget::accessibleDescription() const | - |
| 10464 | { | - |
| 10465 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10466 | return d->accessibleDescription; | - |
| 10467 | } | - |
| 10468 | #endif // QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY | - |
| 10469 | | - |
| 10470 | #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT | - |
| 10471 | /*! | - |
| 10472 | Adds a shortcut to Qt's shortcut system that watches for the given | - |
| 10473 | \a key sequence in the given \a context. If the \a context is | - |
| 10474 | Qt::ApplicationShortcut, the shortcut applies to the application as a | - |
| 10475 | whole. Otherwise, it is either local to this widget, Qt::WidgetShortcut, | - |
| 10476 | or to the window itself, Qt::WindowShortcut. | - |
| 10477 | | - |
| 10478 | If the same \a key sequence has been grabbed by several widgets, | - |
| 10479 | when the \a key sequence occurs a QEvent::Shortcut event is sent | - |
| 10480 | to all the widgets to which it applies in a non-deterministic | - |
| 10481 | order, but with the ``ambiguous'' flag set to true. | - |
| 10482 | | - |
| 10483 | \warning You should not normally need to use this function; | - |
| 10484 | instead create \l{QAction}s with the shortcut key sequences you | - |
| 10485 | require (if you also want equivalent menu options and toolbar | - |
| 10486 | buttons), or create \l{QShortcut}s if you just need key sequences. | - |
| 10487 | Both QAction and QShortcut handle all the event filtering for you, | - |
| 10488 | and provide signals which are triggered when the user triggers the | - |
| 10489 | key sequence, so are much easier to use than this low-level | - |
| 10490 | function. | - |
| 10491 | | - |
| 10492 | \sa releaseShortcut(), setShortcutEnabled() | - |
| 10493 | */ | - |
| 10494 | int QWidget::grabShortcut(const QKeySequence &key, Qt::ShortcutContext context) | - |
| 10495 | { | - |
| 10496 | Q_ASSERT(qApp); | - |
| 10497 | if (key.isEmpty()) | - |
| 10498 | return 0; | - |
| 10499 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut); | - |
| 10500 | return qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.addShortcut(this, key, context, qWidgetShortcutContextMatcher); | - |
| 10501 | } | - |
| 10502 | | - |
| 10503 | /*! | - |
| 10504 | Removes the shortcut with the given \a id from Qt's shortcut | - |
| 10505 | system. The widget will no longer receive QEvent::Shortcut events | - |
| 10506 | for the shortcut's key sequence (unless it has other shortcuts | - |
| 10507 | with the same key sequence). | - |
| 10508 | | - |
| 10509 | \warning You should not normally need to use this function since | - |
| 10510 | Qt's shortcut system removes shortcuts automatically when their | - |
| 10511 | parent widget is destroyed. It is best to use QAction or | - |
| 10512 | QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are easier to use than | - |
| 10513 | this low-level function. Note also that this is an expensive | - |
| 10514 | operation. | - |
| 10515 | | - |
| 10516 | \sa grabShortcut(), setShortcutEnabled() | - |
| 10517 | */ | - |
| 10518 | void QWidget::releaseShortcut(int id) | - |
| 10519 | { | - |
| 10520 | Q_ASSERT(qApp); | - |
| 10521 | if (id) | - |
| 10522 | qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(id, this, 0); | - |
| 10523 | } | - |
| 10524 | | - |
| 10525 | /*! | - |
| 10526 | If \a enable is true, the shortcut with the given \a id is | - |
| 10527 | enabled; otherwise the shortcut is disabled. | - |
| 10528 | | - |
| 10529 | \warning You should not normally need to use this function since | - |
| 10530 | Qt's shortcut system enables/disables shortcuts automatically as | - |
| 10531 | widgets become hidden/visible and gain or lose focus. It is best | - |
| 10532 | to use QAction or QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are | - |
| 10533 | easier to use than this low-level function. | - |
| 10534 | | - |
| 10535 | \sa grabShortcut(), releaseShortcut() | - |
| 10536 | */ | - |
| 10537 | void QWidget::setShortcutEnabled(int id, bool enable) | - |
| 10538 | { | - |
| 10539 | Q_ASSERT(qApp); | - |
| 10540 | if (id) | - |
| 10541 | qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutEnabled(enable, id, this, 0); | - |
| 10542 | } | - |
| 10543 | | - |
| 10544 | /*! | - |
| 10545 | \since 4.2 | - |
| 10546 | | - |
| 10547 | If \a enable is true, auto repeat of the shortcut with the | - |
| 10548 | given \a id is enabled; otherwise it is disabled. | - |
| 10549 | | - |
| 10550 | \sa grabShortcut(), releaseShortcut() | - |
| 10551 | */ | - |
| 10552 | void QWidget::setShortcutAutoRepeat(int id, bool enable) | - |
| 10553 | { | - |
| 10554 | Q_ASSERT(qApp); | - |
| 10555 | if (id) | - |
| 10556 | qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutAutoRepeat(enable, id, this, 0); | - |
| 10557 | } | - |
| 10558 | #endif // QT_NO_SHORTCUT | - |
| 10559 | | - |
| 10560 | /*! | - |
| 10561 | Updates the widget's micro focus. | - |
| 10562 | */ | - |
| 10563 | void QWidget::updateMicroFocus() | - |
| 10564 | { | - |
| 10565 | // updating everything since this is currently called for any kind of state change | - |
| 10566 | qApp->inputMethod()->update(Qt::ImQueryAll); | - |
| 10567 | } | - |
| 10568 | | - |
| 10569 | /*! | - |
| 10570 | Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack. | - |
| 10571 | | - |
| 10572 | After this call the widget will be visually in front of any | - |
| 10573 | overlapping sibling widgets. | - |
| 10574 | | - |
| 10575 | \note When using activateWindow(), you can call this function to | - |
| 10576 | ensure that the window is stacked on top. | - |
| 10577 | | - |
| 10578 | \sa lower(), stackUnder() | - |
| 10579 | */ | - |
| 10580 | | - |
| 10581 | void QWidget::raise() | - |
| 10582 | { | - |
| 10583 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10584 | if (!isWindow()) { | - |
| 10585 | QWidget *p = parentWidget(); | - |
| 10586 | const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size(); | - |
| 10587 | if (parentChildCount < 2) | - |
| 10588 | return; | - |
| 10589 | const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); | - |
| 10590 | Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); | - |
| 10591 | // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. | - |
| 10592 | if (from != parentChildCount -1) | - |
| 10593 | p->d_func()->children.move(from, parentChildCount - 1); | - |
| 10594 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10595 | create(); | - |
| 10596 | else if (from == parentChildCount - 1) | - |
| 10597 | return; | - |
| 10598 | | - |
| 10599 | QRegion region(rect()); | - |
| 10600 | d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(region); | - |
| 10601 | d->invalidateBuffer(region); | - |
| 10602 | } | - |
| 10603 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10604 | d->raise_sys(); | - |
| 10605 | | - |
| 10606 | QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); | - |
| 10607 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 10608 | } | - |
| 10609 | | - |
| 10610 | /*! | - |
| 10611 | Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack. | - |
| 10612 | | - |
| 10613 | After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore | - |
| 10614 | obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets. | - |
| 10615 | | - |
| 10616 | \sa raise(), stackUnder() | - |
| 10617 | */ | - |
| 10618 | | - |
| 10619 | void QWidget::lower() | - |
| 10620 | { | - |
| 10621 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10622 | if (!isWindow()) { | - |
| 10623 | QWidget *p = parentWidget(); | - |
| 10624 | const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size(); | - |
| 10625 | if (parentChildCount < 2) | - |
| 10626 | return; | - |
| 10627 | const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); | - |
| 10628 | Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); | - |
| 10629 | // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. | - |
| 10630 | if (from != 0) | - |
| 10631 | p->d_func()->children.move(from, 0); | - |
| 10632 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10633 | create(); | - |
| 10634 | else if (from == 0) | - |
| 10635 | return; | - |
| 10636 | } | - |
| 10637 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10638 | d->lower_sys(); | - |
| 10639 | | - |
| 10640 | QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); | - |
| 10641 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 10642 | } | - |
| 10643 | | - |
| 10644 | | - |
| 10645 | /*! | - |
| 10646 | Places the widget under \a w in the parent widget's stack. | - |
| 10647 | | - |
| 10648 | To make this work, the widget itself and \a w must be siblings. | - |
| 10649 | | - |
| 10650 | \sa raise(), lower() | - |
| 10651 | */ | - |
| 10652 | void QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget* w) | - |
| 10653 | { | - |
| 10654 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10655 | QWidget *p = parentWidget(); | - |
| 10656 | if (!w || isWindow() || p != w->parentWidget() || this == w) | - |
| 10657 | return; | - |
| 10658 | if (p) { | - |
| 10659 | int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); | - |
| 10660 | int to = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(w); | - |
| 10661 | Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); | - |
| 10662 | Q_ASSERT(to >= 0); | - |
| 10663 | if (from < to) | - |
| 10664 | --to; | - |
| 10665 | // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. | - |
| 10666 | if (from != to) | - |
| 10667 | p->d_func()->children.move(from, to); | - |
| 10668 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10669 | create(); | - |
| 10670 | else if (from == to) | - |
| 10671 | return; | - |
| 10672 | } | - |
| 10673 | if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10674 | d->stackUnder_sys(w); | - |
| 10675 | | - |
| 10676 | QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); | - |
| 10677 | QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); | - |
| 10678 | } | - |
| 10679 | | - |
| 10680 | | - |
| 10681 | /*! | - |
| 10682 | \fn bool QWidget::isTopLevel() const | - |
| 10683 | \obsolete | - |
| 10684 | | - |
| 10685 | Use isWindow() instead. | - |
| 10686 | */ | - |
| 10687 | | - |
| 10688 | /*! | - |
| 10689 | \fn bool QWidget::isRightToLeft() const | - |
| 10690 | \internal | - |
| 10691 | */ | - |
| 10692 | | - |
| 10693 | /*! | - |
| 10694 | \fn bool QWidget::isLeftToRight() const | - |
| 10695 | \internal | - |
| 10696 | */ | - |
| 10697 | | - |
| 10698 | /*! | - |
| 10699 | \macro QWIDGETSIZE_MAX | - |
| 10700 | \relates QWidget | - |
| 10701 | | - |
| 10702 | Defines the maximum size for a QWidget object. | - |
| 10703 | | - |
| 10704 | The largest allowed size for a widget is QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, | - |
| 10705 | QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), i.e. QSize (16777215,16777215). | - |
| 10706 | | - |
| 10707 | \sa QWidget::setMaximumSize() | - |
| 10708 | */ | - |
| 10709 | | - |
| 10710 | /*! | - |
| 10711 | \fn QWidget::setupUi(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 10712 | | - |
| 10713 | Sets up the user interface for the specified \a widget. | - |
| 10714 | | - |
| 10715 | \note This function is available with widgets that derive from user | - |
| 10716 | interface descriptions created using \l{uic}. | - |
| 10717 | | - |
| 10718 | \sa {Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} | - |
| 10719 | */ | - |
| 10720 | | - |
| 10721 | QRect QWidgetPrivate::frameStrut() const | - |
| 10722 | { | - |
| 10723 | Q_Q(const QWidget); | - |
| 10724 | if (!q->isWindow() || (q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)) { | - |
| 10725 | // x2 = x1 + w - 1, so w/h = 1 | - |
| 10726 | return QRect(0, 0, 1, 1); | - |
| 10727 | } | - |
| 10728 | | - |
| 10729 | if (data.fstrut_dirty | - |
| 10730 | #ifndef Q_WS_WIN | - |
| 10731 | // ### Fix properly for 4.3 | - |
| 10732 | && q->isVisible() | - |
| 10733 | #endif | - |
| 10734 | && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 10735 | const_cast<QWidgetPrivate *>(this)->updateFrameStrut(); | - |
| 10736 | | - |
| 10737 | return maybeTopData() ? maybeTopData()->frameStrut : QRect(); | - |
| 10738 | } | - |
| 10739 | | - |
| 10740 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION | - |
| 10741 | /*! | - |
| 10742 | \internal | - |
| 10743 | | - |
| 10744 | Changes the focus from the current focusWidget to a widget in | - |
| 10745 | the \a direction. | - |
| 10746 | | - |
| 10747 | Returns true, if there was a widget in that direction | - |
| 10748 | */ | - |
| 10749 | bool QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(Direction direction) | - |
| 10750 | { | - |
| 10751 | QWidget *targetWidget = widgetInNavigationDirection(direction); | - |
| 10752 | if (targetWidget) | - |
| 10753 | targetWidget->setFocus(); | - |
| 10754 | return (targetWidget != 0); | - |
| 10755 | } | - |
| 10756 | | - |
| 10757 | /*! | - |
| 10758 | \internal | - |
| 10759 | | - |
| 10760 | Searches for a widget that is positioned in the \a direction, starting | - |
| 10761 | from the current focusWidget. | - |
| 10762 | | - |
| 10763 | Returns the pointer to a found widget or 0, if there was no widget in | - |
| 10764 | that direction. | - |
| 10765 | */ | - |
| 10766 | QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(Direction direction) | - |
| 10767 | { | - |
| 10768 | const QWidget *sourceWidget = QApplication::focusWidget(); | - |
| 10769 | if (!sourceWidget) | - |
| 10770 | return 0; | - |
| 10771 | const QRect sourceRect = sourceWidget->rect().translated(sourceWidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint())); | - |
| 10772 | const int sourceX = | - |
| 10773 | (direction == DirectionNorth || direction == DirectionSouth) ? | - |
| 10774 | (sourceRect.left() + (sourceRect.right() - sourceRect.left()) / 2) | - |
| 10775 | :(direction == DirectionEast ? sourceRect.right() : sourceRect.left()); | - |
| 10776 | const int sourceY = | - |
| 10777 | (direction == DirectionEast || direction == DirectionWest) ? | - |
| 10778 | (sourceRect.top() + (sourceRect.bottom() - sourceRect.top()) / 2) | - |
| 10779 | :(direction == DirectionSouth ? sourceRect.bottom() : sourceRect.top()); | - |
| 10780 | const QPoint sourcePoint(sourceX, sourceY); | - |
| 10781 | const QPoint sourceCenter = sourceRect.center(); | - |
| 10782 | const QWidget *sourceWindow = sourceWidget->window(); | - |
| 10783 | | - |
| 10784 | QWidget *targetWidget = 0; | - |
| 10785 | int shortestDistance = INT_MAX; | - |
| 10786 | foreach(QWidget *targetCandidate, QApplication::allWidgets()) { | - |
| 10787 | | - |
| 10788 | const QRect targetCandidateRect = targetCandidate->rect().translated(targetCandidate->mapToGlobal(QPoint())); | - |
| 10789 | | - |
| 10790 | // For focus proxies, the child widget handling the focus can have keypad navigation focus, | - |
| 10791 | // but the owner of the proxy cannot. | - |
| 10792 | // Additionally, empty widgets should be ignored. | - |
| 10793 | if (targetCandidate->focusProxy() || targetCandidateRect.isEmpty()) | - |
| 10794 | continue; | - |
| 10795 | | - |
| 10796 | // Only navigate to a target widget that... | - |
| 10797 | if ( targetCandidate != sourceWidget | - |
| 10798 | // ...takes the focus, | - |
| 10799 | && targetCandidate->focusPolicy() & Qt::TabFocus | - |
| 10800 | // ...is above if DirectionNorth, | - |
| 10801 | && !(direction == DirectionNorth && targetCandidateRect.bottom() > sourceRect.top()) | - |
| 10802 | // ...is on the right if DirectionEast, | - |
| 10803 | && !(direction == DirectionEast && targetCandidateRect.left() < sourceRect.right()) | - |
| 10804 | // ...is below if DirectionSouth, | - |
| 10805 | && !(direction == DirectionSouth && targetCandidateRect.top() < sourceRect.bottom()) | - |
| 10806 | // ...is on the left if DirectionWest, | - |
| 10807 | && !(direction == DirectionWest && targetCandidateRect.right() > sourceRect.left()) | - |
| 10808 | // ...is enabled, | - |
| 10809 | && targetCandidate->isEnabled() | - |
| 10810 | // ...is visible, | - |
| 10811 | && targetCandidate->isVisible() | - |
| 10812 | // ...is in the same window, | - |
| 10813 | && targetCandidate->window() == sourceWindow) { | - |
| 10814 | const int targetCandidateDistance = pointToRect(sourcePoint, targetCandidateRect); | - |
| 10815 | if (targetCandidateDistance < shortestDistance) { | - |
| 10816 | shortestDistance = targetCandidateDistance; | - |
| 10817 | targetWidget = targetCandidate; | - |
| 10818 | } | - |
| 10819 | } | - |
| 10820 | } | - |
| 10821 | return targetWidget; | - |
| 10822 | } | - |
| 10823 | | - |
| 10824 | /*! | - |
| 10825 | \internal | - |
| 10826 | | - |
| 10827 | Tells us if it there is currently a reachable widget by keypad navigation in | - |
| 10828 | a certain \a orientation. | - |
| 10829 | If no navigation is possible, occurring key events in that \a orientation may | - |
| 10830 | be used to interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it | - |
| 10831 | currently has not the editFocus. | - |
| 10832 | | - |
| 10833 | \sa QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(), QWidget::hasEditFocus() | - |
| 10834 | */ | - |
| 10835 | bool QWidgetPrivate::canKeypadNavigate(Qt::Orientation orientation) | - |
| 10836 | { | - |
| 10837 | return orientation == Qt::Horizontal? | - |
| 10838 | (QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast) | - |
| 10839 | || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest)) | - |
| 10840 | :(QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth) | - |
| 10841 | || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth)); | - |
| 10842 | } | - |
| 10843 | /*! | - |
| 10844 | \internal | - |
| 10845 | | - |
| 10846 | Checks, if the \a widget is inside a QTabWidget. If is is inside | - |
| 10847 | one, left/right key events will be used to switch between tabs in keypad | - |
| 10848 | navigation. If there is no QTabWidget, the horizontal key events can be used | - |
| 10849 | to | - |
| 10850 | interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it currently has | - |
| 10851 | not the editFocus. | - |
| 10852 | | - |
| 10853 | \sa QWidget::hasEditFocus() | - |
| 10854 | */ | - |
| 10855 | bool QWidgetPrivate::inTabWidget(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 10856 | { | - |
| 10857 | for (QWidget *tabWidget = widget; tabWidget; tabWidget = tabWidget->parentWidget()) | - |
| 10858 | if (qobject_cast<const QTabWidget*>(tabWidget)) | - |
| 10859 | return true; | - |
| 10860 | return false; | - |
| 10861 | } | - |
| 10862 | #endif | - |
| 10863 | | - |
| 10864 | /*! | - |
| 10865 | \since 5.0 | - |
| 10866 | \internal | - |
| 10867 | | - |
| 10868 | Sets the backing store to be the \a store specified. | - |
| 10869 | The QWidget will take ownership of the \a store. | - |
| 10870 | */ | - |
| 10871 | void QWidget::setBackingStore(QBackingStore *store) | - |
| 10872 | { | - |
| 10873 | // ### createWinId() ?? | - |
| 10874 | | - |
| 10875 | if (!isTopLevel()) | - |
| 10876 | return; | - |
| 10877 | | - |
| 10878 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 10879 | | - |
| 10880 | QTLWExtra *topData = d->topData(); | - |
| 10881 | if (topData->backingStore == store) | - |
| 10882 | return; | - |
| 10883 | | - |
| 10884 | QBackingStore *oldStore = topData->backingStore; | - |
| 10885 | delete topData->backingStore; | - |
| 10886 | topData->backingStore = store; | - |
| 10887 | | - |
| 10888 | QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore(); | - |
| 10889 | if (!bs) | - |
| 10890 | return; | - |
| 10891 | | - |
| 10892 | if (isTopLevel()) { | - |
| 10893 | if (bs->store != oldStore && bs->store != store) | - |
| 10894 | delete bs->store; | - |
| 10895 | bs->store = store; | - |
| 10896 | } | - |
| 10897 | } | - |
| 10898 | | - |
| 10899 | /*! | - |
| 10900 | \since 5.0 | - |
| 10901 | | - |
| 10902 | Returns the QBackingStore this widget will be drawn into. | - |
| 10903 | */ | - |
| 10904 | QBackingStore *QWidget::backingStore() const | - |
| 10905 | { | - |
| 10906 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 10907 | QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData(); | - |
| 10908 | if (extra && extra->backingStore) | - |
| 10909 | return extra->backingStore; | - |
| 10910 | | - |
| 10911 | QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore(); | - |
| 10912 | | - |
| 10913 | return bs ? bs->store : 0; | - |
| 10914 | } | - |
| 10915 | | - |
| 10916 | void QWidgetPrivate::getLayoutItemMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const | - |
| 10917 | { | - |
| 10918 | if (left) | - |
| 10919 | *left = (int)leftLayoutItemMargin; | - |
| 10920 | if (top) | - |
| 10921 | *top = (int)topLayoutItemMargin; | - |
| 10922 | if (right) | - |
| 10923 | *right = (int)rightLayoutItemMargin; | - |
| 10924 | if (bottom) | - |
| 10925 | *bottom = (int)bottomLayoutItemMargin; | - |
| 10926 | } | - |
| 10927 | | - |
| 10928 | void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) | - |
| 10929 | { | - |
| 10930 | if (leftLayoutItemMargin == left | - |
| 10931 | && topLayoutItemMargin == top | - |
| 10932 | && rightLayoutItemMargin == right | - |
| 10933 | && bottomLayoutItemMargin == bottom) | - |
| 10934 | return; | - |
| 10935 | | - |
| 10936 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 10937 | leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)left; | - |
| 10938 | topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)top; | - |
| 10939 | rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)right; | - |
| 10940 | bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)bottom; | - |
| 10941 | q->updateGeometry(); | - |
| 10942 | } | - |
| 10943 | | - |
| 10944 | void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(QStyle::SubElement element, const QStyleOption *opt) | - |
| 10945 | { | - |
| 10946 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 10947 | QStyleOption myOpt; | - |
| 10948 | if (!opt) { | - |
| 10949 | myOpt.initFrom(q); | - |
| 10950 | myOpt.rect.setRect(0, 0, 32768, 32768); // arbitrary | - |
| 10951 | opt = &myOpt; | - |
| 10952 | } | - |
| 10953 | | - |
| 10954 | QRect liRect = q->style()->subElementRect(element, opt, q); | - |
| 10955 | if (liRect.isValid()) { | - |
| 10956 | leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.left() - liRect.left()); | - |
| 10957 | topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.top() - liRect.top()); | - |
| 10958 | rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.right() - opt->rect.right()); | - |
| 10959 | bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.bottom() - opt->rect.bottom()); | - |
| 10960 | } else { | - |
| 10961 | leftLayoutItemMargin = 0; | - |
| 10962 | topLayoutItemMargin = 0; | - |
| 10963 | rightLayoutItemMargin = 0; | - |
| 10964 | bottomLayoutItemMargin = 0; | - |
| 10965 | } | - |
| 10966 | } | - |
| 10967 | // resets the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute to the default value for transient widgets. | - |
| 10968 | void QWidgetPrivate::adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute() | - |
| 10969 | { | - |
| 10970 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 10971 | | - |
| 10972 | if (!q->parentWidget()) { | - |
| 10973 | Qt::WindowType type = q->windowType(); | - |
| 10974 | if (type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) | - |
| 10975 | type = Qt::Window; | - |
| 10976 | if (type != Qt::Widget && type != Qt::Window && type != Qt::Dialog) | - |
| 10977 | q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false); | - |
| 10978 | } | - |
| 10979 | } | - |
| 10980 | | - |
| 10981 | | - |
| 10982 | | - |
| 10983 | Q_WIDGETS_EXPORT QWidgetData *qt_qwidget_data(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 10984 | { | - |
| 10985 | return widget->data; | - |
| 10986 | } | - |
| 10987 | | - |
| 10988 | Q_WIDGETS_EXPORT QWidgetPrivate *qt_widget_private(QWidget *widget) | - |
| 10989 | { | - |
| 10990 | return widget->d_func(); | - |
| 10991 | } | - |
| 10992 | | - |
| 10993 | | - |
| 10994 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW | - |
| 10995 | /*! | - |
| 10996 | \since 4.5 | - |
| 10997 | | - |
| 10998 | Returns the proxy widget for the corresponding embedded widget in a graphics | - |
| 10999 | view; otherwise returns 0. | - |
| 11000 | | - |
| 11001 | \sa QGraphicsProxyWidget::createProxyForChildWidget(), | - |
| 11002 | QGraphicsScene::addWidget() | - |
| 11003 | */ | - |
| 11004 | QGraphicsProxyWidget *QWidget::graphicsProxyWidget() const | - |
| 11005 | { | - |
| 11006 | Q_D(const QWidget); | - |
| 11007 | if (d->extra) { | - |
| 11008 | return d->extra->proxyWidget; | - |
| 11009 | } | - |
| 11010 | return 0; | - |
| 11011 | } | - |
| 11012 | #endif | - |
| 11013 | | - |
| 11014 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES | - |
| 11015 | /*! | - |
| 11016 | Subscribes the widget to a given \a gesture with specific \a flags. | - |
| 11017 | | - |
| 11018 | \sa ungrabGesture(), QGestureEvent | - |
| 11019 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 11020 | */ | - |
| 11021 | void QWidget::grabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture, Qt::GestureFlags flags) | - |
| 11022 | { | - |
| 11023 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 11024 | d->gestureContext.insert(gesture, flags); | - |
| 11025 | (void)QGestureManager::instance(); // create a gesture manager | - |
| 11026 | } | - |
| 11027 | | - |
| 11028 | /*! | - |
| 11029 | Unsubscribes the widget from a given \a gesture type | - |
| 11030 | | - |
| 11031 | \sa grabGesture(), QGestureEvent | - |
| 11032 | \since 4.6 | - |
| 11033 | */ | - |
| 11034 | void QWidget::ungrabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture) | - |
| 11035 | { | - |
| 11036 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 11037 | if (d->gestureContext.remove(gesture)) { | - |
| 11038 | if (QGestureManager *manager = QGestureManager::instance()) | - |
| 11039 | manager->cleanupCachedGestures(this, gesture); | - |
| 11040 | } | - |
| 11041 | } | - |
| 11042 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES | - |
| 11043 | | - |
| 11044 | /*! | - |
| 11045 | \fn void QWidget::destroy(bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows) | - |
| 11046 | | - |
| 11047 | Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \a | - |
| 11048 | destroyWindow is true. | - |
| 11049 | | - |
| 11050 | destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets, | - |
| 11051 | passing \a destroySubWindows for the \a destroyWindow parameter. | - |
| 11052 | To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy | - |
| 11053 | subwidgets selectively first. | - |
| 11054 | | - |
| 11055 | This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor. | - |
| 11056 | */ | - |
| 11057 | | - |
| 11058 | /*! | - |
| 11059 | \fn QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const | - |
| 11060 | | - |
| 11061 | Returns the widget's paint engine. | - |
| 11062 | | - |
| 11063 | Note that this function should not be called explicitly by the | - |
| 11064 | user, since it's meant for reimplementation purposes only. The | - |
| 11065 | function is called by Qt internally, and the default | - |
| 11066 | implementation may not always return a valid pointer. | - |
| 11067 | */ | - |
| 11068 | | - |
| 11069 | /*! | - |
| 11070 | \fn QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const | - |
| 11071 | | - |
| 11072 | Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to global screen | - |
| 11073 | coordinates. For example, \c{mapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))} would give | - |
| 11074 | the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget. | - |
| 11075 | | - |
| 11076 | \sa mapFromGlobal(), mapTo(), mapToParent() | - |
| 11077 | */ | - |
| 11078 | | - |
| 11079 | /*! | - |
| 11080 | \fn QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const | - |
| 11081 | | - |
| 11082 | Translates the global screen coordinate \a pos to widget | - |
| 11083 | coordinates. | - |
| 11084 | | - |
| 11085 | \sa mapToGlobal(), mapFrom(), mapFromParent() | - |
| 11086 | */ | - |
| 11087 | | - |
| 11088 | /*! | - |
| 11089 | \fn void QWidget::grabMouse() | - |
| 11090 | | - |
| 11091 | Grabs the mouse input. | - |
| 11092 | | - |
| 11093 | This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is | - |
| 11094 | called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard | - |
| 11095 | events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab | - |
| 11096 | that. | - |
| 11097 | | - |
| 11098 | \warning Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the | - |
| 11099 | terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider | - |
| 11100 | using the \c -nograb command line option while debugging. | - |
| 11101 | | - |
| 11102 | It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as | - |
| 11103 | Qt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, Qt grabs the | - |
| 11104 | mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last | - |
| 11105 | button is released. | - |
| 11106 | | - |
| 11107 | \note Only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If isVisible() | - |
| 11108 | returns false for a widget, that widget cannot call grabMouse(). | - |
| 11109 | | - |
| 11110 | \note \b{(Mac OS X developers)} For \e Cocoa, calling | - |
| 11111 | grabMouse() on a widget only works when the mouse is inside the | - |
| 11112 | frame of that widget. For \e Carbon, it works outside the widget's | - |
| 11113 | frame as well, like for Windows and X11. | - |
| 11114 | | - |
| 11115 | \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard() | - |
| 11116 | */ | - |
| 11117 | | - |
| 11118 | /*! | - |
| 11119 | \fn void QWidget::grabMouse(const QCursor &cursor) | - |
| 11120 | \overload grabMouse() | - |
| 11121 | | - |
| 11122 | Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape. | - |
| 11123 | | - |
| 11124 | The cursor will assume shape \a cursor (for as long as the mouse | - |
| 11125 | focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive | - |
| 11126 | mouse events until releaseMouse() is called(). | - |
| 11127 | | - |
| 11128 | \warning Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal. | - |
| 11129 | | - |
| 11130 | \note \b{(Mac OS X developers)} See the note in QWidget::grabMouse(). | - |
| 11131 | | - |
| 11132 | \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), setCursor() | - |
| 11133 | */ | - |
| 11134 | | - |
| 11135 | /*! | - |
| 11136 | \fn void QWidget::releaseMouse() | - |
| 11137 | | - |
| 11138 | Releases the mouse grab. | - |
| 11139 | | - |
| 11140 | \sa grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard() | - |
| 11141 | */ | - |
| 11142 | | - |
| 11143 | /*! | - |
| 11144 | \fn void QWidget::grabKeyboard() | - |
| 11145 | | - |
| 11146 | Grabs the keyboard input. | - |
| 11147 | | - |
| 11148 | This widget receives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard() | - |
| 11149 | is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse | - |
| 11150 | events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that. | - |
| 11151 | | - |
| 11152 | The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive | - |
| 11153 | any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the | - |
| 11154 | new focus widget receives keyboard events only after | - |
| 11155 | releaseKeyboard() is called. | - |
| 11156 | | - |
| 11157 | If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that | - |
| 11158 | widget's grab is released first. | - |
| 11159 | | - |
| 11160 | \sa releaseKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse(), focusWidget() | - |
| 11161 | */ | - |
| 11162 | | - |
| 11163 | /*! | - |
| 11164 | \fn void QWidget::releaseKeyboard() | - |
| 11165 | | - |
| 11166 | Releases the keyboard grab. | - |
| 11167 | | - |
| 11168 | \sa grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse() | - |
| 11169 | */ | - |
| 11170 | | - |
| 11171 | /*! | - |
| 11172 | \fn QWidget *QWidget::mouseGrabber() | - |
| 11173 | | - |
| 11174 | Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input. | - |
| 11175 | | - |
| 11176 | If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse, | - |
| 11177 | 0 is returned. | - |
| 11178 | | - |
| 11179 | \sa grabMouse(), keyboardGrabber() | - |
| 11180 | */ | - |
| 11181 | | - |
| 11182 | /*! | - |
| 11183 | \fn QWidget *QWidget::keyboardGrabber() | - |
| 11184 | | - |
| 11185 | Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input. | - |
| 11186 | | - |
| 11187 | If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the | - |
| 11188 | keyboard, 0 is returned. | - |
| 11189 | | - |
| 11190 | \sa grabMouse(), mouseGrabber() | - |
| 11191 | */ | - |
| 11192 | | - |
| 11193 | /*! | - |
| 11194 | \fn void QWidget::activateWindow() | - |
| 11195 | | - |
| 11196 | Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active | - |
| 11197 | window. | - |
| 11198 | | - |
| 11199 | An active window is a visible top-level window that has the | - |
| 11200 | keyboard input focus. | - |
| 11201 | | - |
| 11202 | This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on | - |
| 11203 | the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on | - |
| 11204 | the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is | - |
| 11205 | stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the | - |
| 11206 | window must be visible, otherwise activateWindow() has no effect. | - |
| 11207 | | - |
| 11208 | On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not | - |
| 11209 | currently the active one then it will not make it the active | - |
| 11210 | window. It will change the color of the taskbar entry to indicate | - |
| 11211 | that the window has changed in some way. This is because Microsoft | - |
| 11212 | does not allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently | - |
| 11213 | doing in another application. | - |
| 11214 | | - |
| 11215 | \sa isActiveWindow(), window(), show() | - |
| 11216 | */ | - |
| 11217 | | - |
| 11218 | /*! | - |
| 11219 | \fn int QWidget::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const | - |
| 11220 | | - |
| 11221 | Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric() | - |
| 11222 | function. | - |
| 11223 | | - |
| 11224 | \a m is the metric to get. | - |
| 11225 | */ | - |
| 11226 | | - |
| 11227 | /*! | - |
| 11228 | Initializes the \a painter pen, background and font to the same as | - |
| 11229 | the given widget's. This function is called automatically when the | - |
| 11230 | painter is opened on a QWidget. | - |
| 11231 | */ | - |
| 11232 | void QWidget::initPainter(QPainter *painter) const | - |
| 11233 | { | - |
| 11234 | const QPalette &pal = palette(); | - |
| 11235 | painter->d_func()->state->pen = QPen(pal.brush(foregroundRole()), 1); | - |
| 11236 | painter->d_func()->state->bgBrush = pal.brush(backgroundRole()); | - |
| 11237 | QFont f(font(), const_cast<QWidget *>(this)); | - |
| 11238 | painter->d_func()->state->deviceFont = f; | - |
| 11239 | painter->d_func()->state->font = f; | - |
| 11240 | } | - |
| 11241 | | - |
| 11242 | QPaintDevice *QWidget::redirected(QPoint *offset) const | - |
| 11243 | { | - |
| 11244 | return d_func()->redirected(offset); | - |
| 11245 | } | - |
| 11246 | | - |
| 11247 | QPainter *QWidget::sharedPainter() const | - |
| 11248 | { | - |
| 11249 | // Someone sent a paint event directly to the widget | - |
| 11250 | if (!d_func()->redirectDev) | - |
| 11251 | return 0; | - |
| 11252 | | - |
| 11253 | QPainter *sp = d_func()->sharedPainter(); | - |
| 11254 | if (!sp || !sp->isActive()) | - |
| 11255 | return 0; | - |
| 11256 | | - |
| 11257 | if (sp->paintEngine()->paintDevice() != d_func()->redirectDev) | - |
| 11258 | return 0; | - |
| 11259 | | - |
| 11260 | return sp; | - |
| 11261 | } | - |
| 11262 | | - |
| 11263 | /*! | - |
| 11264 | \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion ®ion) | - |
| 11265 | \overload | - |
| 11266 | | - |
| 11267 | Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \a region to be | - |
| 11268 | visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the | - |
| 11269 | widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be | - |
| 11270 | visible, depending on the platform. | - |
| 11271 | | - |
| 11272 | Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly | - |
| 11273 | complex. | - |
| 11274 | | - |
| 11275 | \sa windowOpacity | - |
| 11276 | */ | - |
| 11277 | void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &newMask) | - |
| 11278 | { | - |
| 11279 | Q_D(QWidget); | - |
| 11280 | | - |
| 11281 | d->createExtra(); | - |
| 11282 | if (newMask == d->extra->mask) | - |
| 11283 | return; | - |
| 11284 | | - |
| 11285 | #ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE | - |
| 11286 | const QRegion oldMask(d->extra->mask); | - |
| 11287 | #endif | - |
| 11288 | | - |
| 11289 | d->extra->mask = newMask; | - |
| 11290 | d->extra->hasMask = !newMask.isEmpty(); | - |
| 11291 | | - |
| 11292 | #ifndef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 11293 | if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) | - |
| 11294 | return; | - |
| 11295 | #endif | - |
| 11296 | | - |
| 11297 | d->setMask_sys(newMask); | - |
| 11298 | | - |
| 11299 | #ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE | - |
| 11300 | if (!isVisible()) | - |
| 11301 | return; | - |
| 11302 | | - |
| 11303 | if (!d->extra->hasMask) { | - |
| 11304 | // Mask was cleared; update newly exposed area. | - |
| 11305 | QRegion expose(rect()); | - |
| 11306 | expose -= oldMask; | - |
| 11307 | if (!expose.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 11308 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 11309 | update(expose); | - |
| 11310 | } | - |
| 11311 | return; | - |
| 11312 | } | - |
| 11313 | | - |
| 11314 | if (!isWindow()) { | - |
| 11315 | // Update newly exposed area on the parent widget. | - |
| 11316 | QRegion parentExpose(rect()); | - |
| 11317 | parentExpose -= newMask; | - |
| 11318 | if (!parentExpose.isEmpty()) { | - |
| 11319 | d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); | - |
| 11320 | parentExpose.translate(data->crect.topLeft()); | - |
| 11321 | parentWidget()->update(parentExpose); | - |
| 11322 | } | - |
| 11323 | | - |
| 11324 | // Update newly exposed area on this widget | - |
| 11325 | if (!oldMask.isEmpty()) | - |
| 11326 | update(newMask - oldMask); | - |
| 11327 | } | - |
| 11328 | #endif | - |
| 11329 | } | - |
| 11330 | | - |
| 11331 | /*! | - |
| 11332 | \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap) | - |
| 11333 | | - |
| 11334 | Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \a bitmap has a | - |
| 11335 | corresponding 1 bit to be visible. If the region includes pixels | - |
| 11336 | outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that | - |
| 11337 | area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform. | - |
| 11338 | | - |
| 11339 | Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly | - |
| 11340 | complex. | - |
| 11341 | | - |
| 11342 | The following code shows how an image with an alpha channel can be | - |
| 11343 | used to generate a mask for a widget: | - |
| 11344 | | - |
| 11345 | \snippet widget-mask/main.cpp 0 | - |
| 11346 | | - |
| 11347 | The label shown by this code is masked using the image it contains, | - |
| 11348 | giving the appearance that an irregularly-shaped image is being drawn | - |
| 11349 | directly onto the screen. | - |
| 11350 | | - |
| 11351 | Masked widgets receive mouse events only on their visible | - |
| 11352 | portions. | - |
| 11353 | | - |
| 11354 | \sa clearMask(), windowOpacity(), {Shaped Clock Example} | - |
| 11355 | */ | - |
| 11356 | void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap) | - |
| 11357 | { | - |
| 11358 | setMask(QRegion(bitmap)); | - |
| 11359 | } | - |
| 11360 | | - |
| 11361 | /*! | - |
| 11362 | \fn void QWidget::clearMask() | - |
| 11363 | | - |
| 11364 | Removes any mask set by setMask(). | - |
| 11365 | | - |
| 11366 | \sa setMask() | - |
| 11367 | */ | - |
| 11368 | void QWidget::clearMask() | - |
| 11369 | { | - |
| 11370 | setMask(QRegion()); | - |
| 11371 | } | - |
| 11372 | | - |
| 11373 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 11374 | void QWidgetPrivate::syncUnifiedMode() { | - |
| 11375 | // The whole purpose of this method is to keep the unifiedToolbar in sync. | - |
| 11376 | // That means making sure we either exchange the drawing methods or we let | - |
| 11377 | // the toolbar know that it does not require to draw the baseline. | - |
| 11378 | Q_Q(QWidget); | - |
| 11379 | // This function makes sense only if this is a top level | - |
| 11380 | if(!q->isWindow()) | - |
| 11381 | return; | - |
| 11382 | OSWindowRef window = qt_mac_window_for(q); | - |
| 11383 | if(changeMethods) { | - |
| 11384 | // Ok, we are in documentMode. | - |
| 11385 | if(originalDrawMethod) | - |
| 11386 | qt_mac_replaceDrawRect(window, this); | - |
| 11387 | } else { | - |
| 11388 | if(!originalDrawMethod) | - |
| 11389 | qt_mac_replaceDrawRectOriginal(window, this); | - |
| 11390 | } | - |
| 11391 | } | - |
| 11392 | | - |
| 11393 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC | - |
| 11394 | | - |
| 11395 | QT_END_NAMESPACE | - |
| 11396 | | - |
| 11397 | #include "moc_qwidget.cpp" | - |
| 11398 | | - |
| 11399 | | - |
| | |